<br> and "
"<p>)"
msgstr ""
"将换行符号转换为 "
"HTML（也就是<br>及<p>）"
msgid "Convert URLs into links"
msgstr "将URL转换成链接"
msgid "Correct faulty and chopped off HTML"
msgstr "修正错误及未关闭的HTML"
msgid "Display any HTML as plain text"
msgstr "将任何HTML显示为纯文本"
msgid "Display basic HTML help in long filter tips"
msgstr "在长过滤器提示中显示基本的HTML帮助"
msgid "Add rel=\"nofollow\" to all links"
msgstr "向所有链接添加rel=\"nofollow\""
msgid ""
"This site allows HTML content. While learning all of HTML may feel "
"intimidating, learning how to use a very small number of the most "
"basic HTML \"tags\" is very easy. This table provides examples for "
"each tag that is enabled on this site."
msgstr "此站点允许HTML内容。现在学习HTML可能比较累，但是学习使用一些最基本的HTML\"标签\"还是很轻松的。此表提供了站点上所允许的HTML标签的一些示例。"
msgid "Most unusual characters can be directly entered without any problems."
msgstr "大多数的特殊字符都可以毫无问题地直接输入。"
msgid "No HTML tags allowed."
msgstr "不允许使用HTML标签。"
msgid "Follow these steps to set up and start using your website:"
msgstr "按照以下步骤设置及开始使用您的站点："
msgid "Providing a help reference"
msgstr "提供帮助参考"
msgid "Image style name"
msgstr "图像样式名称"
msgid "Select a new effect"
msgstr "选择一个新的效果"
msgid "Select an effect to add."
msgstr "选择一个效果以添加。"
msgid "The image effect was successfully applied."
msgstr "此图像效果已成功应用。"
msgid "Style name"
msgstr "样式名称"
msgid "Create new style"
msgstr "创建新样式"
msgid "Style %name was created."
msgstr "样式%name已创建..."
msgid "Replacement style"
msgstr "替换样式"
msgid "Optionally select a style before deleting %style"
msgstr "可以在删除 %style 之前选择一个替换样式"
msgid "Update effect"
msgstr "更新效果"
msgid "Add effect"
msgstr "添加效果"
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to delete the @effect effect from the %style "
"style?"
msgstr "您确定要从 %style 样式中删除 @effect 效果吗？"
msgid "The image effect %name has been deleted."
msgstr "图像效果 %name 已被删除。"
msgid "Width and height can not both be blank."
msgstr "宽度和高度不能都为空。"
msgid "The part of the image that will be retained during the crop."
msgstr "将会在裁切后保留图片的一部分。"
msgid ""
"The background color to use for exposed areas of the image. Use "
"web-style hex colors (#FFFFFF for white, #000000 for black). Leave "
"blank for transparency on image types that support it."
msgstr "背景色用于图片的透明区域。使用web样式十六进制颜色（#FFFFFF为白色，#000000为黑色）。留空则为图片类型所支持的透明。"
msgid ""
"There are currently no effects in this style. Add one by selecting an "
"option below."
msgstr "此样式中当前没有效果。通过选择下面的一个选项添加一个效果。"
msgid "view actual size"
msgstr "查看实际尺寸"
msgid ""
"Resizing will make images an exact set of dimensions. This may cause "
"images to be stretched or shrunk disproportionately."
msgstr "调整大小会使图像往特定的设置调整其大小。这会使得图像不成比例地被拉伸或被收缩。"
msgid ""
"Scaling will maintain the aspect-ratio of the original image. If only "
"a single dimension is specified, the other dimension will be "
"calculated."
msgstr "比例缩放将会保持原始图片的宽高比。如果只指定一个值，另一个值会自动按比例计算。"
msgid "Scale and crop"
msgstr "比例缩放并裁切"
msgid ""
"Scale and crop will maintain the aspect-ratio of the original image, "
"then crop the larger dimension. This is most useful for creating "
"perfectly square thumbnails without stretching the image."
msgstr "比例缩放将会保持原始图片的宽高比，然后裁切最大边。这通常对创建不拉伸的完美的方形缩略图是最有用的。"
msgid "Desaturate"
msgstr "去色"
msgid "Desaturate converts an image to grayscale."
msgstr "去色可以将图像转成灰度模式。"
msgid ""
"Rotating an image may cause the dimensions of an image to increase to "
"fit the diagonal."
msgstr "旋转一个图片可能会使图片尺寸增加以适应对角线。"
msgid ""
"Image resize failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path (%mimetype, "
"%dimensions)"
msgstr ""
"使用 %path 的 %toolkit "
"工具包改变图片尺寸失败（%mimetype，%dimensions）"
msgid ""
"Image scale failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path (%mimetype, "
"%dimensions)"
msgstr ""
"使用 %path 的 %toolkit "
"工具包比例缩放图片失败（%mimetype，%dimensions）"
msgid ""
"Image crop failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path (%mimetype, "
"%dimensions)"
msgstr ""
"使用 %path 的 %toolkit "
"工具包裁切图片失败（%mimetype，%dimensions）"
msgid ""
"Image scale and crop failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path "
"(%mimetype, %dimensions)"
msgstr ""
"使用 %path 的 %toolkit "
"工具包比例缩放并裁切图片失败（%mimetype，%dimensions）"
msgid ""
"Image desaturate failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path "
"(%mimetype, %dimensions)"
msgstr ""
"使用 %path 的 %toolkit "
"工具包灰度化图片失败（%mimetype，%dimensions）"
msgid ""
"Image rotate failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path (%mimetype, "
"%dimensions)"
msgstr ""
"使用 %path 的 %toolkit "
"工具包旋转图片失败（%mimetype，%dimensions）"
msgid "If no image is uploaded, this image will be shown on display."
msgstr "若无上传的图像，会显示此图像。"
msgid "Enable Alt field"
msgstr "启用Alt字段"
msgid "Enable Title field"
msgstr "启用Title字段"
msgid ""
"The title attribute is used as a tooltip when the mouse hovers over "
"the image."
msgstr "Title属性用于当用户鼠标移动到此图片上时的工具提示。"
msgid "Preview image style"
msgstr "预览图像样式"
msgid "no preview"
msgstr "无预览"
msgid "The preview image will be shown while editing the content."
msgstr "预览图片将会在编辑内容时显示。"
msgid ""
"Image styles commonly provide thumbnail sizes by scaling and cropping "
"images, but can also add various effects before an image is displayed. "
"When an image is displayed with a style, a new file is created and the "
"original image is left unchanged."
msgstr "图像样式一般使用比例缩放和裁切图片提供缩略图尺寸，但也可以在图片被显示前添加各种效果。当使用一个样式的图片被显示时，将会创建一个新的文件同时原始图片不会更改。"
msgid "Administer image styles"
msgstr "管理图像样式"
msgid "No defined styles"
msgstr "未定义样式"
msgid "Error generating image."
msgstr "生成图像出错。"
msgid "Unable to generate the derived image located at %path."
msgstr "无法生成位于 %path 的衍生图片。"
msgid "Failed to create style directory: %directory"
msgstr "创建样式目录：%directory 失败"
msgid ""
"Cached image file %destination already exists. There may be an issue "
"with your rewrite configuration."
msgstr ""
"缓存图片文件 %destination "
"已存在。可能是你的重写配置造成的问题。"
msgid "Image styles"
msgstr "图像样式"
msgid ""
"Configure styles that can be used for resizing or adjusting images on "
"display."
msgstr "配置可用于显示时改变尺寸或调整图片的样式。"
msgid "Edit image effect"
msgstr "编辑图像效果"
msgid "Delete image effect"
msgstr "删除图像效果"
msgid "Add image effect"
msgstr "添加图像效果"
msgid "Detection method"
msgstr "检测方式"
msgid "Part of the URL that determines language"
msgstr "URL片段确定语言"
msgid "Request/session parameter"
msgstr "请求/会话参数"
msgid ""
"Name of the request/session parameter used to determine the desired "
"language."
msgstr "用于确定需要使用的语言的请求/会话参数的名称。"
msgid "Filter translatable strings"
msgstr "过滤可翻译字符串"
msgid "Date type"
msgstr "日期类型"
msgid ""
"Determine the language from a request/session parameter. Example: "
"\"http://example.com?language=de\" sets language to German based on "
"the use of \"de\" within the \"language\" parameter."
msgstr ""
"从一个请求/会话参数确定使用的语言。比如：根据 "
"\"language\" 参数，\"http://example.com?language=de\" "
"会将语言设置成德语。"
msgid "Administer languages"
msgstr "管理语言"
msgid ""
"Order of language detection methods for content. If a version of "
"content is available in the detected language, it will be displayed."
msgstr "对于内容的语言侦测方法顺序。如果一个版本的内容包含在被侦测的语言里面，它将被显示。"
msgid "Follow the user's language preference."
msgstr "从用户的语言参数确定。"
msgid "Language switcher (@type)"
msgstr "语言切换器（@type）"
msgid "Detection and selection"
msgstr "检测及选择"
msgid "URL language detection configuration"
msgstr "URL语言检测配置"
msgid "Session language detection configuration"
msgstr "会话语言检测配置"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "January"
msgstr "一月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "February"
msgstr "二月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "March"
msgstr "三月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "April"
msgstr "四月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "May"
msgstr "五月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "June"
msgstr "六月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "July"
msgstr "七月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "August"
msgstr "八月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "September"
msgstr "九月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "October"
msgstr "十月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "November"
msgstr "十一月"
msgctxt "Long month name"
msgid "December"
msgstr "十二月"
msgid "Menu links that are not enabled will not be listed in any menu."
msgstr "未启用的菜单链接将不会显示在任何菜单中。"
msgid "Show as expanded"
msgstr "以展开方式显示"
msgid ""
"If selected and this menu link has children, the menu will always "
"appear expanded."
msgstr "如果选中且该菜单链接有子项，该菜单将始终以展开方式显示。"
msgid "Parent link"
msgstr "父链接"
msgid "The menu link %title has been deleted."
msgstr "菜单链接 %title 已删除。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to reset the link %item to its default values?"
msgstr "你确定重置链接 %item 为它的默认值吗？"
msgid "The menu link was reset to its default settings."
msgstr "菜单链接已重置为默认设置。"
msgid "Deleted custom menu %title and all its menu links."
msgstr "已删除自定义菜单 %title 及其所有菜单链接。"
msgid "Managing menus"
msgstr "管理菜单"
msgid "Displaying menus"
msgstr "显示菜单"
msgid "Provide a menu link"
msgstr "指定一个菜单链接"
msgid "Available menus"
msgstr "可用菜单"
msgid "Edit menu link"
msgstr "编辑菜单链接"
msgid "Reset menu link"
msgstr "重置菜单链接"
msgid "Delete menu link"
msgstr "删除菜单链接"
msgid "Preview before submitting"
msgstr "提交前预览"
msgid ""
"This text will be displayed at the top of the page when creating or "
"editing content of this type."
msgstr "当创建及编辑此类型内容时此文本会显示在页面顶部。"
msgid "Author username and publish date will be displayed."
msgstr "显示作者的用户名及发布日期。"
msgid "Invalid machine-readable name. Enter a name other than %invalid."
msgstr "机读名称非法。输入有别于 %invalid 的名称。"
msgid "Promote selected content to front page"
msgstr "将选中的内容推荐至首页"
msgid "Demote selected content from front page"
msgstr "将选中的内容从首页撤下"
msgid "Make selected content sticky"
msgstr "置顶选中的内容"
msgid "Make selected content not sticky"
msgstr "取消对已选内容的置顶"
msgid "Edit @type @title"
msgstr "编辑 @type @title"
msgid ""
"You have not created any content types yet. Go to the content type creation page to add a new "
"content type."
msgstr ""
"你尚未创建过内容类型。转到创建内容类型页面添加一个新的内容类型。"
msgid "Revision log message"
msgstr "修订日志消息"
msgid "Tokens related to individual content items, or \"nodes\"."
msgstr "有关单独的内容项目或 \"节点\" 的标识符。"
msgid "The unique ID of the content item, or \"node\"."
msgstr "内容项目或 \"节点\" 的唯一ID。"
msgid "The main body text of the node."
msgstr "节点的正文文本。"
msgid "The summary of the node's main body text."
msgstr "节点正文文本的摘要。"
msgid "Creating content"
msgstr "创建内容"
msgid "Creating custom content types"
msgstr "创建自定义内容类型"
msgid "Administering content"
msgstr "管理内容"
msgid "Creating revisions"
msgstr "创建修订"
msgid ""
"The Node module also enables you to create multiple versions of any "
"content, and revert to older versions using the Revision "
"information settings."
msgstr "节点模块让您可以创建多重版本的内容，可以通过使用修订信息设置来恢复旧版本的修订。"
msgid "User permissions"
msgstr "用户权限"
msgid ""
"Individual content types can have different fields, behaviors, and "
"permissions assigned to them."
msgstr "各个内容类型有着不同的字段、行为以及分配到的权限。"
msgid ""
"Content items can be displayed using different view modes: Teaser, "
"Full content, Print, RSS, etc. Teaser is a short format that "
"is typically used in lists of multiple content items. Full "
"content is typically used when the content is displayed on its "
"own page."
msgstr "内容条目可以以不同的模式进行展示：摘要、全文、打印、RSS等。摘要通常用于多个内容条目的简短格式的排列。全文通常显示在其自身页面上。"
msgid ""
"Here, you can define which fields are shown and hidden when %type "
"content is displayed in each view mode, and define how the fields are "
"displayed in each view mode."
msgstr "这里，当%type内容在每个显示模式中展示时，你可以指定显示和隐藏哪些字段，并指定这些字段在不同的显示模式中该如何进行展示。"
msgid "Full content"
msgstr "全文"
msgid "Administer content types"
msgstr "管理内容类型"
msgid ""
"Warning: Give to trusted roles only; this permission has security "
"implications."
msgstr "警告：只分配给受信任的角色；此权限可能会引起安全问题。"
msgid "View published content"
msgstr "查看已发布的内容"
msgid "Bypass content access control"
msgstr "忽略内容访问控制"
msgid "View own unpublished content"
msgstr "查看自己未发布的内容"
msgid "Content is sticky at top of lists"
msgstr "内容置顶"
msgid "Content is promoted to the front page"
msgstr "内容首页推荐"
msgid "No front page content has been created yet."
msgstr "首页无内容！"
msgid "Unpublish content"
msgstr "取消内容发布"
msgid "Make content sticky"
msgstr "使内容置顶"
msgid "Make content unsticky"
msgstr "取消内容置顶"
msgid "Promote content to front page"
msgstr "将内容推荐到首页"
msgid "Remove content from front page"
msgstr "从首页移除内容"
msgid "Save content"
msgstr "保存内容"
msgid "Node Access Permissions"
msgstr "节点的访问权限"
msgid "One permission in use"
msgid_plural "@count permissions in use"
msgstr[0] "使用了 1 个权限"
msgstr[1] "使用了 @count 个权限"
msgid "Find and manage content."
msgstr "查找及管理内容。"
msgid "Don't display post information"
msgstr "不要显示发布信息。"
msgid "Creating aliases"
msgstr "创建别名"
msgid "Managing aliases"
msgstr "管理别名"
msgid ""
"An alias defines a different name for an existing URL path - for "
"example, the alias 'about' for the URL path 'node/1'. A URL path can "
"have multiple aliases."
msgstr ""
"通过使用别名为已有的链接地址指定不同的名称 - "
"比如，别名 'about' 对应于链接地址 "
"'node/1'。一个链接地址可以有多个别名。"
msgid "Administer URL aliases"
msgstr "管理URL别名"
msgid "Create and edit URL aliases"
msgstr "创建及编辑URL别名"
msgid "Searched %type for %keys."
msgstr "以 %keys 搜索 %type。"
msgid "Administer search"
msgstr "管理搜索"
msgid "Use search"
msgstr "使用搜索"
msgid "Use advanced search"
msgstr "使用高级搜索"
msgid "Choose a set of shortcuts to use"
msgstr "选择一组快捷方式进行使用"
msgid "Choose a set of shortcuts for this user"
msgstr "为此用户选择一组快捷方式"
msgid ""
"%user is now using a new shortcut set called %set_name. You can edit "
"it from this page."
msgstr ""
"%user 正在使用名为 %set_name "
"的新快捷方式组。你可以在此页面进行编辑。"
msgid "You are now using the %set_name shortcut set."
msgstr "您现在正在使用 %set_name 快捷方式组。"
msgid "%user is now using the %set_name shortcut set."
msgstr "%user 正在使用 %set_name 快捷方式组。"
msgid "Change set"
msgstr "更改"
msgid "The shortcut set has been updated."
msgstr "快捷方式组已被更新..."
msgid "The name of the shortcut."
msgstr "快捷方式名称。"
msgid "The shortcut %link has been updated."
msgstr "快捷方式 %link 已被更新。"
msgid "Added a shortcut for %title."
msgstr "已添加快捷方式%title"
msgid "The shortcut %title has been deleted."
msgstr "快捷方式 %title 已被删除。"
msgid "Unable to add a shortcut for %title."
msgstr "未能添加 %title 快捷方式。"
msgid "Adding and removing shortcuts"
msgstr "添加及删除快捷方式"
msgid "Displaying shortcuts"
msgstr "显示快捷方式"
msgid "Administer shortcuts"
msgstr "管理快捷方式"
msgid "Add to %shortcut_set shortcuts"
msgstr "添加到 %shortcut_set 快捷方式"
msgid "Add to shortcuts"
msgstr "添加到快捷方式"
msgid "Remove from %shortcut_set shortcuts"
msgstr "从 %shortcut_set 快捷方式中删除"
msgid "Remove from shortcuts"
msgstr "从快捷方式中删除"
msgid "Edit shortcuts"
msgstr "编辑快捷键"
msgid "Add shortcut"
msgstr "添加快捷方式"
msgid "Logging for UNIX, Linux, and Mac OS X"
msgstr "UNIX, Linux和Mac OS X的日志记录"
msgid "Logging for Microsoft Windows"
msgstr "Microsoft Windows的日志记录"
msgid ""
"On Microsoft Windows, messages are always sent to the Event Log using "
"the code LOG_USER."
msgstr ""
"为微软Windows系统上，消息总是使用代码 "
"LOG_USER 放松到系统事务日志中。"
msgid "Syslog facility"
msgstr "系统日志工具"
msgid ""
"Depending on the system configuration, Syslog and other logging tools "
"use this code to identify or filter messages from within the entire "
"system log."
msgstr "根据系统配置，系统日志及其他日志工具将会使用此代码以辨认或过滤整个系统日志中的消息。"
msgid ""
"The image %file could not be rotated because the imagerotate() "
"function is not available in this PHP installation."
msgstr ""
"图像 %file "
"未能旋转因为当前安装的PHP中imagerotate()函数不可用。"
msgid "default theme"
msgstr "默认主题"
msgid ""
"Choose \"Default theme\" to always use the same theme as the rest of "
"the site."
msgstr ""
"选择 \"默认主题\" "
"使得站点每个地方都使用相同的主题"
msgid "Use the administration theme when editing or creating content"
msgstr "当编辑和创建内容时使用管理化主题"
msgid "The %theme theme was not found."
msgstr "%theme 主题未找到。"
msgid "%theme is now the default theme."
msgstr "%theme 现在是默认主题了。"
msgid "User verification status in comments"
msgstr "评论中的用户验证状态信息"
msgid ""
"These settings only exist for the themes based on the %engine theme "
"engine."
msgstr "基于 %engine 主题引擎这些主题的设置才可用。"
msgid "The custom logo path is invalid."
msgstr "自定义Logo路径无效。"
msgid "The custom favicon path is invalid."
msgstr "自定义favicon路径无效。"
msgid "Would you like to continue with the above?"
msgstr "需要继续上述步骤么？"
msgid "Enter a valid IP address."
msgstr "输入有效的IP地址。"
msgid "The IP address %ip was deleted."
msgstr "IP地址 %ip 已被删除。"
msgid "How this is used depends on your site's theme."
msgstr "如何使用基于你的站点主题。"
msgid ""
"This page is displayed when the requested document is denied to the "
"current user. Leave blank to display a generic \"access denied\" page."
msgstr ""
"如果当前用户无权访问所请求的文档，将显示此页面。如果不确定请留空显示通用的 "
"\"拒绝访问\" 页面。"
msgid ""
"This page is displayed when no other content matches the requested "
"document. Leave blank to display a generic \"page not found\" page."
msgstr ""
"如果所请求的文档无法找到匹配项，将显示此页面。如果不确定请留空以显示通用的 "
"\"页面未找到\" 页面。"
msgid "Errors and warnings"
msgstr "错误和警告"
msgid "Clear all caches"
msgstr "清空所有缓存"
msgid "Bandwidth optimization"
msgstr "带宽优化"
msgid "Public file system path"
msgstr "公共文件系统路径"
msgid "Private file system path"
msgstr "私有文件系统路径"
msgid "Default download method"
msgstr "默认下载方式"
msgid ""
"This setting is used as the preferred download method. The use of "
"public files is more efficient, but does not provide any access "
"control."
msgstr "此设置用于首选的下载方式。使用公共文件效率更高，但缺乏对存取权限的管理控制。"
msgid "Time zones"
msgstr "时区"
msgid "Only applied if users may set their own time zone."
msgstr "仅用于那些没有设置时区的用户。"
msgid "Time zone for new users"
msgstr "新用户的时区"
msgid "Put site into maintenance mode"
msgstr "将站点置于维护模式"
msgid "Displayed as %date"
msgstr "显示为 %date"
msgid "Save format"
msgstr "保存格式"
msgid "Custom date format updated."
msgstr "已更新自定义日期格式"
msgid "Custom date format added."
msgstr "已添加自定义日期格式"
msgid "Deleted %ip"
msgstr "已删除 %ip"
msgid "Tokens for site-wide settings and other global information."
msgstr "整站设置及其他全局信息的标识。"
msgid "Tokens related to times and dates."
msgstr "有关时间和日期的标识。"
msgid "Tokens related to uploaded files."
msgstr "有关上传文件的标识。"
msgid "URL (brief)"
msgstr "URL(简短)"
msgid "The URL of the site's front page without the protocol."
msgstr "未使用协议的站点首页的链接地址。"
msgid "Short format"
msgstr "短格式"
msgid "Medium format"
msgstr "中格式"
msgid "Long format"
msgstr "长格式"
msgid "Time-since"
msgstr "开始时间"
msgid "Raw timestamp"
msgstr "原始时间戳"
msgid "Managing modules"
msgstr "管理模块"
msgid "Managing themes"
msgstr "管理主题"
msgid "Configuring basic site settings"
msgstr "配置站点基本设置"
msgid "Administer modules"
msgstr "管理模块"
msgid "Administer site configuration"
msgstr "站点配置管理"
msgid "Administer themes"
msgstr "管理主题"
msgid "Administer actions"
msgstr "管理动作"
msgid "Use the site in maintenance mode"
msgstr "使用网站维护模式"
msgid "View site reports"
msgstr "查看站点报告"
msgid "Public files"
msgstr "公开文件"
msgid "Public local files served by the webserver."
msgstr "公共本地文件送达网络服务器。"
msgid "Private local files served by Drupal."
msgstr "由Drupal提供的本地私有文件。"
msgid "Temporary files"
msgstr "临时文件"
msgid "Temporary local files for upload and previews."
msgstr "用于上传及预览的临时本地文件。"
msgid "Update modules"
msgstr "更新模块"
msgid "Update themes"
msgstr "更新主题"
msgid "SSH"
msgstr "SSH"
msgid ""
"Your password is not saved in the database and is only used to "
"establish a connection."
msgstr "您的密码不会保存在数据库中，仅用于建立一个连接。"
msgid ""
"The connection will be created between your web server and the machine "
"hosting the web server files. In the vast majority of cases, this will "
"be the same machine, and \"localhost\" is correct."
msgstr ""
"该连接将建立在您的网络服务器和承载网络服务器文件的主机机器之间。在绝大多数情况下，这将是同一台机器，而 "
"\"localhost\" 是正确的。"
msgid ""
"Select the desired local time and time zone. Dates and times "
"throughout this site will be displayed using this time zone."
msgstr "选择所需的当地时间和时区。整个网站的日期和时间将使用这个时区显示。"
msgid "The directory %directory does not exist and could not be created."
msgstr "目录 %directory 不存在因为未能创建。"
msgid ""
"The directory %directory exists but is not writable and could not be "
"made writable."
msgstr "目录 %directory 已存在但不可写也不能设置成可写。"
msgid "Administer blocks, content types, menus, etc."
msgstr "管理区块、内容类型、菜单等。"
msgid "Delete IP address"
msgstr "删除IP地址"
msgid "Maintenance mode"
msgstr "维护模式"
msgid "Logging and errors"
msgstr "日志和错误"
msgid "Edit date format"
msgstr "编辑日期格式"
msgid "Search and metadata"
msgstr "搜索及元数据"
msgid "Content authoring"
msgstr "内容写作"
msgid "more information"
msgstr "更多信息"
msgid "Tokens related to taxonomy terms."
msgstr "有关分类术语的标识。"
msgid "Tokens related to taxonomy vocabularies."
msgstr "有关分类词汇表的标识。"
msgid ""
"Taxonomy is for categorizing content. Terms are grouped into "
"vocabularies. For example, a vocabulary called \"Fruit\" would contain "
"the terms \"Apple\" and \"Banana\"."
msgstr ""
"分类用于内容的分类。术语由词汇表进行组织。比如，一个叫做 "
"\"水果\" 的词汇表可能会包含术语 \"苹果\" 和 "
"\"香蕉\"。"
msgid ""
"You can reorganize the terms in %capital_name using their "
"drag-and-drop handles, and group terms under a parent term by sliding "
"them under and to the right of the parent."
msgstr "你可以通过拖曳的方式组织在%capital_name中的术语，通过在父级项目下拖动术语组合术语。"
msgid ""
"%capital_name contains terms grouped under parent terms. You can "
"reorganize the terms in %capital_name using their drag-and-drop "
"handles."
msgstr "%capital_name在父级术语下组织术语。你可以使用拖曳的方式重新组织在%capital_name中的术语。"
msgid ""
"%capital_name contains terms with multiple parents. Drag and drop of "
"terms with multiple parents is not supported, but you can re-enable "
"drag-and-drop support by editing each term to include only a single "
"parent."
msgstr "%capital_name包含有多个父级的术语。多父级术语的可拖曳控制未受支持，但是可以通过编辑术语使其只有一个父级从而重新启用可拖曳的控制。"
msgid "Administer vocabularies and terms"
msgstr "管理词汇表及术语"
msgid "Taxonomy term page"
msgstr "分类术语页面"
msgid "Translating content"
msgstr "翻译内容"
msgid "Preparing to update your site"
msgstr "正在准备更新您的站点"
msgid ""
"Update was completed successfully. Your site has been taken out of "
"maintenance mode."
msgstr "更新成功完成。您的站点已经退出维护模式。"
msgid "Update was completed successfully."
msgstr "更新成功完成。"
msgid "Update failed! See the log below for more information."
msgstr "更新失败！查看下方的日志以了解更多信息。"
msgid ""
"Update failed! See the log below for more information. Your site is "
"still in maintenance mode."
msgstr "更新失败！查看下方的日志以了解更多信息。您的站点仍然处于维护模式。"
msgid "Failed to get available update data."
msgstr "获取可用的更新数据失败。"
msgid "No available update data"
msgstr "没有可用的更新数据"
msgid "Checking available update data"
msgstr "正在检查可用的更新数据"
msgid "Trying to check available update data ..."
msgstr "正在尝试检查可用更新数据..."
msgid "Error checking available update data."
msgstr "检查可用的更新数据时出错。"
msgid "Checking available update data ..."
msgstr "正在检查可用的更新数据..."
msgid "Checked available update data for %title."
msgstr "检查 %title 的可用更新数据"
msgid "Failed to check available update data for %title."
msgstr "检查 %title 的可用更新数据失败"
msgid "An error occurred trying to get available update data."
msgstr "尝试获取可用更新时发生错误。"
msgid "Checked available update data for one project."
msgid_plural "Checked available update data for @count projects."
msgstr[0] "检查1个项目的可用更新。"
msgstr[1] "检查@count个项目的可用更新。"
msgid "Failed to get available update data for one project."
msgid_plural "Failed to get available update data for @count projects."
msgstr[0] "检查1个项目的可用更新失败。"
msgstr[1] "检查@count个项目的可用更新失败。"
msgid "Downloading updates"
msgstr "正在下载更新"
msgid "Downloading %project"
msgstr "正在下载%project"
msgid "Failed to download %project from %url"
msgstr "从 %url 下载 %project 失败"
msgid "Includes:"
msgstr "包括:"
msgid "Enabled: %includes"
msgstr "启用: %includes"
msgid "Disabled: %disabled"
msgstr "禁用: %disabled"
msgid "Checking for available updates"
msgstr "检查可用的更新"
msgid "Update manager"
msgstr "更新管理"
msgid "No people available."
msgstr "没有用户可用。"
msgid "Registration and cancellation"
msgstr "注册和取消注册"
msgid "Who can register accounts?"
msgstr "谁可以注册账户？"
msgid "Administrators only"
msgstr "仅限管理员"
msgid "Visitors, but administrator approval is required"
msgstr "访客，但须要管理员批准"
msgid "When cancelling a user account"
msgstr "当取消一个用户账户时"
msgid "Select method for cancelling account"
msgstr "选择取消账户的方法"
msgid "Administer users"
msgstr "管理用户"
msgid "Welcome (new user created by administrator)"
msgstr "欢迎（管理员创建新用户）"
msgid "Welcome (awaiting approval)"
msgstr "欢迎（等待批准）"
msgid "Welcome (no approval required)"
msgstr "欢迎（不需审核）"
msgid "Password recovery"
msgstr "密码修复"
msgid "Account activation"
msgstr "账户激活"
msgid "Account cancellation confirmation"
msgstr "账户取消配置"
msgid "Account canceled"
msgstr "账户已取消"
msgid "The one-time login link you clicked is invalid."
msgstr "你点击的一次性登录链接无效。"
msgid ""
"This is a one-time login for %user_name and will expire on " "%expiration_date.
Click on this button to log in to the site and " "change your password.
" msgstr "" "这是 %user_name 的一次性登录，将于 %expiration_date " "过期。
点击此按钮登录站点并修改你的密码。
" msgid "When cancelling your account" msgstr "当取消你的账户时" msgid "Are you sure you want to cancel your account?" msgstr "您确定要取消您的账户吗？" msgid "Are you sure you want to cancel the account %name?" msgstr "你确定要取消此账户 %name 吗？" msgid "" "Your account will be blocked and you will no longer be able to log in. " "All of your content will be hidden from everyone but administrators." msgstr "你的账户将被阻止且你将不能登录。所有你发布的内容将会隐藏，仅管理员可见。" msgid "" "Your account will be removed and all account information deleted. All " "of your content will be assigned to the %anonymous-name user." msgstr "你的账户将被移除且所有账户信息会被删除。所有你发布的内容将会归于%anonymous-name名下。" msgid "" "Your account will be removed and all account information deleted. All " "of your content will also be deleted." msgstr "你的账户将被移除且所有账户信息会被删除。所有你发布的内容也将被删除。" msgid "Sent account cancellation request to %name %email." msgstr "给 %name 的 %email 发送帐户删除请求。" msgid "Tokens related to individual user accounts." msgstr "和每个用户帐户有关的标识。" msgid "Tokens related to the currently logged in user." msgstr "和当前登录用户有关的标识。" msgid "Creating and managing users" msgstr "创建和管理用户" msgid "" "This form lets administrators configure how fields should be displayed " "when rendering a user profile page." msgstr "此表单让管理员配置当用户资料页面被渲染时字段如何显示。" msgid "Change own username" msgstr "更改自己的用户名" msgid "Cancel own user account" msgstr "删除自己的用户帐户" msgid "Cancelling account" msgstr "取消账户" msgid "Cancelling user account" msgstr "取消用户账户" msgid "An administrator created an account for you at [site:name]" msgstr "一个站点管理员为您在 [site:name] 上创建了一个账户" msgid "Cancel the selected user accounts" msgstr "取消已选择用户的账户" msgid "When cancelling these accounts" msgstr "当取消这些账户时" msgid "Are you sure you want to cancel these user accounts?" msgstr "您确定想要取消这些用户账户吗？" msgid "Add lowercase letters" msgstr "添加小写字母" msgid "Add uppercase letters" msgstr "添加大写字母" msgid "Add numbers" msgstr "添加数字" msgid "Add punctuation" msgstr "添加标点符号" msgid "Make it different from your username" msgstr "使其和您的用户名不同" msgid "Weak" msgstr "弱" msgid "Fair" msgstr "中等" msgid "Blocked user: %name %email." msgstr "被禁止用户：%name %email。" msgid "Confirm account cancellation" msgstr "确认帐户取消" msgid "Minimal" msgstr "最小" msgid "Basic page" msgstr "基本页面" msgid "" "Use basic pages for your static content, such as an 'About " "us' page." msgstr "对您的静态内容使用基本页面，比如“关于我们”页面。" msgid "Use tags to group articles on similar topics into categories." msgstr "用标签将相似的文章分门别类。" msgid "Install with commonly used features pre-configured." msgstr "以预先配置好的常用特性进行安装。" msgid "Contact forms" msgstr "联系表单" msgid "Flood control" msgstr "攻击控制" msgid "Entity ID" msgstr "实体ID" msgid "Social Bar" msgstr "社交条" msgid "Image style" msgstr "图像样式" msgid "Exposed" msgstr "暴露的" msgid "Remove this display" msgstr "删除这个显示" msgid "Operator to use on all groups" msgstr "要在所有组上使用的运算符" msgid "" "Either \"group 0 AND group 1 AND group 2\" or \"group 0 OR group 1 OR " "group 2\", etc" msgstr "" "\"组 0 与 组 1 与 组 2\" 或 “组 0 或 组 1 或 组 " "2”，等等" msgid "Remove group @group" msgstr "移除 @group 群组" msgid "Default group" msgstr "默认群组" msgid "Group @group" msgstr "群组 @group" msgid "Ungroupable filters" msgstr "不可分组的过滤器" msgid "Basic exposed form" msgstr "暴露的基本表单" msgid "Input required" msgstr "需要输入" msgid "" "An exposed form that only renders a view if the form contains user " "input." msgstr "只有包含用户输入项的暴露表单才会被视图渲染" msgid "Display all items" msgstr "显示所有内容" msgid "Display a specified number of items" msgstr "显示指定的项目条数" msgid "Display a limited number items that this view might find." msgstr "显示该视图可能找出的一定数量的条目。" msgid "Paged output, full pager" msgstr "使用完整分页器分页输出" msgid "Paged output, full Drupal style" msgstr "分页的输出，完整的 Drupal 风格" msgid "Paged output, mini pager" msgstr "使用迷你分页器分页输出" msgid "Name (raw)" msgstr "名字（原始）" msgid "Machine Name" msgstr "机读名字" msgid "Change the machine name of this display." msgstr "更改该显示的机器名" msgid "Change settings for this pager type." msgstr "更改此分页器类型的设置。" msgid "Allow grouping and aggregation (calculation) of fields." msgstr "允许多字段的归类和聚合" msgid "Exposed form style" msgstr "暴露表单的样式" msgid "Select the kind of exposed filter to use." msgstr "选择要使用的暴露过滤器种类。" msgid "Exposed form settings for this exposed form style." msgstr "此已公开表单样式的已公开表单设置。" msgid "The machine name of this display" msgstr "此显示的机读名字" msgid "" "If enabled, some fields may become unavailable. All fields that are " "selected for grouping will be collapsed to one record per distinct " "value. Other fields which are selected for aggregation will have the " "function run on them. For example, you can group nodes on title and " "count the number of nids in order to get a list of duplicate titles." msgstr "" "如果启用此选项，部分字段可能变为不可用。针对分组所选所有字段将按如下方式折叠：每种不同值折叠成一条记录。针对聚集所选其他字段上将运行该功能。例如，可按标题对节点进行分组，并计算 " "nid 数量以获取重复标题的列表。" msgid "Exposed Form" msgstr "暴露的表单" msgid "Exposed form options" msgstr "暴露表单选项" msgid "Pager options" msgstr "分页选项" msgid "Display id should be unique." msgstr "显示标识应是唯一的。" msgid "Include reset button" msgstr "包括重设按钮" msgid "Reset button label" msgstr "重设按钮标签" msgid "Text to display in the reset button of the exposed form." msgstr "要在已公开表单的重置按钮中显示的文本。" msgid "Exposed sorts label" msgstr "显露的排序标签" msgid "Select any filter and click on Apply to see results" msgstr "选中任意的过滤器并点击“应用”查看结果" msgid "Text on demand" msgstr "按需定制的文本" msgid "Exposed options" msgstr "显露的选项" msgid "Items per page label" msgstr "每页条目数标签" msgid "Exposed items per page options" msgstr "每页条目数选项" msgid "Expose Offset" msgstr "展示偏移" msgid "Offset label" msgstr "位置标签" msgid "Mini pager, @count item, skip @skip" msgid_plural "Mini pager, @count items, skip @skip" msgstr[0] "迷你分页器，@count 个项目，跳过 @skip" msgstr[1] "迷你分页器，@count 个项目，跳过 @skip" msgid "Mini pager, @count item" msgid_plural "Mini pager, @count items" msgstr[0] "迷你分页器，@count 个项目" msgstr[1] "迷你分页器，@count 个项目" msgid "All items, skip @skip" msgstr "所有项，跳过@skip" msgid "All items" msgstr "所有项" msgid "@count item, skip @skip" msgid_plural "@count items, skip @skip" msgstr[0] "@count项，逃过@skip" msgstr[1] "@count项，逃过@skip" msgid "@count item" msgid_plural "@count items" msgstr[0] "@count项" msgstr[1] "@count项" msgid "Group results together" msgstr "对结果进行分组" msgid "Are you sure you want to revert the revision?" msgstr "确定要还原修订版本吗？" msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the revision?" msgstr "确定要删除修订版本吗？" msgid "Bundle ID" msgstr "捆绑ID" msgid "Edit account" msgstr "编辑账号" msgid "Internet" msgstr "Internet" msgid "Alt" msgstr "替换" msgid "Administrative label" msgstr "管理标题" msgid "" "1 pending update (@number_applied to be applied, @number_incompatible " "skipped)" msgid_plural "" "@count pending updates (@number_applied to be applied, " "@number_incompatible skipped)" msgstr[0] "" "1 项待处理的更新（@number_applied " "项将被应用，@number_incompatible 项将被忽略）" msgstr[1] "" "@count 项待处理的更新（@number_applied " "项将被应用，@number_incompatible 项将被忽略）" msgid "Author textfield" msgstr "作者字段" msgid "Overview of fields on all entity types." msgstr "所有实体类型的字段总览。" msgid "Collapse" msgstr "折叠" msgid "Error messages to display" msgstr "错误显示方式" msgid "" "It is recommended that sites running on production environments do not " "display any errors." msgstr "推荐生产环境状态的站点不要显示任何错误。" msgid "Current password" msgstr "当前密码" msgid "" "Your current password is missing or incorrect; it's required to change " "the %name." msgstr "你当前的密码丢失或不正确，要求更改 %name。" msgid "Configure user accounts." msgstr "设置用户帐号。" msgid "Terminology" msgstr "术语" msgid "Inline Form Errors" msgstr "内联表单错误" msgid "Read-only" msgstr "只读" msgid "Last access timestamp" msgstr "上次访问时间" msgid "Last login timestamp" msgstr "上次登陆时间" msgid "Severity level" msgstr "严重性级别" msgid "Update preview" msgstr "更新预览" msgid "No media available." msgstr "没有可用媒体" msgid "Administer media" msgstr "管理媒体" msgid "View media" msgstr "查看媒体" msgid "Remove block" msgstr "移除区块" msgid "all languages" msgstr "所有语言" msgid "%module module installed." msgstr "%module 模块已安装。" msgid "Administer text formats and filters" msgstr "管理输入格式及过滤器" msgid "@type language detection" msgstr "@type语言检测" msgid "Use the detected interface language." msgstr "使用检测到的界面语言。" msgid "You are currently using the %set-name shortcut set." msgstr "你当前正在使用 %set-name 快捷方式组。" msgid "Create new set" msgstr "创建新组" msgid "" "The %set_name shortcut set has been created. You can edit it from this " "page." msgstr "" "已创建 %set_name " "快捷方式组。你可以在此页进行编辑。" msgid "Updated set name to %set-name." msgstr "组名已更新为 %set-name。" msgid "" "If you have chosen this shortcut set as the default for some or all " "users, they may also be affected by deleting it." msgstr "若你为一些或全部用户将此快捷方式组设为默认组，删除此组也将会影响到他们。" msgid "1 user has chosen or been assigned to this shortcut set." msgid_plural "@count users have chosen or been assigned to this shortcut set." msgstr[0] "1 个用户选择了或分配到此快捷方式组。" msgstr[1] "@count 个用户选择了或分配到此快捷方式组。" msgid "Administering shortcuts" msgstr "管理快捷方式" msgid "Choosing shortcut sets" msgstr "正在选择快捷方式组" msgid "" "Users with permission to switch shortcut sets can choose a shortcut " "set to use from the Shortcuts tab of their user account page." msgstr "具有切换快捷方式组的用户可以在其用户帐户页面中的快捷方式标签下选择要使用的快捷方式组。" msgid "Edit current shortcut set" msgstr "编辑当前快捷方式组" msgid "" "Editing the current shortcut set will affect other users if that set " "has been assigned to or selected by other users. Granting \"Select any " "shortcut set\" permission along with this permission will grant " "permission to edit any shortcut set." msgstr "编辑当前快捷方式组会影响到其他使用此快捷方式的用户。具有\"选择任意快捷方式组\"及此权限的用户可以编辑任意快捷方式组。" msgid "Select any shortcut set" msgstr "选择任意快捷方式组" msgid "" "From all shortcut sets, select one to be own active set. Without this " "permission, an administrator selects shortcut sets for users." msgstr "从所有的快捷方式组中选择一套作为自己的活动组。没有此权限需要管理员为用户选择快捷方式组。" msgid "Add and modify shortcut sets." msgstr "添加及修改快捷方式组。" msgid "Add shortcut set" msgstr "添加快捷方式组" msgid "Edit set name" msgstr "编辑组名" msgid "Delete shortcut set" msgstr "删除快捷方式组" msgid "Database support" msgstr "数据库支持" msgid "Get Started" msgstr "开始使用" msgid "Cache type" msgstr "缓存类型" msgid "Is not empty (NOT NULL)" msgstr "不为空" msgid "Use absolute link (begins with \"http://\")" msgstr "使用绝对链接 (以 \"http://\" 开头)" msgid "Output machine name" msgstr "输出机读名字" msgid "Change the CSS class name(s) that will be added to this display." msgstr "改变加到这个显示的CSS类的名字" msgid "CSS classes must be alphanumeric or dashes only." msgstr "CSS类名只能包含字母、数字或破折号。" msgid "" "Set between which values the user can choose when determining the " "items per page. Separated by comma." msgstr "设置当决定每页条目显示数量时用户可以选择的数量，以逗号分隔。" msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "Bootstrap" msgid "Update @name" msgstr "更新 @name" msgid "Add a new recipe to the site." msgstr "添加一个新的配方到网站。" msgid "Video URL" msgstr "视频网址" msgid "Link field" msgstr "链接字段" msgid "Attachment before" msgstr "前面的附件" msgid "Attachment after" msgstr "后面的附件" msgid "visible" msgstr "可见" msgid "Password settings" msgstr "密码设置" msgid "Content moderation states" msgstr "内容审核状态" msgid "Transitions" msgstr "转换" msgid "Cache configuration" msgstr "缓存配置" msgid "Editing" msgstr "正在编辑" msgid "The date the comment was most recently updated." msgstr "评论最近更新的日期。" msgid "Comment posted: %subject." msgstr "评论已发表：%subject。" msgid "" "This field has been disabled because you do not have sufficient " "permissions to edit it." msgstr "此字段已禁用因为你没有编辑此字段的权限。" msgid "" "View, edit and delete all content regardless of permission " "restrictions." msgstr "不受权限限制查看、编辑及删除任何内容。" msgid "Syslog format" msgstr "系统日志格式" msgid "" "External resources can be optimized automatically, which can reduce " "both the size and number of requests made to your website." msgstr "外部资源可自动优化，可以减少站点的文件大小及请求数量。" msgid "The location of the file relative to Drupal root." msgstr "相对于Drupal根目录的文件路径。" msgid "Your modules have been downloaded and updated." msgstr "您的模块已下载并更新。" msgid "" "Use articles for time-sensitive content like news, press " "releases or blog posts." msgstr "使用文章发布有关时间的内容，如消息，新闻或日志。" msgid "Translation update status" msgstr "翻译更新状态" msgid "" "The selected file %filename cannot be uploaded. Only files with the " "following extensions are allowed: %extensions." msgstr "选择的文件%filename无法上传。只有以下类型的文件被允许：%extensions。" msgid "Filter modules" msgstr "过滤模块" msgid "Vocabulary machine name" msgstr "词汇表的机器名" msgid "Current page" msgstr "当前页" msgid "Highlighted" msgstr "已高亮" msgid "Plum" msgstr "李子" msgid "X-Large" msgstr "X-Large" msgid "Site logo" msgstr "站点标志" msgid "@module" msgstr "@module" msgid "%field cannot contain any markup." msgstr "%field不能包含任何标记。" msgid "" "These options control the display settings for the %name theme. When " "your site is displayed using this theme, these settings will be used." msgstr "" "这些选项控制 %name " "主题的显示设置。当你的站点使用这个主题显示，这些设置将会被使用。" msgid "Administer software updates" msgstr "管理软件更新" msgid "@required_name (Missing)" msgstr "@required_name (已丢失)" msgid "@required_name (Version @compatibility required)" msgstr "@required_name (需要兼容版本 @compatibility)" msgid "Unresolved dependency" msgstr "未解决依赖" msgid "@name requires this module." msgstr "@name 需要这个模块" msgid "" "@name requires this module and version. Currently using @required_name " "version @version" msgstr "" "@name 需要这个模块和版本。 当前使用 @required_name " "版本@version" msgid "Media Library" msgstr "媒体库" msgid "Previous page" msgstr "前一页" msgid "Require email confirmation" msgstr "要求确认邮件" msgid "Footer Top" msgstr "页脚上方" msgid "Fetch settings" msgstr "获取设置" msgid "Site details" msgstr "站点详情" msgid "Subscribe to @title" msgstr "订阅 @title" msgid "Add media" msgstr "添加媒体" msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "接口" msgid "Firehouse" msgstr "消防队" msgid "Ice" msgstr "冰" msgid "" "The database table prefix you have entered, %prefix, is invalid. The " "table prefix can only contain alphanumeric characters, periods, or " "underscores." msgstr "" "您输入的数据库表前缀 %prefix 无效。 " "表前缀只能包含字母、数字或下划线。" msgid "Default settings file" msgstr "默认设置文件" msgid "The default settings file does not exist." msgstr "默认设置文件不存在。" msgid "Show row weights" msgstr "显示行的权重" msgid "Hide row weights" msgstr "隐藏行的权重" msgid "%name: the value may be no less than %min." msgstr "%name: 数值不可小于 %min。" msgid "%name: the value may be no greater than %max." msgstr "%name: 数值不可大于 %max。" msgid "Custom display settings" msgstr "自定义显示设置" msgid "Node module element" msgstr "节点模块元素" msgid "not yet assigned" msgstr "尚未分配" msgid "not yet created" msgstr "还未创建" msgid "Comment type" msgstr "评论类型" msgid "Edit permissions" msgstr "编辑权限" msgid "None (original image)" msgstr "无（原始图像）" msgid "Reusable" msgstr "可重用的" msgid "Configuration files" msgstr "配置文件" msgid "Row class" msgstr "行类（class）" msgid "Latest version" msgstr "最新版" msgid "The URL of the account edit page." msgstr "帐户编辑页面的URL链接。" msgid "Bulk update" msgstr "批量更新" msgid "Edit translations" msgstr "编辑翻译" msgid "- Use default -" msgstr "-使用默认值-" msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" msgid "Query type" msgstr "查询类型" msgid "Search page" msgstr "搜索页面" msgid "Search pages" msgstr "搜索页面" msgid "Add search page" msgstr "添加搜索页面" msgid "Redirect path" msgstr "重定向路径" msgid "Unknown content type" msgstr "未知内容类型" msgid "Drupal Upgrade" msgstr "Drupal升级" msgid "Summary options" msgstr "摘要选项" msgid "Back to site" msgstr "返回网站" msgid "Never (manually)" msgstr "从不 (手动)" msgid "" "Failed to connect to your database server. The server reports the " "following message: %error.@implicit-public-file (for a file in the public "
"filesystem), @explicit-file, or @local-file."
msgstr ""
"如：@implicit-public-file "
"(在公开文件系统中的文件)、@explicit-file 或 "
"@local-file。"
msgid "Message to display when in maintenance mode"
msgstr "处于维护模式时显示的消息"
msgid "This theme requires the base theme @base_theme to operate correctly."
msgstr "此主题需要基本主题 @base_theme 才能正常运行。"
msgid ""
"This theme requires the theme engine @theme_engine to operate "
"correctly."
msgstr "此主题需要主题引擎 @theme_engine 才能正常运行。"
msgid ""
"Use maintenance mode when making major updates, particularly if the "
"updates could disrupt visitors or the update process. Examples include "
"upgrading, importing or exporting content, modifying a theme, "
"modifying content types, and making backups."
msgstr "在进行升级时应该使用维护模式，尤其是更新可能干扰访客或更新过程时更应如此。例如升级、导入或导出内容、修改主题、修改内容类型以及制作备份。"
msgid "A language object."
msgstr "一个语言对象。"
msgid "All kind of entities, e.g. nodes, comments or users."
msgstr "所有种类的实体，如节点、评论或用户。"
msgid "An entity field referencing a language."
msgstr "引用一个语言的实体字段。"
msgid "An entity field containing an entity reference."
msgstr "包含一个实体引用的实体字段。"
msgid ""
"The directory %file is not protected from modifications and poses a "
"security risk. You must change the directory's permissions to be "
"non-writable."
msgstr ""
"目录 %file "
"无修改保护，因此可能构成安全风险。您必须将该目录的许可权更改为不可写入。"
msgid "Apply pending updates"
msgstr "应用挂起的更新"
msgid ""
"Translation is not supported if language is always one of: "
"@locked_languages"
msgstr "如果语言始终为以下语言之一，那么不支持翻译：@locked_languages"
msgid "HTTP request to @url failed with error: @error."
msgstr "针对 @url 的 HTTP 请求失败，并返回错误：@error。"
msgid ""
"The name for this role. Example: \"Moderator\", \"Editorial board\", "
"\"Site architect\"."
msgstr "此角色的名称。如“管理员”、“编辑”、“网站架构”。"
msgid "User module 'member for' view element."
msgstr "用户模块“成员：”视图元素。"
msgid ""
"This is also assumed to be the primary language of this account's "
"profile information."
msgstr "这也是此帐户个人资料信息的主要语言。"
msgid "Administration pages language"
msgstr "管理页面的语言"
msgid ""
"Build a custom site without pre-configured functionality. Suitable for "
"advanced users."
msgstr "建立一个没有预配置功能的自定义网站。适用于高级用户。"
msgid "Site's default language (@lang_name)"
msgstr "站点默认语言 (@lang_name)"
msgid "Installation profile"
msgstr "安装配置文件"
msgid "Selected language"
msgstr "已选择的语言"
msgid "Expose sort order"
msgstr "公开排序顺序"
msgid "Use a custom %field_name"
msgstr "使用一个自定义的 %field_name"
msgid "Validation settings"
msgstr "验证设置"
msgid "Language Code"
msgstr "语言代码"
msgid ""
"Breakpoints can be organized into groups. Modules and themes should "
"use groups to separate out breakpoints that are meant to be used for "
"different purposes, such as breakpoints for layouts or breakpoints for "
"image sizing."
msgstr "断点可以组织成组。模块和主题应该使用组来分离出旨在用于不同目的的断点，例如布局的断点或图像大小的断点。"
msgid "Parent permalink"
msgstr "父permalink"
msgid "Label field is required."
msgstr "标签字段为必选项。"
msgid "Save and manage fields"
msgstr "保存和管理字段"
msgid "Image removed."
msgstr "已移除图像。"
msgid ""
"This image has been removed. For security reasons, only images from "
"the local domain are allowed."
msgstr "已移除此图像。由于安全原因，仅允许来自本地域的图像。"
msgid "Only images hosted on this site may be used in <img> tags."
msgstr "只能在 <img> 标记中使用此站点上托管的图像。"
msgid ""
"An error occurred trying to check available interface translation "
"updates."
msgstr "尝试检查可用界面翻译更新时发生错误。"
msgid "Checked available interface translation updates for one project."
msgid_plural "Checked available interface translation updates for @count projects."
msgstr[0] "检查了一个项目的可用界面翻译更新。"
msgstr[1] "检查了@count个项目的可用界面翻译更新。"
msgid "Available translation updates"
msgstr "可用的翻译更新"
msgid ""
"Get a status report about available interface translations for your "
"installed modules and themes."
msgstr "获得一份已安装模块和主题的可用界面翻译状态报告。"
msgid "Vocabulary language"
msgstr "词汇语言"
msgid "View profile"
msgstr "查看用户资料"
msgid "User account actions"
msgstr "用户账号的动作"
msgid "The role machine-name of the role."
msgstr "角色的机器名。"
msgid "The base table used for this view."
msgstr "用于此视图的基本表。"
msgid "Base field"
msgstr "基本字段"
msgid "The base field used for this view."
msgstr "用于此视图的基本字段。"
msgid ""
"The total amount of results returned from the view. The current "
"display will be used."
msgstr "从视图返回的结果总数。将使用当前显示。"
msgid "The number of items per page."
msgstr "每页显示的条目数。"
msgid "The current page of results the view is on."
msgstr "视图所在的当前结果页面。"
msgid "The total page count."
msgstr "页面总数。"
msgid ""
"Override the default view title for this view. This is useful to "
"display an alternative title when a view is empty."
msgstr "覆盖此视图的缺省视图标题。这用于在视图为空时显示备用标题。"
msgid "Overridden title"
msgstr "覆写标题"
msgid "Manage customized lists of content."
msgstr "管理经过定制的内容列表。"
msgid "Delete own files"
msgstr "删除自有文件"
msgid "Additional resources"
msgstr "额外资源"
msgid "The translation authoring username %name does not exist."
msgstr "翻译编写用户名 %name 不存在。"
msgid "You have to specify a valid translation authoring date."
msgstr "您必须指定有效的翻译编写日期。"
msgid ""
"Database %database not found. The server reports the following message "
"when attempting to create the database: %error."
msgstr ""
"数据库 %database "
"未找到。服务器在试图创建数据库时报告以下消息：%error。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to unblock %ip?"
msgstr "您确定要解除 %ip IP地址的屏蔽吗？"
msgid "Import all"
msgstr "导入全部"
msgid "Another request may be synchronizing configuration already."
msgstr "另一个请求可能已经同步完配置。"
msgid "The configuration was imported successfully."
msgstr "配置已成功导入。"
msgid "@count new"
msgid_plural "@count new"
msgstr[0] "@count 新的"
msgstr[1] "@count 新的"
msgid "@count changed"
msgid_plural "@count changed"
msgstr[0] "@count 更改的"
msgstr[1] "@count 更改的"
msgid "@count removed"
msgid_plural "@count removed"
msgstr[0] "@count 移除的"
msgstr[1] "@count 移除的"
msgid "Synchronize configuration"
msgstr "同步配置"
msgid "Flag other translations as outdated"
msgstr "把其他翻译标示为已过期"
msgid "Do not flag other translations as outdated"
msgstr "不把其他翻译标示为已过期"
msgid "Example: 'Hero image' or 'Author image'."
msgstr "示例：“主图”或“作者图像”。"
msgid "Breakpoint group"
msgstr "效果转换点群组"
msgid "Select an image style for this breakpoint."
msgstr "为此效果转换点选择图像样式。"
msgid "Access @method on %label resource"
msgstr "访问 %label 资源上的 @method"
msgid "User-defined shortcuts"
msgstr "自定义快捷键"
msgid "Displayed as %date_format"
msgstr "显示为 %date_format"
msgid "opened"
msgstr "已打开"
msgid "Enabling translation"
msgstr "启用翻译"
msgid "Create %language translation of %title"
msgstr "为 %title 创建 %language 翻译"
msgid "Source language: @language"
msgstr "源语言：@language"
msgid ""
"If you made a significant change, which means the other translations "
"should be updated, you can flag all translations of this content as "
"outdated. This will not change any other property of them, like "
"whether they are published or not."
msgstr "如果您进行了一项重大更改（这意味着应更新其他翻译），那么您可以将此内容的所有翻译标记为已过时。这不会更改这些翻译的任何其他属性，例如，是否发布翻译。"
msgid ""
"When this option is checked, this translation needs to be updated. "
"Uncheck when the translation is up to date again."
msgstr "选中此选项时，需要更新此翻译。在翻译再次处于最新状态后，请取消选中此选项。"
msgid "Source language set to: %language"
msgstr "源语言设为：%language"
msgid "This will delete all the translations of %label."
msgstr "这将删除所有的 %label 的翻译。"
msgid "No path is set"
msgstr "未设置路径"
msgid "View differences"
msgstr "查看差别"
msgid "Menu language"
msgstr "菜单语言"
msgid "Block types"
msgstr "区块类型"
msgid "@field_name"
msgstr "@field_name"
msgid "media item"
msgstr "媒体项"
msgid "media items"
msgstr "媒体项目"
msgid "Client error"
msgstr "客户端错误"
msgid "No item selected."
msgstr "未选择条目。"
msgid "@module_name"
msgstr "@module_name"
msgid "Modified timestamp"
msgstr "修改时间戳记"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the @entity-type %label?"
msgstr "是否确认删除 @entity-type %label?"
msgid "The @entity-type %label has been deleted."
msgstr "@entity-type %label 被删除了。"
msgid "Edit %label"
msgstr "编辑 %label"
msgid "Add @bundle"
msgstr "添加 @bundle"
msgid "Reference type"
msgstr "引用类型"
msgid "Delete state"
msgstr "删除状态"
msgid "@label (@name)"
msgstr "@label (@name)"
msgid "Horizontal orientation"
msgstr "横向"
msgid "Vertical orientation"
msgstr "纵向"
msgid "Tray orientation changed to @orientation."
msgstr "托盘方向已更改为 @orientation。"
msgid "Publish taxonomy term"
msgstr "发布分类术语"
msgid "Unpublish taxonomy term"
msgstr "取消发布分类术语"
msgid "South Sudan"
msgstr "南苏丹"
msgid "Custom output for TRUE"
msgstr "TRUE的自定义输出"
msgid "Custom output for FALSE"
msgstr "FALSE的自定义输出"
msgid ""
"Thank you for applying for an account. Your account is currently "
"pending approval by the site administrator.LOG_LOCAL0 through LOG_LOCAL7. For "
"information on Syslog facilities, severity levels, and how to set up "
"syslog.conf or rsyslog.conf, see the "
"syslog.conf or rsyslog.conf manual page on your "
"command line."
msgstr ""
"在 UNIX、Linux 和 Mac OS X 上，可在文件 "
"/etc/syslog.conf、/etc/rsyslog.conf 或目录 "
"/etc/rsyslog.d "
"中找到配置。这些文件定义路由配置。可使用代码 "
"LOG_LOCAL0 到 LOG_LOCAL7 "
"来标记消息。有关“系统日志”工具、严重性级别以及如何设置 "
"syslog.conf 或 rsyslog.conf "
"的信息，请参阅有关命令行的 syslog.conf 或 "
"rsyslog.conf 手册页面。"
msgid "Any data"
msgstr "任意数据"
msgid "An entity field containing a UUID."
msgstr "一个包含UUID的实体字段。"
msgid "Failed to fetch file due to error \"%error\""
msgstr "由于错误“%error”，所以无法访存文件"
msgid "Date and time formats"
msgstr "日期和时间格式"
msgid ""
"The update.php script is accessible to everyone without authentication "
"check, which is a security risk. You must change the @settings_name "
"value in your settings.php back to FALSE."
msgstr ""
"update.php "
"脚本可供任何人访问而无需进行认证检查，这便构成安全风险。您必须将 "
"settings.php 中的 @settings_name 值更改回 FALSE。"
msgid "Name of the date format"
msgstr "日期格式的名称"
msgid "@toolkit settings"
msgstr "@toolkit 设置"
msgid "Update this item"
msgstr "更新此项"
msgid "This value should not be null."
msgstr "此值不能为空。"
msgid "The term ID."
msgstr "术语ID"
msgid "The term language code."
msgstr "术语语言代码"
msgid "Term Parents"
msgstr "父术语"
msgid "The parents of this term."
msgstr "这个术语的父术语。"
msgid "Create referenced entities if they don't already exist"
msgstr "如果引用的实体不存在，则创建该引用的实体"
msgid "Telephone number"
msgstr "电话号码"
msgid "Link using text: @title"
msgstr "使用文本链接：@title"
msgid "Link using provided telephone number."
msgstr "使用提供的电话号码链接。"
msgid "Toolbar items"
msgstr "工具栏项目"
msgid "Translatable elements"
msgstr "可翻译元素"
msgid ""
"At least one field needs to be translatable to enable %bundle for "
"translation."
msgstr ""
"至少有一个字段必须为可翻译字段才能对 %bundle "
"启用翻译。"
msgid "@language_name (Original language)"
msgstr "@language_name （源语言）"
msgid "Administer translation settings"
msgstr "管理翻译配置"
msgid "Create translations"
msgstr "创建翻译"
msgid "Delete translations"
msgstr "删除翻译"
msgid "Translate %bundle_label @entity_label"
msgstr "翻译 %bundle_label @entity_label"
msgid "Translate @entity_label"
msgstr "翻译 @entity_label"
msgid ""
"\"Show language selector\" is not compatible with translating content "
"that has default language: %choice. Either do not hide the language "
"selector or pick a specific language."
msgstr "“显示语言选择器”与具有缺省语言的翻译内容不兼容：%choice。请不要隐藏语言选择器，也不要选取特定语言。"
msgid ""
"An unpublished translation will not be visible without translation "
"permissions."
msgstr "如果没有翻译权限，未发布的翻译将不可见。"
msgid "%archive_file does not contain any .info.yml files."
msgstr "%archive_file 不包含任何 .info.yml 文件。"
msgid ""
"This is a one-time login for %user_name.
Click on this button " "to log in to the site and change your password.
" msgstr "" "这是 %user_name " "的一次性登录。
单击此按钮以登录到站点并更改密码。
" msgid "Provides access to the user data service." msgstr "提供用户数据服务的访问权。" msgid "Add a form element that lets you run operations on multiple users." msgstr "添加表单元素，允许对多个用户运行操作。" msgid "User module form element." msgstr "用户模块表单元素。" msgid "System module form element." msgstr "系统模块表单元素。" msgid "Edit user account" msgstr "编辑用户账号" msgid "Login attempt failed from %ip." msgstr "从%ip 的登录尝试失败。" msgid "Cancel user" msgstr "取消用户" msgid "Enable password strength indicator" msgstr "启用密码强度指示器" msgid "Admin (user awaiting approval)" msgstr "管理员（用户等待确认提醒）" msgid "Role %label has been updated." msgstr "角色 %label 已更新。" msgid "Role %label has been added." msgstr "角色 %label 已添加。" msgid "The user language code." msgstr "用户的语言代码。" msgid "The time that the user last accessed the site." msgstr "用户最后一次访问网站的时间。" msgid "The time that the user last logged in." msgstr "用户最后一次登录时间。" msgid "The email address used for initial account creation." msgstr "用于初始账号创建的E-mail地址。" msgid "The roles the user has." msgstr "用户具有的角色。" msgid "Update the user %name" msgstr "更新用户 %name" msgid "The module which sets this user data." msgstr "设置此用户数据的模块。" msgid "The name of the data key." msgstr "数据键的名称。" msgid "The label of the view." msgstr "该视图的标签。" msgid "The machine-readable ID of the view." msgstr "视图的机器可读标识。" msgid "Dropbutton" msgstr "下拉按钮" msgid "Display fields in a dropbutton." msgstr "在下拉按钮中显示字段" msgid "Rendered entity - @label" msgstr "呈现的实体 - @label" msgid "Displays a rendered @label entity in an area." msgstr "在区域中显示呈现的 @label 实体。" msgid "Display the @label" msgstr "显示 @label" msgid "Available global token replacements" msgstr "可用的全局标记替换" msgid "" "Override the title of this view when it is empty. The available global " "tokens below can be used here." msgstr "当此视图为空时，覆盖此视图的标题。可在此处使用以下可用全局标记。" msgid "Administrative comment" msgstr "管理员备注" msgid "Machine name of the display" msgstr "显示的机读名称" msgid "" "This description will only be seen within the administrative interface " "and can be used to document this display." msgstr "此描述将仅显示在管理界面中，并且可用于记录此显示。" msgid "CSS class name(s)" msgstr "CSS类名" msgid "Show contextual links on this view." msgstr "显示此视图的上下文链接。" msgid "Show contextual links" msgstr "显示上下文链接" msgid "" "In the menu, the heavier links will sink and the lighter links will be " "positioned nearer the top." msgstr "在菜单中，权重高的链接会被放在较下的位置，而权重低的链接则会被放在较上的位置。" msgid "Allow people to choose the sort order" msgstr "允许用户选择排序顺序" msgid "" "If sort order is not exposed, the sort criteria settings for each sort " "will determine its order." msgstr "如果排序顺序未公开，每个排序的排序条件设置将决定其顺序。" msgid "Label for ascending sort" msgstr "升序排序的标签" msgid "Label for descending sort" msgstr "降序排序的标签" msgid "@name format: @date" msgstr "@name 格式: @date" msgid "Override the output of this field with custom text" msgstr "用自定义文本覆写此字段的输出" msgid "Output this field as a custom link" msgstr "将此字段作为定制链接输出" msgid "Trim this field to a maximum number of characters" msgstr "将此字段截断至最大字符数" msgid "More link label" msgstr "“更多”链接的标签" msgid "You may use the \"Replacement patterns\" above." msgstr "您可以使用上面的“替换匹配模式”。" msgid "" "An HTML corrector will be run to ensure HTML tags are properly closed " "after trimming." msgstr "" "将运行 HTML 纠正程序以确保在截断后正确关闭 HTML " "标记。" msgid "Fields to be included as links." msgstr "要包含为链接的字段。" msgid "" "Include a \"destination\" parameter in the link to return the user to " "the original view upon completing the link action." msgstr "在链接中包含“destination”参数以在完成链接操作时将用户返回到原始视图。" msgid "First page link text" msgstr "第一个页面的链接文本" msgid "Last page link text" msgstr "最后一个页面的链接文本" msgid "Offset (number of items to skip)" msgstr "偏移量（要跳过的项目个数）" msgid "" "For example, set this to 3 and the first 3 items will not be " "displayed." msgstr "例如，将此值设为 3，则前 3 项不会被显示。" msgid "Pager link labels" msgstr "分页器链接标签" msgid "Previous page link text" msgstr "上一页链接文本" msgid "Next page link text" msgstr "下一页链接文本" msgid "" "Insert a list of integer numeric values separated by commas: e.g: 10, " "20, 50, 100" msgstr "插入用逗号分隔的整数值列表，例如：10, 20, 50, 100" msgid "" "WARNING: Disabling SQL rewriting means that node access security is " "disabled. This may allow users to see data they should not be able to " "see if your view is misconfigured. Use this option only if you " "understand and accept this security risk." msgstr "" "警告：禁用 SQL " "重写意味着禁用节点访问安全性。如果错误地配置了视图，这可能允许用户查看其本应看不到的数据。仅在您了解并接受此安全风险时才使用此选项。" msgid "No view mode selected" msgstr "未选中视图方式" msgid "Caption for the table" msgstr "表格的标题" msgid "Table details" msgstr "表的详细资料" msgid "Summary title" msgstr "摘要标题" msgid "Table description" msgstr "表格的描述" msgid "Provide additional details about the table to increase accessibility." msgstr "提供关于表的其他详细信息以改进辅助功能选项。" msgid "Enable @display_title" msgstr "启用 @display_title" msgid "Delete @display_title" msgstr "删除 @display_title" msgid "Undo delete of @display_title" msgstr "取消 @display_title 的删除" msgid "Disable @display_title" msgstr "禁用 @display_title" msgid "Edit view name/description" msgstr "编辑视图的名称和描述" msgid "Analyze view" msgstr "分析视图" msgid "Reorder displays" msgstr "对显示重新排序" msgid "Revert view" msgstr "恢复视图" msgid "Add @type" msgstr "新增 @type" msgid "" "And/Or Rearrange filter " "criteria" msgstr "" "与/或 重新调整 过滤条件" msgid "Rearrange @type" msgstr "重新排列@type" msgid "This display has one or more validation errors." msgstr "此显示存在一个或多个验证错误。" msgid "There are no disabled views." msgstr "没有被禁用的视图。" msgid "[@time ms] @query" msgstr "[@time 毫秒] @query" msgid "Do you want to break the lock on view %name?" msgstr "您需要解除视图 %name 的锁定吗？" msgid "View language" msgstr "视图的语言" msgid "Language of labels and other textual elements in this view." msgstr "此视图中的标签和其他文本元素的语言。" msgid "No displays available." msgstr "没有可用显示" msgid "Last saved" msgstr "最后保存" msgid "Not saved yet" msgstr "还未保存" msgid "Hard" msgstr "困难" msgid "Comment selection" msgstr "评论选择" msgid "Contact message" msgstr "联系信息" msgid "My Editor" msgstr "我的编辑器" msgid "Entity display" msgstr "实体显示" msgid "Entity form display" msgstr "实体表单显示" msgid "Display the ID of the referenced entities." msgstr "显示被引用的实体的 ID。" msgid "Selects referenceable entities for an entity reference field." msgstr "为实体引用字段选择可引用的实体。" msgid "Entity Reference inline fields" msgstr "实体引用内联字段" msgid "Returns results as a PHP array of labels and rendered rows." msgstr "" "将结果返回为 PHP " "数组，其中每个元素是标签和渲染后的行。" msgid "File selection" msgstr "文件选择" msgid "Separate link text and URL" msgstr "将链接文本与 URL 分离" msgid "Node selection" msgstr "节点选择" msgid "Watchdog database log" msgstr "看守程序数据库日志" msgid "REST export" msgstr "REST 导出" msgid "Create a REST export resource." msgstr "创建 REST 导出资源。" msgid "Use entities as row data." msgstr "使用实体作为行数据。" msgid "Use fields as row data." msgstr "将字段用作行数据。" msgid "Serializer" msgstr "序列化器" msgid "Serializes views row data using the Serializer component." msgstr "使用序列化器组件来完成视图行数据的序列化。" msgid "Shortcut set" msgstr "快捷方式组" msgid "Tar" msgstr "Tar" msgid "Handles .tar files." msgstr "处理 .tar 文件。" msgid "Handles zip files." msgstr "处理 zip 文件。" msgid "Taxonomy Term selection" msgstr "分类法术语选择" msgid "Display reference to taxonomy term in RSS." msgstr "在 RSS 中显示对分类法术语的引用。" msgid "Telephone link" msgstr "电话号码链接" msgid "User selection" msgstr "用户选择" msgid "Views Exposed Filter Block" msgstr "视图已公开的过滤器块" msgid "A simple pager containing previous and next links." msgstr "一个包含“前一页”、“后一页”链接的简单分页器。" msgid "Display all items that this view might find." msgstr "显示此视图可能找到的所有项。" msgid "Displays rows as HTML list." msgstr "将行显示为 HTML 列表。" msgid "Language detection and selection" msgstr "语言检测和选择" msgid "menus" msgstr "菜单" msgid "Toolkit" msgstr "工具箱" msgid "Autoplay: %autoplay" msgstr "自动播放：%autoplay" msgid "Loop: %loop" msgstr "循环：%loop" msgid "Muted: %muted" msgstr "静音: %muted" msgid "Display of multiple files" msgstr "显示多个文件" msgid "Configuration Translation" msgstr "配置翻译" msgid "- empty image -" msgstr "- 空图像 -" msgid "Field formatters" msgstr "字段格式器" msgid "" "If enabled, access permissions for rendering the entity are not " "checked." msgstr "如果启用此选项，那么不检查用于呈现实体的访问许可权。" msgid "Save and select" msgstr "保存并选择" msgid "Editorial" msgstr "编辑" msgid "Protocol version" msgstr "协议版本" msgid "The directory %translations_directory exists." msgstr "文件夹%translations_directory已存在" msgid "MySQL, MariaDB, Percona Server, or equivalent" msgstr "MySQL，MariaDB，Percona Server或类似的数据库" msgid "The referenced language" msgstr "引用的语言" msgid "Language reference" msgstr "语言引用" msgid "URI value" msgstr "URI" msgid "An entity field containing a URI." msgstr "一个包含URI的实体字段。" msgid "Caribbean Netherlands" msgstr "加勒比荷兰" msgid "Congo - Kinshasa" msgstr "刚果-金沙萨" msgid "Congo - Brazzaville" msgstr "刚果-布拉紫维尔" msgid "Côte d’Ivoire" msgstr "科特迪瓦" msgid "Clipperton Island" msgstr "克利珀顿岛" msgid "Hong Kong SAR China" msgstr "中国香港特别行政区" msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "加那利群岛" msgid "Palestinian Territories" msgstr "巴勒斯坦领土" msgid "Outlying Oceania" msgstr "大洋洲偏远地区" msgid "U.S. Outlying Islands" msgstr "美属离岛" msgid "Time span in seconds" msgstr "以秒为单位的时间段" msgid "" "A unique name for this block instance. Must be alpha-numeric and " "underscore separated." msgstr "此块实例的唯一名称。必须为字母数字字符串且使用下划线分隔。" msgid "Filter by block name" msgstr "使用区块名称过滤" msgid "Enter a part of the block name to filter by." msgstr "输入区块名称进行过滤" msgid "Allow settings in the block configuration" msgstr "允许块配置中的设置" msgid "Items per block" msgstr "每区块的项目数" msgid "@count (default setting)" msgstr "@count（缺省设置）" msgid "Configuring the toolbar" msgstr "配置工具栏" msgid "Toggling between formatted text and HTML source" msgstr "在格式化文本和 HTML 源代码之间切换" msgid "" "Could not extract the contents of the tar file. The error message is " "@message" msgstr "无法抽取 tar 文件的内容。错误消息为 @message" msgid "Enable image uploads" msgstr "启用图像上传" msgid "Storage: @name" msgstr "存储：@name" msgid "" "A directory relative to Drupal's files directory where uploaded images " "will be stored." msgstr "" "要用于存储已上传图像的 Drupal " "文件目录的相对目录。" msgid "" "If this is left empty, then the file size will be limited by the PHP " "maximum upload size of @size." msgstr "" "如果将此选项留空，那么 PHP 最大上传大小 @size " "将限制文件大小。" msgid "Images larger than these dimensions will be scaled down." msgstr "超过以下维度的图像将被缩小。" msgid "Installing text editors" msgstr "安装文本编辑器" msgid "Enabling a text editor for a text format" msgstr "为文本编辑器启用某种文本格式" msgid "Configuring a text editor" msgstr "配置文本编辑器" msgid "" "Once a text editor is associated with a text format, you can configure " "it by clicking on the Configure link for this format. " "Depending on the specific text editor, you can configure it for " "example by adding buttons to its toolbar. Typically these buttons " "provide formatting or editing tools, and they often insert HTML tags " "into the field source. For details, see the help page of the specific " "text editor." msgstr "" "在将文本编辑器与文本格式相关联后，您可以通过单击此格式的配置链接来对其进行配置。根据特定的文本编辑器，您可以对其进行配置，例如，向其工具栏添加按钮。通常，这些按钮提供格式化工具或编辑工具，并且通常会将 " "HTML " "标记插入到字段源。有关详细信息，请参阅特定文本编辑器的帮助页面。" msgid "Using different text editors and formats" msgstr "使用不同的文本编辑器和格式" msgid "" "If you change the text format on a text field, the text editor will " "change as well because the text editor configuration is associated " "with the individual text format. This allows the use of the same text " "editor with different options for different text formats. It also " "allows users to choose between text formats with different text " "editors if they are installed." msgstr "如果更改了文本字段上的文本格式，那么文本编辑器也将发生更改，因为文本编辑器配置与单个文本格式相关联。这允许针对不同的文本格式使用具有不同选项的相同文本编辑器。这还允许用户使用不同的文本编辑器（如果已安装）来选择文本格式。" msgid "Placeholder: @placeholder" msgstr "占位符：@placeholder" msgid "No placeholder" msgstr "无占位符" msgid "Add, edit, and delete custom display modes." msgstr "添加、编辑和删除自定义显示模式" msgid "Display modes" msgstr "显示模式" msgid "Configure what displays are available for your content and forms." msgstr "为内容或表单配置可用显示" msgid "Manage custom view modes." msgstr "管理自定义查看模式。" msgid "Form modes" msgstr "表单模式" msgid "Manage custom form modes." msgstr "管理自定义表单模式。" msgid "Add form mode" msgstr "添加表单方式" msgid "Edit form mode" msgstr "编辑表单模式" msgid "Choose view mode entity type" msgstr "选择查看模式实体类型" msgid "Choose form mode entity type" msgstr "选择表单模式实体类型" msgid "" "Deleting a @entity-type will cause any output still requesting to use " "that @entity-type to use the default display settings." msgstr "" "删除 @entity-type 将导致仍请求使用此 @entity-type " "的任何输出使用缺省显示设置。" msgid "Saved the %label @entity-type." msgstr "已保存 %label @entity-type。" msgid "Autocomplete matching: @match_operator" msgstr "自动完成匹配中：@match_operator" msgid "The referenced entity (%type: %id) does not exist." msgstr "实体引用(%type:%id)不存在" msgctxt "Sort order" msgid "Order" msgstr "顺序" msgid "%entity_label: Administer form display" msgstr "%entity_label：管理表单显示" msgid "Plugin for @title" msgstr "@title 的插件" msgid "@type (module: @module)" msgstr "@type（模块：@module）" msgid "Widget settings:" msgstr "微件设置：" msgid "The label of the entity that is related to the file." msgstr "与此文件有关的实体的标签。" msgid "Access the Files overview page" msgstr "访问文件综览页" msgid "Progress indicator: @progress_indicator" msgstr "进度指示器：@progress_indicator" msgid "" "The %filter filter is missing, and will be removed once this format is " "saved." msgstr "%filter 过滤器缺失，并且将在保存此格式时移除。" msgid "" "Lines and paragraphs are automatically recognized. The <br /> " "line break, <p> paragraph and </p> close paragraph tags " "are inserted automatically. If paragraphs are not recognized simply " "add a couple of blank lines." msgstr "" "自动识别行和段落。自动插入 <br /> " "换行符标记、<p> 段落标记和 </p> " "段落结束标记。如果未识别段落，那么只需添加几个空行。" msgid "Missing filter. All text is removed" msgstr "缺少过滤器。将移除所有文本" msgid "Missing filter plugin: %filter." msgstr "缺少过滤器插件：%filter。" msgid "Provides a fallback for missing filters. Do not use." msgstr "针对缺少的过滤器提供回退。请勿使用。" msgid "Add image style" msgstr "添加图像样式" msgid "Preview image style: @style" msgstr "预览图像样式：@style" msgid "" "Deleting a language will remove all interface translations associated " "with it, and content in this language will be set to be language " "neutral. This action cannot be undone." msgstr "删除语言将移除与之关联的所有界面翻译，使用此语言的内容将设置为语言中立。此操作无法撤销。" msgid "No placeholders" msgstr "无占位符" msgid "Title placeholder: @placeholder_title" msgstr "标题占位符：@placeholder_title" msgid "URL placeholder: @placeholder_url" msgstr "URL 占位符：@placeholder_url" msgid "Note that importing large .po files may take several minutes." msgstr "请注意导入大的 .po 文件可能需要几分钟。" msgid "" "Content items can be edited using different form modes. Here, you can " "define which fields are shown and hidden when %type content is edited " "in each form mode, and define how the field form widgets are displayed " "in each form mode." msgstr "" "可使用不同表单方式来编辑内容项。此处，您可以定义在每种表单方式中编辑 " "%type " "内容时显示和隐藏的字段，并定义在每种表单方式中如何显示字段表单窗口小部件。" msgid "Edit %label content type" msgstr "编辑 %label 内容类型" msgid "" "The content has either been modified by another user, or you have " "already submitted modifications. As a result, your changes cannot be " "saved." msgstr "此内容可能已被其他用户修改，或者您的修改已经提交。因此，您当前的改动无法被保存。" msgid "Use field label: @display_label" msgstr "使用字段标签：@display_label" msgid "Provides a row plugin to display search results." msgstr "提供行插件以显示搜索结果。" msgid "" "A local file system path where public files will be stored. This " "directory must exist and be writable by Drupal. This directory must be " "relative to the Drupal installation directory and be accessible over " "the web. This must be changed in settings.php" msgstr "" "存储公开文件的本地文件系统路径。此目录必须存在，而且 " "Drupal 可写。此目录必须相对于 Drupal " "的安装目录，而且可以从 Web 访问。此设置只能在 " "settings.php 中更改。" msgid "%name: the telephone number may not be longer than @max characters." msgstr "%name：电话号码的长度不能超过 @max 个字符。" msgid "%name: the text may not be longer than @max characters." msgstr "%name：文本的长度不能超过 @max 个字符。" msgid "Summary rows" msgstr "摘要行" msgid "" "This form lets administrators add and edit fields for storing user " "data." msgstr "这个表单供管理员添加和编辑用户字段。" msgid "" "This form lets administrators configure how form fields should be " "displayed when editing a user profile." msgstr "这个表单供管理员配置编辑用户档案时字段的排列显示方式。" msgid "" "Alter the HTTP response status code used by this view, mostly helpful " "for empty results." msgstr "" "更改此视图使用的 HTTP " "响应状态码，主要用于空结果。" msgid "HTTP status code" msgstr "HTTP 状态码" msgid "Always display the more link" msgstr "始终显示“更多”链接" msgid "" "Check this to display the more link even if there are no more items to " "display." msgstr "选中此选项可显示“更多”链接，即使没有其他可显示项也是如此。" msgid "Make entity label a link to entity page." msgstr "使实体标签成为到实体页面的链接。" msgid "" "You must add some additional fields to this display before using this " "field. These fields may be marked as Exclude from display if " "you prefer. Note that due to rendering order, you cannot use fields " "that come after this field; if you need a field not listed here, " "rearrange your fields." msgstr "您必须在此显示中添加一些其他字段，然后才能使用此字段。如果您愿意，可将这些字段标记为从显示中排除。请注意，由于呈现顺序，您无法使用此字段之后的字段；如果需要此处未列出的字段，请重新排序各个字段。" msgid "Automatic width" msgstr "自动宽度" msgid "" "The width of each column will be calculated automatically based on the " "number of columns provided. If additional classes are entered or a " "theme injects classes based on a grid system, disabling this option " "may prove beneficial." msgstr "将根据提供的列数自动计算每一列的宽度。如果输入其他类，或者主题基于网格系统插入类，那么禁用此选项可能很有用。" msgid "Default column classes" msgstr "默认列类" msgid "" "Add the default views column classes like views-col, col-1 and " "clearfix to the output. You can use this to quickly reduce the amount " "of markup the view provides by default, at the cost of making it more " "difficult to apply CSS." msgstr "" "将缺省视图列类（如，views-col、col-1 和 " "clearfix）添加到输出中。您可以使用此功能来减少该视图在缺省情况下提供的标记量，但代价是加大了应用 " "CSS 的难度。" msgid "Custom column class" msgstr "自定义列类" msgid "Additional classes to provide on each column. Separated by a space." msgstr "在每一列上应用的额外类。以空格分隔。" msgid "Default row classes" msgstr "默认行类" msgid "" "Adds the default views row classes like views-row, row-1 and clearfix " "to the output. You can use this to quickly reduce the amount of markup " "the view provides by default, at the cost of making it more difficult " "to apply CSS." msgstr "" "将缺省视图行类（如，views-row、row-1 和 " "clearfix）添加到输出中。您可以使用此功能来减少该视图在缺省情况下提供的标记量，但代价是加大了应用 " "CSS 的难度。" msgid "Custom row class" msgstr "定制行类" msgid "Additional classes to provide on each row. Separated by a space." msgstr "在每一行上应用的额外类。以空格分隔。" msgid "Default wizard" msgstr "默认向导" msgid "" "All Views-generated queries will include the name of the views and " "display 'view-name:display-name' as a string at the end of the SELECT " "clause. This makes identifying Views queries in database server logs " "simpler, but should only be used when troubleshooting." msgstr "所有视图生成的队列将在“选择”分句的结尾包含视图名称和显示“view-name:display-name”串。这让视图队列可以更容易地在数据库服务器的日志里分辨出来，但应只用于查错时。" msgid "Selected:" msgstr "已选:" msgid "Additional data" msgstr "附加数据" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Allowed values" msgstr "允许的值" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Bundle" msgstr "Bundle" msgid "The entity must be of bundle %bundle." msgstr "该实体必须是 %bundle 的 bundle。" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Complex data" msgstr "复杂数据" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Count" msgstr "计数" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Entity type" msgstr "实体类型" msgid "The entity must be of type %type." msgstr "实体必须是 %type 类型" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Length" msgstr "长度" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Primitive type" msgstr "原始类型" msgid "This value should be of the correct primitive type." msgstr "该值应该是正确的原始类型。" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Range" msgstr "范围" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Entity Reference valid reference" msgstr "实体参考有效参考" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "User name" msgstr "用户名" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "User name unique" msgstr "唯一用户名" msgid "%name must be higher than or equal to %min." msgstr "%name 必须大于或等于 %min。" msgid "%name must be lower than or equal to %max." msgstr "%name 必须小于或等于 %min。" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Entity changed" msgstr "实体已更改" msgid "Block layout" msgstr "区块布局" msgid "Block category" msgstr "区块类型" msgid "Hide block if the view output is empty" msgstr "隐藏无输出内容的区块" msgid "Block empty settings" msgstr "块为空时的设置" msgid "Hide block if no result/empty text" msgstr "无结果/空文本时隐藏块" msgid "" "Hide the block if there is no result and no empty text and no " "header/footer which is shown on empty result" msgstr "未找到结果且空结果上未显示任何文本或页眉/页脚时隐藏块" msgid "The number of comments posted on an entity." msgstr "某个实体上发表的评论数量。" msgid "" "The number of comments posted on an entity since the reader last " "viewed it." msgstr "自读者上次查看后某个实体上发表的评论数量。" msgid "The entity the comment was posted to." msgstr "对其发表评论的实体。" msgid "The @entity_type to which the comment is a reply to." msgstr "评论所回复的 @entity_type。" msgid "The number of comments an entity has." msgstr "实体拥有的评论数目。" msgid "The most recent of last comment posted or entity updated time." msgstr "最新的最近一个评论的发表时间或实体更新时间。" msgid "Display the last comment of an entity" msgstr "显示实体的最新评论" msgid "The last comment of an entity." msgstr "一个实体的最新评论。" msgid "The User ID of the author of the last comment of an entity." msgstr "实体中最后一条评论作者的用户 ID。" msgid "The entity type to which the comment is a reply to." msgstr "评论所回复的实体类型。" msgid "" "Display the standard add comment link used on regular @entity_type, " "which will only display if the viewing user has access to add a " "comment." msgstr "" "显示常规 @entity_type " "上使用的标准“添加评论”链接（仅在查看用户有权添加评论时显示）。" msgid "" "Display nodes only if a user posted the @entity_type or commented on " "the @entity_type." msgstr "" "仅在用户发布 @entity_type 或者在 @entity_type " "上发表评论时才显示节点。" msgid "Comments of the @entity_type using field: @field_name" msgstr "使用以下字段的 @entity_type 的评论：@field_name" msgid "" "Relate all comments on the @entity_type. This will create 1 duplicate " "record for every comment. Usually if you need this it is better to " "create a comment view." msgstr "" "将 @entity_type " "上的所有评论相关联。这将针对每个评论创建 1 " "个重复记录。通常，如果需要执行此操作，最好创建一个评论视图。" msgid "Edit comment %title" msgstr "编辑评论 %title" msgid "The ID of the entity of which this comment is a reply." msgstr "此评论所回复的实体的标识。" msgid "The entity type to which this comment is attached." msgstr "附加此评论的实体类型。" msgid "Comment field name" msgstr "评论字段名" msgid "The field name through which this comment was added." msgstr "添加此评论时所借助的字段名称。" msgid "Last comment ID" msgstr "最后评论的 ID" msgid "Last comment timestamp" msgstr "最后评论的时间戳" msgid "The time that the last comment was created." msgstr "最后一个评论的创建时间。" msgid "Last comment name" msgstr "最后评论的名字" msgid "The name of the user posting the last comment." msgstr "发表最后一条评论的用户的名称。" msgid "Last comment user ID" msgstr "最后一条评论的用户 ID" msgid "The number of comments." msgstr "评论数量。" msgid "" "This field manages configuration and presentation of comments on an " "entity." msgstr "此字段管理某实体的评论的配置和表示。" msgid "Comment list" msgstr "评论列表" msgid "" "Show the comment link in the form used on standard entity teasers, " "rather than the full entity form." msgstr "在标准实体预告上使用的表单（而不是完整实体表单）中显示评论链接。" msgid "Content language and translation" msgstr "内容语言和翻译" msgid "Configure language and translation support for content." msgstr "设置内容的语言和翻译支持。" msgid "Select source language" msgstr "选择源语言" msgid "Computed date" msgstr "计算的日期" msgid "The computed DateTime object." msgstr "计算的 DateTime 对象。" msgid "Log entries" msgstr "日志项" msgid "Contains a list of log entries." msgstr "包含日志项列表。" msgid "WID" msgstr "WID" msgid "The user on which the log entry as written." msgstr "针对其写入日志条目的用户。" msgid "The actual message of the log entry." msgstr "日志条目的实际消息。" msgid "The variables of the log entry in a serialized format." msgstr "日志条目的变量（采用序列化格式）。" msgid "Operation links for the event." msgstr "事件的操作链接。" msgid "URL of the previous page." msgstr "上一页的URL。" msgid "Date when the event occurred." msgstr "事件发生的日期。" msgid "Replace variables" msgstr "替换变量" msgid "One file only." msgid_plural "Maximum @count files." msgstr[0] "仅限 1 个文件。" msgstr[1] "最多 @count 个文件。" msgid "Configure language support for content." msgstr "配置内容的语言支持。" msgid "Managing and displaying link fields" msgstr "管理并显示链接字段" msgid "Adding link text" msgstr "添加链接文本" msgid "" "In the field settings you can define additional link text to be " "optional or required in any link field." msgstr "在字段设置中，您可以在任何链接字段中将其他链接文本定义为可选或必需。" msgid "Displaying link text" msgstr "显示链接文本" msgid "" "If link text has been submitted for a URL, then by default this link " "text is displayed as a link to the URL. If you want to display both " "the link text and the URL, choose the appropriate link format " "from the drop-down menu in the Manage display page. If you " "only want to display the URL even if link text has been submitted, " "choose Link as the format, and then change its Format " "settings to display URL only." msgstr "" "如果针对某个 URL " "提交了链接文本，那么缺省情况下，此链接文本显示为指向该 " "URL 的链接。如果要同时显示链接文本和 " "URL，请从管理显示页面中的下拉列表中选择相应的链接格式。如果您只想显示 " "URL（即使已提交链接文本），请选择链接作为格式，然后将其格式设置更改为仅显示 " "URL。" msgid "Adding attributes to links" msgstr "向链接添加属性" msgid "" "You can add attributes to links, by changing the Format " "settings in the Manage display page. Adding " "rel=\"nofollow\" notifies search engines that links should " "not be followed." msgstr "" "您可以通过更改管理显示页面中的格式设置来向链接添加属性。添加 " "rel=\"nofollow\" 将通知搜索引擎不要打开链接。" msgid "Validating URLs" msgstr "验证 URL" msgid "Number (decimal)" msgstr "数字（小数）" msgid "Number (float)" msgstr "数字（浮点型）" msgid "Number (integer)" msgstr "数字（长整型）" msgid "Alias for @id" msgstr "@id 的别名" msgid "Raw output for @id" msgstr "@id 的原始输出" msgid "" "The Serialization module provides a service for serializing and " "deserializing data to and from formats such as JSON and XML." msgstr "" "“序列化”模块提供了一项服务，用于对转换格式（例如，JSON " "和 XML）的数据进行序列化和反序列化。" msgid "" "Serialization is the process of converting data structures like arrays " "and objects into a string. This allows the data to be represented in a " "way that is easy to exchange and store (for example, for transmission " "over the Internet or for storage in a local file system). These " "representations can then be deserialized to get back to the original " "data structures." msgstr "序列化是将数据结构（例如，数组和对象）转换为字符串的过程。这样就可以采用便于交换和存储的方式来表示数据（例如，通过因特网传输或者存储在本地文件系统中）。随后，这些表示可进行反序列化以还原至原始数据结构。" msgid "" "The serializer splits this process into two parts. Normalization " "converts an object to a normalized array structure. Encoding takes " "that array and converts it to a string." msgstr "序列化器将此过程分为两个部分。“规范化”将对象转换为规范化的数组结构。“编码”将此数组转换为字符串。" msgid "The uninstall process removes all data related to a module." msgstr "卸载过程会删除与该模块相关的所有数据。" msgid "The date the term was last updated." msgstr "上次更新术语的日期。" msgid "The time that the term was last edited." msgstr "术语最后一次编辑的时间。" msgid "Managing and displaying telephone fields" msgstr "管理并显示电话字段" msgid "Displaying telephone numbers as links" msgstr "将电话号码显示为链接" msgid "The user account %name cannot be canceled." msgstr "用户帐户 %name 无法被取消。" msgid "" "The handler for this item is broken or missing. The following details " "are available:" msgstr "此项的处理程序已受损或缺失。提供了以下详细信息：" msgid "Default actions" msgstr "缺省操作" msgid "Grouping @id" msgstr "对 @id 进行分组" msgid "Columns for @field" msgstr "@field 的列" msgid "Sortable for @field" msgstr "@field 可排序" msgid "Default sort order for @field" msgstr "@field 的默认排序顺序" msgid "Default sort for @field" msgstr "@field 的默认排序方式" msgid "Alignment for @field" msgstr "对齐 @field" msgid "Separator for @field" msgstr "@field 的分隔符" msgid "Hide empty column for @field" msgstr "隐藏 @field 的空列" msgid "Responsive setting for @field" msgstr "@field 的响应式设置" msgid "No default sort" msgstr "无默认排序" msgid "Page display settings" msgstr "页面显示设置" msgid "Block display settings" msgstr "区块显示设置" msgid "View basic information" msgstr "视图基本信息" msgid "Allow embedded displays" msgstr "允许嵌入显示" msgid "Embedded displays can be used in code via views_embed_view()." msgstr "可以利用代码views_embed_view()嵌入显示。" msgid "Show SQL query" msgstr "显示SQL队列" msgid "Remove @title" msgstr "删除 @title" msgid "Weight for @id" msgstr "@id 组件" msgid "Group for @id" msgstr "@id 组" msgid "Remove @id" msgstr "移除 @id" msgid "PHP date format" msgstr "PHP日期格式" msgid "@group: @title" msgstr "@group: @title" msgid "Media types" msgstr "媒体类型" msgid "Not fully protected" msgstr "不完全保护" msgid "Reset your password" msgstr "重置您的密码" msgid "Number of new comments" msgstr "新评论的数量" msgid "Lists (Views)" msgstr "列表（视图）" msgid "Simple configuration" msgstr "简单配置" msgid "Configuration type" msgstr "配置类型" msgid "Here is your configuration:" msgstr "这是您的配置：" msgid "Are you sure you want to update the %name @type?" msgstr "你确定要更新 %name @type 吗?" msgid "Missing ID key \"@id_key\" for this @entity_type import." msgstr "此 @entity_type 导入缺少标识键“@id_key”。" msgid "" "An entity with this machine name already exists but the import did not " "specify a UUID." msgstr "已存在具有此机器名的实体，但导入未指定 UUID。" msgid "" "An entity with this machine name already exists but the UUID does not " "match." msgstr "已存在具有此机器名的实体，但 UUID 不匹配。" msgid "" "An entity with this UUID already exists but the machine name does not " "match." msgstr "已存在具有此 UUID 的实体，但机器名不匹配。" msgid "Fallback date format" msgstr "回滚日期格式" msgid "Configuration translation" msgstr "配置翻译" msgid "Translate the configuration." msgstr "翻译配置" msgid "@label fields" msgstr "@label 字段" msgid "Enter block, theme or category" msgstr "输入块、主题或类别" msgid "Enter a part of the block, theme or category to filter by." msgstr "输入要作为过滤依据的部分块、主题或类别。" msgid "Translations for %label" msgstr "%label 的翻译" msgid "@language (original)" msgstr "@language（源）" msgid "Enter label" msgstr "输入标签" msgid "Enter a part of the label or description to filter by." msgstr "输入要作为过滤依据的部分标签或描述。" msgid "Enter field or @bundle" msgstr "输入字段或者@bundle" msgid "Enter a part of the field or @bundle to filter by." msgstr "输入要作为过滤依据的部分字段或 @bundle。" msgid "Add @language translation for %label" msgstr "为 %label 添加 @language 翻译" msgid "Successfully saved @language translation." msgstr "已成功保存 @language 翻译。" msgid "@language translation of %label was deleted" msgstr "已删除 %label 的 @language 翻译" msgid "Edit @language translation for %label" msgstr "编辑 %label 的 @language 翻译" msgid "Successfully updated @language translation." msgstr "已成功更新@language翻译。" msgid "(Empty)" msgstr "（空）" msgid "About text formats" msgstr "关于文本格式" msgid "" "Are you sure you want to apply the updated %name image effect to all " "images?" msgstr "" "是否确定要将已更新的 %name " "图像效果应用于所有图像？" msgid "" "This operation does not change the original images but the copies " "created for this style will be recreated." msgstr "此操作不会更改原始图像，但会重新创建针对此样式创建的副本。" msgid "The image style %name has been flushed." msgstr "已清除图像样式 %name。" msgid "Image to be shown if no image is uploaded." msgstr "未上传任何图像时要显示的图像。" msgid "Action title" msgstr "动作标题" msgid "The title shown above the actions dropdown." msgstr "在“操作”下拉列表上方显示的标题。" msgid "" "The machine-readable name must be unique, and can only contain " "lowercase letters, numbers, and underscores. Additionally, it can not " "be the reserved word \"custom\"." msgstr "机器可读名称必须唯一，并且只能包含小写字母、数字和下划线。此外，它不能是保留字“custom”。" msgid "- Restricted access -" msgstr "- 限制访问 -" msgid "Workflow type" msgstr "工作流类型" msgid "Display block title" msgstr "显示块标题" msgid "List of items" msgstr "条目列表" msgid "Placing and moving blocks" msgstr "配置和移动块" msgid "Demonstrating block regions for a theme" msgstr "主题的演示块" msgid "Toggling between different themes" msgstr "在不同主题之间切换" msgid "Configuring block settings" msgstr "配置区块" msgid "" "You can control the visibility of a block by restricting it to " "specific pages, content types, and/or roles by setting the appropriate " "options under Visibility settings of the block configuration." msgstr "" "您可以通过区块配置的可见性设置选项，来控制区块的可见性。区块可以只在指定的页面、内容类型上可见，并且 " "/ 或者只对特定的用户角色可见。" msgid "" "Unless you're experiencing problems with pagers related to this field, " "you should leave this at 0. If using multiple pagers on one page you " "may need to set this number to a higher value so as not to conflict " "within the ?page= array. Large values will add a lot of commas to your " "URLs, so avoid if possible." msgstr "" "除非您遇到与此字段相关的页面调度程序问题，否则应将此选项保留为 " "0。如果在一个页面上使用多个页面调度程序，那么可能需要将此数字设置为更高的值，以避免在 " "?page= 数组中出现冲突。较大的值会向 URL " "添加大量逗号，因此请尽可能避免。" msgid "Pager ID: @id" msgstr "分页器 ID: @id" msgid "" "Enter the name of the configuration file without the .yml " "extension. (e.g. system.site)" msgstr "" "输入配置文件的名称（不含 .yml " "扩展名）。（例如，system.site）" msgid "The sender's email" msgstr "发件人的电子邮件" msgid "The email of the person that is sending the contact message." msgstr "正在发送联系人消息的人员的电子邮件。" msgid "File usage" msgstr "文件用法" msgid "Relate file entities to their usage." msgstr "将文件实体与其使用情况相关联。" msgid "Managing and displaying file fields" msgstr "管理并显示文件字段" msgid "Allowing file extensions" msgstr "允许文件扩展名" msgid "" "In the field settings, you can define the allowed file extensions (for " "example pdf docx psd) for the files that will be uploaded " "with the file field." msgstr "" "在字段设置中，您可以为随文件字段上传的文件定义允许的文件扩展名（例如，pdf " "docx psd）。" msgid "Restricting the maximum file size" msgstr "限制最大文件大小" msgid "" "The maximum file size that users can upload is limited by PHP settings " "of the server, but you can restrict by entering the desired value as " "the Maximum upload size setting. The maximum file size is " "automatically displayed to users in the help text of the file field." msgstr "" "用户可上传的最大文件大小受服务器的 PHP " "设置的限制，但您可以通过输入期望值作为最大上传大小设置来加以限制。在文件字段的帮助文本中，会向用户自动显示最大文件大小。" msgid "Displaying files and descriptions" msgstr "显示文件和描述" msgid "" "In the field settings, you can allow users to toggle whether " "individual files are displayed. In the display settings, you can then " "choose one of the following formats:You can align images, videos, blockquotes and so on to the " "left, right or center. Examples:
\n" "<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"left\" /><img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"center\" /><img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"right\" /><video src=\"\" data-align=\"center\" />您可以使图像、视频和块引用等左对齐、右对齐或居中。示例：
\n" "<img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"left\" /><img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"center\" /><img src=\"\" "
"data-align=\"right\" /><video "
"src=\"\" data-align=\"center\" />data-align attribute on <img> "
"tags to align images."
msgstr ""
"在 <img> 标记上使用 data-align "
"属性以对齐图像。"
msgid ""
"\n"
" You can caption images, videos, blockquotes, and so on. " "Examples:
\n" "<img src=\"\" data-caption=\"This is a "
"caption\" /><video src=\"\" data-caption=\"The Drupal "
"Dance\" /><blockquote data-caption=\"Dries "
"Buytaert\">Drupal is awesome!</blockquote><code data-caption=\"Hello world in "
"JavaScript.\">alert(\"Hello world!\");</code>您可以为图像、视频和块引用等添加文字说明。示例：
\n" "<img src=\"\" data-caption=\"This is a "
"caption\" /><video src=\"\" data-caption=\"The Drupal "
"Dance\" /><blockquote data-caption=\"Dries "
"Buytaert\">Drupal is awesome!</blockquote><code data-caption=\"Hello world in "
"JavaScript.\">alert(\"Hello world!\");</code>data-caption attribute on <img> "
"tags to caption images."
msgstr ""
"在 <img> 标记上使用 data-caption "
"属性来为图像添加文字说明。"
msgid "One translation file could not be imported. See the log for details."
msgid_plural ""
"@count translation files could not be imported. See the log for "
"details."
msgstr[0] "有一个翻译文件无法导入。详情请查看日志。"
msgstr[1] "有@count个翻译文件无法导入。详情请查看日志。"
msgid "A flag for whether the link should be enabled in menus or hidden."
msgstr "用于指示在菜单中应启用还是隐藏链接的标志。"
msgid "The time that the menu link was last edited."
msgstr "上次编辑菜单链接的时间。"
msgid "The timestamp the latest revision of this node was created."
msgstr "创建此节点的最新修订版的时间戳记。"
msgid "Recently created"
msgstr "最近创建的工作项"
msgid "Whether a new revision should be created by default"
msgstr "缺省情况下是否应创建新修订版"
msgid "Display author and date information"
msgstr "显示作者和日期信息"
msgid "Breakpoint ID"
msgstr "断点标识"
msgid "Unable to delete the shortcut for %title."
msgstr "无法删除 %title 的快捷方式。"
msgid "Drupal database update"
msgstr "Drupal数据库更新"
msgid "Maximum number of levels"
msgstr "最大层级数目"
msgid ""
"Back up your code. Hint: when backing up module code, "
"do not leave that backup in the 'modules' or 'sites/*/modules' "
"directories as this may confuse Drupal's auto-discovery mechanism."
msgstr ""
"备份您的代码。提示：备份模块的代码时，请勿将备份放在 "
"'modules' 或者 'sites/*/modules' 目录中，否则可能干扰 "
"Drupal 的自动发现机制。"
msgid ""
"Back up your database. This process will change your "
"database values and in case of emergency you may need to revert to a "
"backup."
msgstr "备份您的数据库。这一过程将更改数据库中的内容。拥有备份，将使得您在紧急情况下可以进行恢复。"
msgid "When you have performed the steps above, you may proceed."
msgstr "当您完成以上步骤之后，可以继续下一步。"
msgid ""
"This update will been skipped due to the following missing "
"dependencies:"
msgstr "由于缺少以下依赖关系，所以将跳过此更新："
msgid "This update will be skipped due to an error in the module's code."
msgstr "由于模块代码中的错误，所以将跳过此更新。"
msgid ""
"The version of Drupal you are updating from has been automatically "
"detected."
msgstr "已自动监测到您升级前的 Drupal 版本。"
msgid "All errors have been logged."
msgstr "已记录所有错误。"
msgid ""
"The update process was aborted prematurely while running "
"update #@version in @module.module."
msgstr ""
"在运行 update #@version in @module.module "
"时，更新过程提前异常终止。"
msgid ""
"You may need to check the watchdog database table "
"manually."
msgstr "您可能需要手工检查 watchdog 数据表。"
msgid ""
"Reminder: don't forget to set the "
"$settings['update_free_access'] value in your "
"settings.php file back to FALSE."
msgstr ""
"提醒：请不要忘记将 settings.php "
"文件中的 $settings['update_free_access'] 值设置回 "
"FALSE。"
msgid "Failed:"
msgstr "失败："
msgid "Update #@count"
msgstr "更新 #@count"
msgid "The following updates returned messages:"
msgstr "以下为更新返回的消息："
msgid "Review updates"
msgstr "审查更新"
msgid "Starting updates"
msgstr "启动更新"
msgid "Install and set as default"
msgstr "安装并设置为默认"
msgid "Installed theme"
msgid_plural "Installed themes"
msgstr[0] "已安装的主题"
msgstr[1] "已安装的主题"
msgid "Uninstalled theme"
msgid_plural "Uninstalled themes"
msgstr[0] "未安装的主题"
msgstr[1] "未安装的主题"
msgid "%theme is the default theme and cannot be uninstalled."
msgstr "%theme 是缺省主题且无法卸载。"
msgid "The %theme theme has been uninstalled."
msgstr "%theme主题已被卸载。"
msgid "The %theme theme has been installed."
msgstr "已安装 %theme 主题。"
msgid "Empty time zone"
msgstr "空时区"
msgid "Users may set their own time zone at registration"
msgstr "用户可以在注册时自行设置他们的时区"
msgid "Menu levels"
msgstr "菜单层级"
msgid "Whether or not the content related to a term is sticky."
msgstr "与术语相关的内容是否为置顶内容。"
msgid ""
"Whether or not the content related to a term is sticky. To list sticky "
"content first, set this to descending."
msgstr "与术语相关的内容是否为置顶内容。要首先列出置顶内容，请将此选项设置为降序。"
msgid "The date the content related to a term was posted."
msgstr "与术语相关的内容的发布日期。"
msgid ""
"Telephone numbers can be displayed as links with the scheme name "
"tel: by choosing the Telephone display format on the "
"Manage display page. Any spaces will be stripped out of the "
"link text. This semantic markup improves the user experience on mobile "
"and assistive technology devices."
msgstr ""
"可通过选择管理显示页面上的电话显示格式来将电话号码显示为带有方案名称 "
"tel: "
"的链接。去掉链接文本中的所有空格。此语义标记可改善移动设备和辅助技术设备上的用户体验。"
msgid "Title to replace basic numeric telephone number display"
msgstr "用于替换基本数字电话号码显示的标题"
msgid "Text (formatted) settings"
msgstr "格式化的文本设置"
msgid "Text (formatted, long) settings"
msgstr "格式化的长文本设置"
msgid "Text (formatted, long, with summary) settings"
msgstr "格式化的长文本（包含摘要）设置"
msgid "Formatted text default display format settings"
msgstr "格式化的文本缺省显示格式设置"
msgid "Summary or trimmed formatted text display format settings"
msgstr "摘要或截断的格式化文本显示格式设置"
msgid "Text (formatted)"
msgstr "文本（已格式化）"
msgid "Text (formatted, long)"
msgstr "文本（已格式化，长）"
msgid "Text (formatted, long, with summary)"
msgstr "文本（已格式化，长，带摘要）"
msgid "Require email verification when a visitor creates an account"
msgstr "访客创建帐号需要电子邮件确认"
msgid "- No preference -"
msgstr "- 没有偏好 -"
msgid "Notify user when account is canceled"
msgstr "用户账户取消时提醒用户"
msgid "The time that the user was last edited."
msgstr "该用户最后被修改的时间。"
msgid "Display the referenced author user entity."
msgstr "显示引用的作者用户实体。"
msgid "Add a read-more link if output is trimmed"
msgstr "截断输出时添加“阅读更多”链接"
msgid "@entity_type revision"
msgstr "@entity_type 修订版"
msgid "@entity_type revisions"
msgstr "@entity_type 修订版"
msgid "Include reset button (resets all applied exposed filters)"
msgstr "包含重置按钮（重置已应用的所有已公开过滤器）"
msgid ""
"The Exposed items per page field's options must include the "
"value from the Items per page field (@items_per_page)."
msgstr ""
"每页已公开的项数字段选项必须包含来自每页项数字段 "
"(@items_per_page) 的值。"
msgid "REST export settings"
msgstr "REST导出设置"
msgid "Provide a REST export"
msgstr "提供 REST 导出"
msgid "REST export path"
msgstr "REST导出路径"
msgid "Default value callback"
msgstr "默认值的回调函数"
msgid "URI as link display format settings"
msgstr "作为链接的URI显示格式设置"
msgid "Timestamp ago display format settings"
msgstr "时间戳的“...之前”显示格式设置"
msgid "Link to URI"
msgstr "到URI的链接"
msgid "Field storage"
msgstr "字段存储"
msgid "%field settings for %bundle"
msgstr "%bundle 的 %field 设置"
msgid ""
"The minimum allowed image size expressed as WIDTH×HEIGHT (e.g. "
"640×480). Leave blank for no restriction. If a smaller image is "
"uploaded, it will be rejected."
msgstr "允许的最小图像大小，以宽度×高度（例如，640×480）格式表示。将此选项留空则表示无限制。如果上传的图像较小，那么将拒绝该图像。"
msgid "Disabling drag-and-drop functionality"
msgstr "禁用拖放功能"
msgid "Improving table accessibility"
msgstr "提高表格的可访问性"
msgid ""
"Views tables include semantic markup to improve accessibility. Data "
"cells are automatically associated with header cells through id and "
"header attributes. To improve the accessibility of your tables you can "
"add descriptive elements within the Views table settings. The "
"caption element can introduce context for a table, making it "
"easier to understand. The summary element can provide an "
"overview of how the data has been organized and how to navigate the "
"table. Both the caption and summary are visible by default and also "
"implemented according to HTML5 guidelines."
msgstr ""
"视图表包含可改进辅助功能选项的语义标记。通过标识和标题属性自动将数据单元格与标题单元格相关联。为改进表的辅助功能选项，您可以在视图表设置中添加描述性元素。文字说明元素可介绍表的上下文，使其更易于理解。摘要元素可概括数据的组织方式和表的浏览方式。缺省情况下，文字说明和摘要均可见，也是根据 "
"HTML5 准则来实施的。"
msgid "OPML field options"
msgstr "OPML 字段选项"
msgid "Muted"
msgstr "静音"
msgid "Broken/Missing"
msgstr "断开/丢失"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity Reference reference access"
msgstr "实体引用参考访问"
msgid "You do not have access to the referenced entity (%type: %id)."
msgstr "您不能访问这个实体引用 (%type: %id)."
msgid "@label ID"
msgstr "@label ID"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Email"
msgstr "电子邮件"
msgid "Comments are responses to content."
msgstr "评论是对内容的回应。"
msgid "Filename: %name"
msgstr "文件名：%name"
msgid "Recipient username"
msgstr "收件人用户名"
msgid ""
"You can align images (data-align=\"center\"), but also "
"videos, blockquotes, and so on."
msgstr ""
"您可以使图像对齐 "
"(data-align=\"center\")，也可以使视频和块引用等对齐。"
msgid ""
"You can caption images (data-caption=\"Text\"), but also "
"videos, blockquotes, and so on."
msgstr ""
"您可以为图像添加文字说明 "
"(data-caption=\"Text\")，也可以为视频和块引用等添加文字说明。"
msgid "Making this field required is recommended."
msgstr "建议将此字段设置为必填字段。"
msgid ""
"The title attribute is used as a tooltip when the mouse hovers over "
"the image. Enabling this field is not recommended as it can cause "
"problems with screen readers."
msgstr "将鼠标指针悬停在图像上时，“标题”属性用作工具提示。建议不要启用此字段，因为它可能导致屏幕朗读器出现问题。"
msgid "Image convert failed using the %toolkit toolkit on %path (%mimetype)"
msgstr "使用 %toolkit 工具箱在 %path (%mimetype) 上转换图像失败"
msgid "The domain may not be left blank for %language."
msgstr "对于 %language，该域不能留空。"
msgid "Leave preview?"
msgstr "退出预览？"
msgid "Leave preview"
msgstr "退出预览"
msgid "Search for @keywords"
msgstr "搜索 @keywords"
msgid "Instructs the toolkit to save the image with a specified extension."
msgstr "指示工具箱使用指定的扩展名保存图像。"
msgid "Set a new image"
msgstr "设置一个新的图片"
msgid "The text with the text format applied."
msgstr "应用了文本格式的文本。"
msgid "Processed summary"
msgstr "处理的摘要"
msgid "The summary text with the text format applied."
msgstr "应用了文本格式的摘要文本。"
msgid ""
"Tabs are buttons, displayed in a bar across the top of the screen. "
"Some tabs execute an action (such as starting Edit mode), while other "
"tabs toggle which tray is open."
msgstr "选项卡也是按钮，其显示在屏幕顶部栏中。某些选项卡可执行操作（例如，启动“编辑”方式），而另一些选项卡可切换已打开的托盘。"
msgid "Trays"
msgstr "托盘"
msgid ""
"Trays are usually lists of links, which can be hierarchical like a "
"menu. If a tray has been toggled open, it is displayed either "
"vertically or horizontally below the tab bar, depending on the browser "
"width. Only one tray may be open at a time. If you click another tab, "
"that tray will replace the tray being displayed. In wide browser "
"widths, the user has the ability to toggle from vertical to "
"horizontal, using a link at the bottom or right of the tray. "
"Hierarchical menus only have open/close behavior in vertical mode; if "
"you display a tray containing a hierarchical menu horizontally, only "
"the top-level links will be available."
msgstr "托盘通常是链接列表，可以像菜单一样分层。打开托盘后，它将在选项卡栏下方垂直或水平显示（具体取决于浏览器宽度）。一次只能打开一个托盘。如果单击另一个选项卡，该托盘将替换当前显示的托盘。在浏览器较宽的情况下，用户可使用托盘底部或右侧的链接从垂直切换为水平。分层菜单在垂直方式下只有打开/关闭行为；如果水平显示包含分层菜单的托盘，那么将只提供顶级链接。"
msgid ""
"Your account will be blocked and you will no longer be able to log in. "
"All of your content will remain attributed to your username."
msgstr "将封锁您的帐户，您将无法再登录。您的所有内容仍归于您的用户名。"
msgid "Language of the translation of user information"
msgstr "用户信息的翻译语言"
msgid "Preferred language of the user"
msgstr "用户的首选语言"
msgid "Preferred admin language"
msgstr "首选管理语言"
msgid "Preferred administrative language of the user"
msgstr "用户的首选管理语言"
msgid "Cache metadata"
msgstr "缓存元数据"
msgid "Cache contexts"
msgstr "缓存上下文"
msgid "Path is empty."
msgstr "路径为空"
msgid "No query allowed."
msgstr "不允许任何查询。"
msgid ""
"Invalid path. Valid characters are alphanumerics as well as \"-\", "
"\".\", \"_\" and \"~\"."
msgstr "路径无效。有效字符为字母数字以及“-”、“.”、“_”和“~”。"
msgid "Wrapping"
msgstr "包装"
msgid "Layout Builder"
msgstr "布局构造器"
msgid "Select a @context value:"
msgstr "选择一个 @context 值："
msgid "Number of plural indexes in this language."
msgstr "此语言的复数索引数量。"
msgid "Domain to use for this language."
msgstr "要用于此语言的域。"
msgid "Search result highlighting input"
msgstr "搜索结果高亮输入"
msgid "Configuration entity dependencies"
msgstr "配置实体依赖性"
msgid "Content entity dependencies"
msgstr "内容实体依赖性"
msgid "Enforced configuration dependencies"
msgstr "强制的配置依赖"
msgid "String (long) settings"
msgstr "字符串（长）设置"
msgid "URI settings"
msgstr "URI设置"
msgid ""
"If more than one application will be sharing this database, a unique "
"table name prefix – such as %prefix – will prevent collisions."
msgstr ""
"如果有多个应用共享此数据库，添加一个数据库表前缀，如 "
"%prefix，可以防止冲突。"
msgid "The author name of the comment."
msgstr "评论的作者名称。"
msgid "contextual links button"
msgstr "上下文链接按钮"
msgid "No browser language mappings available."
msgstr "没有可用的浏览器语言映射。"
msgid "The mapping for the %browser browser language code has been deleted."
msgstr "已删除 %browser 浏览器语言代码的映射。"
msgid ""
"The browser language detection mapping for the %browser browser "
"language code has been deleted."
msgstr ""
"已删除 %browser "
"浏览器语言代码的浏览器语言检测映射。"
msgid ""
"The user or author name. This filter does not check if the user exists "
"and allows partial matching. Does not use autocomplete."
msgstr "用户或作者姓名。此过滤器不会检查用户是否存在并且允许部分匹配。不使用自动补全。"
msgid "Page @items.current"
msgstr "页面 @items.current"
msgid "The selected style or row format does not use fields."
msgstr "选中的样式或行格式不使用字段。"
msgid "The selected display type does not use @type plugins"
msgstr "所选显示类型不使用 @type 插件"
msgid "The entity type"
msgstr "实体类型"
msgid "Drupal Logo"
msgstr "Drupal Logo"
msgid "Entity Type ID"
msgstr "实体类型标识"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Regex"
msgstr "正则表达式"
msgid "Configure Image Styles"
msgstr "配置图像样式"
msgid "Database storage size"
msgstr "数据库存储大小"
msgid "Text with text format"
msgstr "带格式的文本"
msgid "Field widgets"
msgstr "字段微件"
msgid "Field widget"
msgstr "字段微件"
msgid "Widget type machine name"
msgstr "微件类型的机器名"
msgid "Textarea display format settings"
msgstr "文本区域显示格式设置"
msgid "Email field display format settings"
msgstr "邮件字段显示格式设置"
msgid "Link to the entity"
msgstr "链接到实体"
msgid "Link to the @entity_label"
msgstr "链接到 @entity_label"
msgid "Linked to the @entity_label"
msgstr "已链接至 @entity_label"
msgid "Simple page"
msgstr "简单页面"
msgid "Page with blocks"
msgstr "带区块的页面"
msgid "Jump to the first comment."
msgstr "跳转到第一条评论。"
msgid "Jump to the first new comment."
msgstr "跳转到第一条新评论。"
msgid "Share your thoughts and opinions."
msgstr "分享您的观点和想法。"
msgid "Content translation content settings"
msgstr "内容翻译内容设置"
msgid "Content translation enabled"
msgstr "已启用内容翻译"
msgid "Default date type"
msgstr "默认的日期类型"
msgid "Default date value"
msgstr "默认的日期值"
msgid "Persist field storage with no fields"
msgstr "不含字段的持久字段存储器"
msgid "Group by column"
msgstr "按列分组"
msgid "Group by columns"
msgstr "作为分组依据的列"
msgid "Re-use an existing field"
msgstr "重用已有字段"
msgid ""
"Provides a filter plugin that is in use in the following filter "
"formats: %formats"
msgstr "提供在以下过滤器格式中使用的过滤器插件：%formats"
msgid "Providing page-specific help"
msgstr "提供特定于页面的帮助"
msgid "Effect settings"
msgstr "效果设置"
msgid "Content Language Settings"
msgstr "内容语言设置"
msgid "Allow to alter the language"
msgstr "允许更改语言"
msgid "Influence of '@title'"
msgstr "“@title”的影响"
msgid "Installing supporting modules"
msgstr "安装支持模块"
msgid "Default indexing settings"
msgstr "默认索引设置"
msgid "The default search index will be rebuilt."
msgstr "将重新建立缺省搜索索引。"
msgid ""
"This will re-index content in the search indexes of all active search "
"pages. Searching will continue to work, but new content won't be "
"indexed until all existing content has been re-indexed. This action "
"cannot be undone."
msgstr "这将重新对所有活动搜索页面的搜索索引中的内容建立索引。搜索将继续工作，但是在重新对所有现有内容建立索引前不会对新内容建立索引。此操作无法撤销。"
msgid "All search indexes will be rebuilt."
msgstr "将重新对所有搜索索引建立索引。"
msgid "Add shortcut link"
msgstr "添加快捷方式链接"
msgid ""
"An existing local file system path for storing private files. It "
"should be writable by Drupal and not accessible over the web. This "
"must be changed in settings.php"
msgstr ""
"用于存储私有文件的本地文件系统路径。该目录必须对 "
"Drupal 可写，但不能从 Web 中访问。此设置必须在 "
"settings.php 中更改。"
msgid "Publish status"
msgstr "发布状态"
msgid "Whether or not the content related to a term is published."
msgstr "是否发布与术语相关的内容。"
msgid "Tray \"@tray\" @action."
msgstr "托盘“@tray”@action。"
msgid "Tray @action."
msgstr "托盘 @action。"
msgid "User data field"
msgstr "用户数据字段"
msgid ""
"Only users with the selected permission flag will be able to access "
"this display."
msgstr "只有具有所选许可权标志的用户才能够访问此显示。"
msgid "Only the checked roles will be able to access this display."
msgstr "只有选中的角色才能够访问此显示。"
msgid "The formatted text of the area"
msgstr "区域的格式化文本"
msgid "The corresponding entity field"
msgstr "对应的实体字段"
msgid "The plugin ID"
msgstr "插件 ID"
msgid "Row options"
msgstr "行选项"
msgid "Display extender settings"
msgstr "显示扩展程序设置"
msgid "View block"
msgstr "查看区块"
msgid "Number integer display format settings"
msgstr "整数显示格式设置"
msgid "Static menu link overrides"
msgstr "静态菜单链接覆盖"
msgid ""
"Entities exist of type %entity_type and %bundle_label %bundle. These "
"entities need to be deleted before importing."
msgstr ""
"类型为 %entity_type 和 %bundle_label %bundle "
"的实体已存在。这些实体必须在导入前删除。"
msgctxt "Plural"
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "已禁用"
msgid "The language code of the language the comment is written in."
msgstr "用于撰写评论的语言的语言代码。"
msgid "The message language code."
msgstr "消息语言代码。"
msgid "The source language from which this translation was created."
msgstr "用于创建此翻译的源语言。"
msgid "Translation outdated"
msgstr "翻译过时"
msgid "Translation author"
msgstr "翻译作者"
msgid "The author of this translation."
msgstr "此翻译的作者。"
msgid ""
"A boolean indicating whether the translation is visible to "
"non-translators."
msgstr "指示是否向非翻译者显示此翻译的布尔值。"
msgid "Translation created time"
msgstr "翻译的创建时间"
msgid "The Unix timestamp when the translation was created."
msgstr "创建此翻译的 Unix 时间戳记。"
msgid "Translation changed time"
msgstr "翻译的更改时间"
msgid "The Unix timestamp when the translation was most recently saved."
msgstr "翻译保存时的最近的UNIX时间戳。"
msgid "Entities and entity types"
msgstr "实体和实体类型"
msgid "Entity sub-types"
msgstr "实体子类型"
msgid ""
"Some content entity types are further grouped into sub-types (for "
"example, you could have article and page content types within the main "
"site content entity type, and tag and category vocabularies within the "
"taxonomy term entity type); other entity types, such as user accounts, "
"do not have sub-types. Programmers use the term bundle for "
"entity sub-types."
msgstr "某些内容实体类型会再细分为子类型(比如您可以在站点的主要内容实体类型之下再有文章和页面两种内容类型，而在术语表实体类型下还有标签和分类术语表)；像用户帐户这样的实体类型，没有子类型。程序员一般使用包来指代实体子类型。"
msgid "Fields and field types"
msgstr "字段和字段类型"
msgid ""
"Content entity types and sub-types store most of their text, file, and "
"other information in fields. Fields are grouped by field "
"type; field types define what type of data can be stored in that "
"field, such as text, images, or taxonomy term references."
msgstr "内容实体类型和子类型会将其绝大部分文本、文件和其它信息存储在字段中。字段会按照字段类型分组；字段类型定义了该字段中可存储哪种类型的数据，诸如是文本、图像还是术语表引用。"
msgid "Formatters and view modes"
msgstr "格式化器和查看模式"
msgid ""
"Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more view "
"modes, used for displaying the entity items. For instance, a "
"content item could be viewed in full content mode on its own page, "
"teaser mode in a list, or RSS mode in a feed. In each view mode, each "
"field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can "
"choose and configure the formatter that is used to display "
"the field. For instance, a long text field can be displayed trimmed or "
"full-length, and taxonomy term reference fields can be displayed in "
"plain text or linked to the taxonomy term page."
msgstr ""
"内容实体类型和子类型可以有一种或多种视图模式，以用于显示实体项目。例如，内容项可以在起自己的页面中显示为完整内容模式，而在列表中显示摘要模式，在 "
"RSS "
"中显示为标题模式。在每种视图模式中，每个字段都可以单独设置显示或隐藏，如果显示的话，您可以选择并配置用于显示该字段的格式化器。例如，长文本字段可以显示为摘要或全文，术语表引用字段可以显示为纯文本或者链接到术语页面。"
msgid "Widgets and form modes"
msgstr "部件和表单模式"
msgid ""
"Content entity types and sub-types can have one or more form "
"modes, used for editing. For instance, a content item could be "
"edited in a compact format with only some fields editable, or a full "
"format that allows all fields to be edited. In each form mode, each "
"field can be hidden or displayed, and if it is displayed, you can "
"choose and configure the widget that is used to edit the "
"field. For instance, a taxonomy term reference field can be edited "
"using a select list, radio buttons, or an autocomplete widget."
msgstr "内容实体类型和子类型可以有一种或多种表单模式，以用于编辑。例如，内容项的编辑模式可以是只显示几个可编辑字段的紧凑格式，也可以显示全部字段的完整格式。在每种表单模式中，每个字段都可以单独设置显示或隐藏，如果显示的话，您可以选择并配置用于编辑该字段的部件。例如，术语表引用字段可以使用选择列表、单选钮或自动完成部件编辑。"
msgid "Enabling field types, widgets, and formatters"
msgstr "启用字段类型、窗口小部件和格式化程序"
msgid "Views entity field handler"
msgstr "视图实体字段处理程序"
msgid "Creating a field"
msgstr "创建字段"
msgid ""
"On the Manage fields page for your entity type or sub-type, "
"you can add, configure, and delete fields for that entity type or "
"sub-type. Each field has a machine name, which is used "
"internally to identify the field and must be unique across an entity "
"type; once a field is created, you cannot change the machine name. "
"Most fields have two types of settings. The field-level settings "
"depend on the field type, and affect how the data in the field is "
"stored. Once they are set, they can no longer be changed; examples "
"include how many data values are allowed for the field and where files "
"are stored. The sub-type-level settings are specific to each entity "
"sub-type the field is used on, and they can be changed later; examples "
"include the field label, help text, default value, and whether the "
"field is required or not. You can return to these settings by choosing "
"the Edit link for the field from the Manage fields "
"page."
msgstr "在实体类型或子类型的管理字段页面上，您可以为此实体类型或子类型添加、配置和删除字段。每个字段具有一个机器名，此机器名用于内部标识字段并且在整个实体类型中必须唯一；在创建字段后，无法更改机器名。大多数字段都有两种类型的设置。字段级别设置取决于字段类型，并且影响在字段中存储数据的方式。配置这些设置后，就无法再进行更改；示例包括字段允许的数据值数量以及文件存储位置。子类型级别设置取决于使用字段的实体子类型，并且可在以后进行更改；示例包括字段标签、帮助文本、缺省值以及字段是否为必填字段。您可以通过从管理字段页面中选择字段的编辑链接以返回至这些设置。"
msgid "Re-using fields"
msgstr "重用字段"
msgid "Configuring field editing"
msgstr "配置字段编辑"
msgid ""
"On the Manage form display page of your entity type or "
"sub-type, you can configure how the field data is edited by default "
"and in each form mode. If your entity type has multiple form modes (on "
"most sites, most entities do not), you can toggle between the form "
"modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle whether each form "
"mode uses the default settings or custom settings in the Custom "
"display settings section. For each field in each form mode, you "
"can select the widget to use for editing; some widgets have additional "
"configuration options, such as the size for a text field, and these "
"can be edited using the Edit button (which looks like a wheel). You "
"can also change the order of the fields on the form. You can exclude a "
"field from a form by choosing Hidden from the widget "
"drop-down list, or by dragging it into the Disabled section."
msgstr "在实体类型或子类型的管理表单显示页面上，您可以配置缺省情况下和每种表单方式下的字段数据编辑方式。如果实体类型具有多种表单方式（在大多数站点上，大多数实体并非如此），那么可在页面顶部切换表单方式，并且可以在定制显示设置部分中切换每种表单方式是使用缺省设置还是定制设置。对于每种表单方式中的每个字段，您可以选择要用于编辑的窗口小部件；某些窗口小部件具有其他配置选项（例如，文本字段的大小），并且可使用“编辑”按钮（外观像齿轮）来编辑这些选项。您还可以更改表单上各字段的顺序。您可以通过从窗口小部件下拉列表中选择已隐藏，或者将字段拖至已禁用部分中，以从表单中排除某个字段。"
msgid "Configuring field display"
msgstr "配置字段显示"
msgid ""
"On the Manage display page of your entity type or sub-type, "
"you can configure how each field is displayed by default and in each "
"view mode. If your entity type has multiple view modes, you can toggle "
"between the view modes at the top of the page, and you can toggle "
"whether each view mode uses the default settings or custom settings in "
"the Custom display settings section. For each field in each "
"view mode, you can choose whether and how to display the label of the "
"field from the Label drop-down list. You can also select the "
"formatter to use for display; some formatters have configuration "
"options, which you can edit using the Edit button (which looks like a "
"wheel). You can also change the display order of fields. You can "
"exclude a field from a specific view mode by choosing Hidden "
"from the formatter drop-down list, or by dragging it into the "
"Disabled section."
msgstr "在实体类型或子类型的管理显示页面上，您可以配置每个字段在缺省情况下和在每个视图方式下的显示方式。如果实体类型具有多种视图方式，那么可在页面顶部切换视图方式，并且可以在定制显示设置部分中切换每种视图方式是使用缺省设置还是定制设置。对于每种视图方式中的每个字段，您可以从标签下拉列表中选择是否显示字段标签以及对应的显示方式。您还可以选择用于显示的格式化程序；某些格式化程序具有配置选项，您可使用“编辑”按钮（外观像齿轮）来编辑这些选项。您还可以更改字段的显示顺序。您可以通过从格式化程序下拉列表中选择已隐藏，或者将字段拖至已禁用部分中，以从特定视图方式中排除某个字段。"
msgid "Configuring view and form modes"
msgstr "配置视图和表单模式"
msgid "Listing fields"
msgstr "列出字段"
msgid "Images must be exactly @size pixels."
msgstr "图像必须正好为 @size 像素。"
msgid ""
"Images must be larger than @min pixels. Images larger "
"than @max pixels will be resized."
msgstr ""
"图片必须大于 @min 像素。超过 "
"@max 像素的图片会被重新缩放。"
msgid "Images must be larger than @min pixels."
msgstr "图像必须大于 @min 像素。"
msgid "Images larger than @max pixels will be resized."
msgstr "超过 @max 像素的图片会被重新缩放。"
msgid "Define how text is handled by combining filters into text formats."
msgstr "通过将过滤器组合到文本格式中来定义文本处理方式。"
msgid "The menu link language code."
msgstr "菜单链接语言代码。"
msgid "Node authored by (uid)"
msgstr "(uid) 编写的节点"
msgid "Revision authored by (uid)"
msgstr "(uid) 编写的修订版"
msgid "Content access view grants"
msgstr "内容访问视图授权"
msgid "The location this shortcut points to."
msgstr "快捷方式指向的位置"
msgid "Trusted Host Settings"
msgstr "信任主机设置"
msgid ""
"The trusted_host_patterns setting is set to allow "
"%trusted_host_patterns"
msgstr "trusted_host_patterns 设置为允许 %trusted_host_patterns"
msgid ""
"Change site name, email address, slogan, default front page, and error "
"pages."
msgstr "管理站点名称、电子邮件地址、口号、默认首页和错误页。"
msgid ""
"This is only used when the site is configured to use a separate "
"administration theme on the Appearance page."
msgstr "仅在将站点配置为在“外观”页面上使用单独的管理主题时才使用此选项。"
msgid "Link to any page"
msgstr "链接到任意页面"
msgid "This allows to bypass access checking when linking to internal paths."
msgstr "这允许在链接至内部路径时绕过访问检查。"
msgid ""
"Unable to install @extension, %config_names already exists in active "
"configuration."
msgid_plural ""
"Unable to install @extension, %config_names already exist in active "
"configuration."
msgstr[0] "无法安装@extension, %config_names 配置已经存在."
msgstr[1] "无法安装@extension, %config_names 配置已经存在."
msgid "No access to execute %action on the @entity_type_label %entity_label."
msgstr "无权在 @entity_type_label %entity_label 上执行 %action。"
msgid "narrow"
msgstr "窄"
msgid ""
"Note: content may be kept, unpublished, deleted or transferred to the "
"anonymous user depending on the configured user settings."
msgstr "注：根据已配置的用户设置，内容可能被保留、取消发布、删除或转移给匿名用户。"
msgid "The reference view %view_name cannot be found."
msgstr "找不到引用视图 %view_name。"
msgctxt "Plural"
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "已启用"
msgid "Pre-content"
msgstr "内容前缀"
msgid "Active menu trail"
msgstr "当前菜单轨迹"
msgid "Configuration updates"
msgstr "配置更新"
msgid "The listed configuration will be updated."
msgstr "已列出的配置将被更新。"
msgid "An entity field containing a password value."
msgstr "一个包含密码值的实体字段。"
msgid "An autocomplete text field with tagging support."
msgstr "支持标签的自动完成文本字段。"
msgid "Block Content revision is a history of changes to block content."
msgstr "区块内容修订版本记录了区块内容的修改历史。"
msgid "Responsive image style %label saved."
msgstr "已保存响应式图像样式 %label。"
msgid "Field, widget, and formatter information"
msgstr "字段、窗口小部件和格式化程序信息"
msgid "Provided by modules"
msgstr "由模块提供"
msgid "Provided by Drupal core"
msgstr "由 Drupal 核心提供"
msgid ""
"As mentioned previously, some field types, widgets, and formatters are "
"provided by Drupal core. Here are some notes on how to use some of "
"these:"
msgstr ""
"如前所述，某些字段类型、窗口小部件和格式化程序由 "
"Drupal 核心提供。下面解释了如何使用其中部分项："
msgid ""
"Number fields: When you add a number field you can "
"choose from three types: decimal, float, and "
"integer. The decimal number field type allows users "
"to enter exact decimal values, with fixed numbers of decimal places. "
"The float number field type allows users to enter approximate "
"decimal values. The integer number field type allows users to "
"enter whole numbers, such as years (for example, 2012) or values (for "
"example, 1, 2, 5, 305). It does not allow decimals."
msgstr ""
"数字字段：在添加数字字段时，您可以选择以下三种类型：小数、浮点数和整数。小数数字字段类型允许用户输入精确的小数值，具有固定位数的小数位。浮点数数字字段类型允许用户输入近似的小数值。整数数字字段类型允许用户输入整数，例如，年份（如 "
"2012）或值（如 1、2、5、305）。不允许输入小数。"
msgid "Defining image styles"
msgstr "定义图像样式"
msgid "Naming image styles"
msgstr "命名图像样式"
msgid ""
"When you define an image style, you will need to choose a displayed "
"name and a machine name. The displayed name is shown in administrative "
"pages, and the machine name is used to generate the URL for accessing "
"an image processed in that style. There are two common approaches to "
"naming image styles: either based on the effects being applied (for "
"example, Square 85x85), or based on where you plan to use it "
"(for example, Profile picture)."
msgstr ""
"定义图像样式时，您将需要选择所显示的名称和机器名。显示的名称出现在管理页面中，机器名用于生成相应的 "
"URL "
"以访问按此样式处理的图像。可使用以下两种常用的图像样式命名方法：基于所应用的效果（例如，正方形 "
"85x85）或者基于计划使用效果的位置（例如，个人档案图片）。"
msgid "Configuring image fields"
msgstr "配置图像字段"
msgid ""
"The maximum file size that can be uploaded is limited by PHP settings "
"of the server, but you can restrict it further by configuring a "
"Maximum upload size in the field settings (this setting can "
"be changed later). The maximum file size, either from PHP server "
"settings or field configuration, is automatically displayed to users "
"in the help text of the image field."
msgstr ""
"可上传的最大文件大小受服务器的 PHP "
"设置的限制，但您可以通过在字段设置中配置最大上传大小来对其进行进一步的限制（此设置稍后可进行更改）。在图像字段的帮助文本中，会向用户自动显示 "
"PHP 服务器设置或字段配置中的最大文件大小。"
msgid ""
"You can also configure a default image that will be used if no image "
"is uploaded in an image field. This default can be defined for all "
"instances of the field in the field storage settings when you create a "
"field, and the setting can be overridden for each entity sub-type that "
"uses the field."
msgstr "您还可以配置在图像字段中不上传任何图像时将使用的缺省图像。创建字段时，可在字段存储设置中为此字段的所有实例定义此缺省图像；对于使用此字段的每种实体子类型，都可覆盖此设置。"
msgid "Configuring displays and form displays"
msgstr "配置显示和表单显示"
msgid ""
"On the Manage display page, you can choose the image "
"formatter, which determines the image style used to display the image "
"in each display mode and whether or not to display the image as a "
"link. On the Manage form display page, you can configure the "
"image upload widget, including setting the preview image style shown "
"on the entity edit form."
msgstr "在管理显示页面上，您可以选择图像格式化程序，以确定用于在每一种显示方式下显示图像的图像样式以及是否将图像显示为链接。在管理表单显示页面上，您可以配置图像上传窗口小部件，包括设置实体编辑表单上显示的预览图像样式。"
msgid "Selected language configuration"
msgstr "所选语言配置"
msgid "Selected default language no longer exists."
msgstr "所选的缺省语言已不存在。"
msgid "Language detection configuration saved."
msgstr "已保存语言检测配置。"
msgid ""
"Language codes or other custom text to use as a path prefix for URL "
"language detection. For the selected fallback language, this value may "
"be left blank. Modifying this value may break existing URLs. "
"Use with caution in a production environment. Example: "
"Specifying \"deutsch\" as the path prefix code for German results in "
"URLs like \"example.com/deutsch/contact\"."
msgstr ""
"要用作 URL "
"语言检测的路径前缀的语言代码或其他定制文本。对于所选的回退语言，该值可留空。修改此值可能损坏现有 "
"URL。在生产环境中，请谨慎使用。示例：针对德语指定“deutsch”作为路径前缀会生成类似“example.com/deutsch/contact”的 "
"URL。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Link URI can be accessed by the user."
msgstr "链接 URI 可供用户访问。"
msgid "The path '@uri' is inaccessible."
msgstr "路径“@uri”不可访问。"
msgid "The path '@uri' is invalid."
msgstr "路径“@uri”无效。"
msgid "Indicates whether the menu link should be rediscovered"
msgstr "指示是否应重新发现菜单链接"
msgid "@title [%language translation]"
msgstr "@title [%language 翻译]"
msgid "The username of the content author."
msgstr "内容作者的用户名。"
msgid "Defining responsive image styles"
msgstr "定义响应式图像样式"
msgid "Using responsive image styles in Image fields"
msgstr "在“图像”字段中使用响应式图像样式"
msgid ""
"A responsive image style associates an image style with each "
"breakpoint defined by your theme."
msgstr "响应式图像样式将图像样式与主题所定义的每个断点相关联。"
msgid "Responsive image styles"
msgstr "响应式图像样式"
msgid "Edit responsive image style"
msgstr "编辑响应式图像样式"
msgid "Duplicate responsive image style"
msgstr "复制响应式图像样式"
msgid "Add responsive image style"
msgstr "添加响应式图像样式"
msgid "Responsive image style"
msgstr "响应式图像样式"
msgid "Image style mappings"
msgstr "图像样式映射"
msgid "Image style mapping"
msgstr "图像样式映射"
msgid "Responsive image mapping type"
msgstr "响应式图像映射类型"
msgid "Sizes attribute"
msgstr "“大小”属性"
msgid "Image styles to be used when using the 'sizes' attribute"
msgstr "要在使用“大小”属性时使用的图像样式"
msgid "Duplicate responsive image style @label"
msgstr "复制响应式图像样式 @label"
msgid "Edit responsive image style @label"
msgstr "编辑响应式图像样式 @label"
msgid "Responsive image style @label saved."
msgstr "已保存响应式图像样式 @label。"
msgid "Responsive image style: @responsive_image_style"
msgstr "响应式图像样式：@responsive_image_style"
msgid "Select a responsive image style."
msgstr "选择响应式图像样式。"
msgid ""
"The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the "
"administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, "
"including users of screen readers and other assistive technology. The "
"drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a table by clicking a link "
"labeled \"Show row weights\" above the table. The replacement "
"interface allows users to order the table by choosing numerical "
"weights instead of dragging table rows."
msgstr "用于对管理界面中的表进行排序的缺省拖放式用户界面对于某些用户（包括屏幕朗读器用户和其他辅助技术用户）而言是一个难题。可通过单击表上方标注“显示行权重”的链接以在表中禁用拖放式界面。通过使用替换界面，用户可通过选择数字权重（而不是拖动表行）来对表进行排序。"
msgid "Using maintenance mode"
msgstr "使用维护方式"
msgid "Configuring the file system"
msgstr "配置文件系统"
msgid "Configuring the image toolkit"
msgstr "配置图像工具箱"
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the format %name : %format?"
msgstr "是否确定要删除格式 %name：%format？"
msgid "Managing vocabularies"
msgstr "管理词汇表"
msgid "Managing terms"
msgstr "管理术语"
msgid "Classifying entity content"
msgstr "对实体内容进行分类"
msgid "Adding new terms during content creation"
msgstr "在创建内容期间添加新术语"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "User email required"
msgstr "必需用户电子邮件地址"
msgid "The target entity"
msgstr "目标实体"
msgid "Append a destination query string to operation links."
msgstr "向操作链接附加目标查询字符串。"
msgid "Provides links to perform entity operations."
msgstr "提供链接以执行实体操作。"
msgid "Content language of view row"
msgstr "视图行的内容语言"
msgid "Original language of content in view row"
msgstr "视图行中内容的原始语言"
msgid "@entity_type_label ID"
msgstr "@entity_type_label 标识"
msgid "Rendering Language"
msgstr "呈现语言"
msgid ""
"All content that supports translations will be displayed in the "
"selected language."
msgstr "将采用所选语言显示所有支持翻译的内容。"
msgid "The contextual filter values are provided by the URL."
msgstr "上下文过滤器值由 URL 提供。"
msgid ""
"The following replacement tokens are available for this field. Note "
"that due to rendering order, you cannot use fields that come after "
"this field; if you need a field not listed here, rearrange your "
"fields."
msgstr "以下替换标记可用于此字段。请注意，由于呈现顺序，您无法使用此字段之后的字段；如果需要此处未列出的字段，请重新排序各个字段。"
msgid "Entity reference field storage settings"
msgstr "实体引用字段存储设置"
msgid "Entity reference field settings"
msgstr "实体引用字段设置"
msgid "Entity reference selection plugin settings"
msgstr "实体引用选择插件设置"
msgid "Display in native language"
msgstr "用本地语言显示"
msgid "HTTP cookies"
msgstr "HTTP cookies"
msgid "HTTP headers"
msgstr "HTTP headers"
msgid "Is super user"
msgstr "是超级用户"
msgid "Query arguments"
msgstr "查询参数"
msgid "Request format"
msgstr "请求格式"
msgid "A flag indicating whether this is the default translation."
msgstr "一个指示这是否是默认翻译的标志。"
msgid "Field settings (@on_label / @off_label)"
msgstr "字段设置（@on_label / @off_label）"
msgid "@on_label / @off_label"
msgstr "@on_label / @off_label"
msgid "Displayed in native language"
msgstr "以本来语言显示"
msgid "Hide lower priority columns"
msgstr "隐藏较低优先级的列"
msgid "Submitted by @username on @datetime"
msgstr "由 @username 提交于 @datetime"
msgid ""
"With multiple languages configured, registered users can select their "
"preferred language and authors can assign a specific language to "
"content."
msgstr "配置多种语言后，注册用户可以选择其首选语言，并且作者可为内容指定特定语言。"
msgid ""
"This page also provides an overview of how much of the site's "
"interface has been translated for each configured language."
msgstr "此页面还概括了已针对每种已配置的语言翻译了多少站点界面。"
msgid "This must be an external URL such as %url."
msgstr "这必须为外部 URL，例如，%url。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "No dangerous external protocols"
msgstr "无危险的外部协议"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "No broken internal links"
msgstr "无中断的内部链接"
msgid "Submitted by @author_name on @date"
msgstr "由 @author_name 提交于 @date"
msgid ""
"Search looks for exact, case-insensitive keywords; keywords shorter "
"than a minimum length are ignored."
msgstr "搜索将查找不区分大小写的精确关键字；将忽略比最小长度短的关键字。"
msgid ""
"Use upper-case OR to get more results. Example: cat OR dog (content "
"contains either \"cat\" or \"dog\")."
msgstr ""
"使用大写 OR 以获取更多结果。示例：cat OR "
"dog（包含“cat”或“dog”的内容）。"
msgid ""
"You can use upper-case AND to require all words, but this is the same "
"as the default behavior. Example: cat AND dog (same as cat dog, "
"content must contain both \"cat\" and \"dog\")."
msgstr ""
"您可以使用大写 AND "
"以要求同时包含所有单词，但这与缺省行为相同。示例：cat "
"AND dog（与 cat dog "
"相同，内容必须同时包含“cat”和“dog”）。"
msgid "Use quotes to search for a phrase. Example: \"the cat eats mice\"."
msgstr "使用引号来搜索短语。示例：\"the cat eats mice\"。"
msgid ""
"You can precede keywords by - to exclude them; you must still have at "
"least one \"positive\" keyword. Example: cat -dog (content must "
"contain cat and cannot contain dog)."
msgstr ""
"您可以在关键字前面加 - "
"以排除这些关键字；仍必须至少有一个“肯定”关键字。示例：cat "
"-dog（内容必须包含 cat 且不包含 dog）。"
msgid "User is admin"
msgstr "用户是管理员"
msgid "Include the anonymous user in the matched entities."
msgstr "在匹配的实体中包含匿名用户"
msgid "Include the anonymous user."
msgstr "包含匿名用户。"
msgid ""
"User search looks for user names and partial user names. Example: mar "
"would match usernames mar, delmar, and maryjane."
msgstr ""
"用户搜索将查找用户名和部分用户名。示例：mar "
"将匹配用户名 mar、delmar 和 maryjane。"
msgid ""
"You can use * as a wildcard within your keyword. Example: m*r would "
"match user names mar, delmar, and elementary."
msgstr ""
"您可以在关键字中使用 * 作为通配符。示例：m*r "
"将匹配用户名 mar、delmar 和 elementary。"
msgid "No eligible views were found."
msgstr "找不到符合条件的视图。"
msgid ""
"The view is not based on a translatable entity type or the site is not "
"multilingual."
msgstr "此视图不基于可翻译的实体类型，或者该站点不是多语种站点。"
msgid ""
"Display \"@display\" uses a \"more\" link but there are no displays it "
"can link to. You need to specify a custom URL."
msgstr ""
"显示“@display”将使用“更多”链接，但其无法链接至任何显示。您需要指定定制 "
"URL。"
msgid ""
"Disabling SQL rewriting will omit all query tags, i. e. disable node "
"access checks as well as override hook_query_alter() implementations "
"in other modules."
msgstr ""
"禁用 SQL "
"重写将忽略所有查询标记，即，禁用节点访问检查和覆盖其他模块中的 "
"hook_query_alter() 实现。"
msgid "Account's permissions"
msgstr "账户权限"
msgid "The hashed password"
msgstr "加密过的密码"
msgid "Existing password"
msgstr "已存在密码"
msgid "Display the author name."
msgstr "显示作者的名字。"
msgid "Are you sure you want to create a new %name @type?"
msgstr "你确定要添加新的 %name @type 吗?"
msgid "Using the personal contact form"
msgstr "使用个人联络表单"
msgid ""
"Site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the "
"personal contact form, without knowing or learning the email address "
"of the recipient. When a site visitor is viewing a user profile, the "
"viewer will see a Contact tab or link, which leads to the "
"personal contact form. The personal contact link is not shown when you "
"are viewing your own profile, and users must have both View user "
"information (to see user profiles) and Use users' personal "
"contact forms permission to see the link. The user whose profile "
"is being viewed must also have their personal contact form enabled "
"(this is a user account setting); viewers with Administer "
"users permission can bypass this setting."
msgstr "站点访问者可使用个人联系表单向站点上的注册用户发送电子邮件，而不必了解或知道收件人的电子邮件地址。在站点访问者查看用户个人档案时，将会看到联系人选项卡或链接（其指向个人联系表单）。在您查看自己的个人档案时不显示个人联系人链接，并且用户必须同时具有查看用户信息（用于查看用户个人档案）和使用用户的个人联系表单许可权才能看到此链接。正在查看其个人档案的用户也必须启用了个人联系表单（这是用户帐户设置）；具有管理用户许可权的查看者可绕过此设置。"
msgid "Configuring contact forms"
msgstr "配置联络表单"
msgid "Linking to contact forms"
msgstr "链接到联络表单"
msgid "Adding content to contact forms"
msgstr "添加内容到联络表单"
msgid "@label (Translation is not supported)."
msgstr "@label（不支持翻译）。"
msgid "@entity using @field_name"
msgstr "@entity 使用 @field_name"
msgid "Relate each @entity with a @field_name set to the @label."
msgstr "将具有 @field_name 集合的每个 @entity 与 @label 相关联。"
msgid "Configuring form displays"
msgstr "配置表单显示"
msgid ""
"Reference fields have several widgets available on the Manage form "
"display page:"
msgstr "引用字段可将多个窗口小部件用于管理表单显示页面上："
msgid ""
"The Check boxes/radio buttons widget displays the existing "
"entities for the entity type as check boxes or radio buttons based on "
"the Allowed number of values set for the field."
msgstr "复选框/单选按钮窗口小部件根据针对字段设置的允许的值数量将实体类型的现有实体显示为复选框或单选按钮。"
msgid ""
"The Select list widget displays the existing entities in a "
"drop-down list or scrolling list box based on the Allowed number "
"of values setting for the field."
msgstr "选择列表窗口小部件根据字段的允许的值数量设置在下拉列表或滚动列表框中显示现有实体。"
msgid ""
"The Autocomplete widget displays text fields in which users "
"can type entity labels based on the Allowed number of values. "
"The widget can be configured to display all entities that contain the "
"typed characters or restricted to those starting with those "
"characters."
msgstr "自动补全窗口小部件根据允许的值数量显示用户可在其中输入实体标签的文本字段。该窗口小部件可配置为显示包含所输入字符的所有实体，或者仅限于显示以这些字符开头的实体。"
msgid ""
"The Autocomplete (Tags style) widget displays a multi-text "
"field in which users can type in a comma-separated list of entity "
"labels."
msgstr "自动补全（标记样式）窗口小部件显示一个多文本字段，用户可在其中输入逗号分隔的实体标签列表。"
msgid ""
"Your server is not capable of displaying file upload progress. File "
"upload progress requires an Apache server running PHP with mod_php or "
"Nginx with PHP-FPM."
msgstr ""
"服务器无法显示文件上传进度。文件上传进度需要运行 "
"PHP 与 mod_php 或运行 Nginx 与 PHP-FPM 的 Apache 服务器。"
msgid ""
"Your server is not capable of displaying file upload progress. File "
"upload progress requires PHP be run with mod_php or PHP-FPM and not as "
"FastCGI."
msgstr ""
"服务器无法显示文件上传进度。文件上传进度要求将 "
"PHP 与 mod_php 或 PHP-FPM 一起运行并且它不作为 FastCGI "
"运行。"
msgid "Display download path"
msgstr "显示下载路径"
msgid "Display the filemime as icon"
msgstr "将文件 MIME 显示为图标"
msgid "Detect tar"
msgstr "检测 tar"
msgid "Link this field to the file download URL"
msgstr "将此字段链接至文件下载 URL"
msgid "File link"
msgstr "文件的链接"
msgid "Include tar in extension"
msgstr "在扩展名中包含 tar"
msgid ""
"If the part of the filename just before the extension is '.tar', "
"include this in the extension output."
msgstr "如果扩展名前的文件名部分为“.tar”，请将此项包含在扩展名输出中。"
msgid "Display the file download URI"
msgstr "显示文件下载 URI"
msgid "Display an icon"
msgstr "显示图标"
msgid ""
"The icon is representing the file type, instead of the MIME text (such "
"as \"image/jpeg\")"
msgstr ""
"此图标表示文件类型，而不是 MIME "
"文本（例如“image/jpeg”）"
msgid "Using text fields with text formats"
msgstr "对文本字段使用文本格式"
msgid ""
"Text fields that allow text formats are those with \"formatted\" in "
"the description. These are Text (formatted, long, with "
"summary), Text (formatted), and Text (formatted, "
"long). You cannot change the type of field once a field has been "
"created."
msgstr "允许文本格式的文本字段是在描述中带有“格式化的”字样的字段。它们是格式化的长文本（包含摘要）、格式化的文本和格式化的长文本。在创建字段后，无法更改该字段的类型。"
msgid "Setting the allowed link type"
msgstr "设置允许的链接类型"
msgid ""
"In the field settings you can define the allowed link type to be "
"internal links only, external links only, or "
"both internal and external links. Internal links "
"only and both internal and external links options enable "
"an autocomplete widget for internal links, so a user does not have to "
"copy or remember a URL."
msgstr ""
"在字段设置中，您可以将允许的链接类型定义为仅限内部链接、仅限外部链接或内部链接和外部链接。仅限内部链接和内部链接和外部链接选项针对内部链接启用自动补全窗口小部件，因此，用户无需复制或记住 "
"URL。"
msgid ""
"Revisions allow you to track differences between multiple versions of "
"your content, and revert to older versions."
msgstr "通过修订版，可跟踪内容的多个版本之间的差异，还可还原至较早的版本。"
msgid "@type %title has been reverted to the revision from %revision-date."
msgstr "@type %title 已还原至 %revision-date 修订版。"
msgid "Speeding up your site"
msgstr "为你的网站加速"
msgid "Site default language code"
msgstr "站点缺省语言代码"
msgid "Page caching"
msgstr "页面缓存"
msgid ""
"Allowing users to add new terms gradually builds a vocabulary as "
"content is added and edited. Users can add new terms if either of the "
"two Autocomplete widgets is chosen for the Taxonomy term "
"reference field in the Manage form display page for the "
"field. You will also need to enable the Create referenced entities "
"if they don't already exist option, and restrict the field to one "
"vocabulary."
msgstr "允许用户在添加和编辑内容时添加新术语以逐步构建词汇表。如果在字段的管理表单显示页面上针对分类法术语引用字段选择了两个自动补全窗口小部件之一，那么用户可添加新术语。您还需要启用在不存在时创建被引用实体选项，并将该字段限制为一个词汇表。"
msgid ""
"If you choose Text (plain) or Text (formatted) as "
"the field type on the Manage fields page, then a field with a "
"single row is displayed. You can change the maximum text length in the "
"Field settings when you set up the field."
msgstr "如果在管理字段页面上选择纯文本或格式化的文本作为字段类型，那么将显示含单个行的字段。您可以在设置字段时在字段设置中更改最大文本长度。"
msgid ""
"If you choose Text (plain, long), Text (formatted, "
"long), or Text (formatted, long, with summary) on the "
"Manage fields page, then users can insert text of unlimited "
"length. On the Manage form display page, you can set the "
"number of rows that are displayed to users."
msgstr "如果在管理字段页面上选择纯文本（长文本）、格式化的长文本或格式化的长文本（包含摘要），那么用户可以插入长度不受限的文本。在管理表单显示页面上，您可以设置向用户显示的行数。"
msgid ""
"As an alternative to using a trimmed version of the text, you can "
"enter a separate summary by choosing the Text (formatted, long, "
"with summary) field type on the Manage fields page. Even "
"when Summary input is enabled, and summaries are provided, "
"you can display trimmed text nonetheless by choosing the "
"appropriate format on the Manage display page."
msgstr "您可以通过在管理字段页面上选择格式化的长文本（包含摘要）字段类型来输入单独的摘要，以代替使用截断后的文本版本。即使在启用摘要输入并提供摘要时，也可以通过在管理显示页面上选择相应的格式来显示截断的文本。"
msgid "Link to the user"
msgstr "链接到用户"
msgid "Display the user or author name."
msgstr "显示用户或作者的名称。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Password required for protected field change"
msgstr "更改受保护字段所需的密码"
msgid "Text to use for this variant, @count will be replaced with the value."
msgstr "要用于此变体的文本，@count 将替换为相应的值。"
msgid ""
"Text to use for the singular form, @count will be replaced with the "
"value."
msgstr "要用于此单数形式的文本，@count 将替换为相应的值。"
msgid "Contains US ASCII characters only"
msgstr "只包含美国 ASCII 的字符"
msgid "Checkout complete! Thank you for your purchase."
msgstr "结算完毕！谢谢惠顾。"
msgid "Resolving missing content"
msgstr "解析丢失的内容"
msgid "The following @entity-type translations will be deleted:"
msgstr "以下 @entity-type 翻译将会被删除："
msgid "Delete @language translation"
msgstr "删除@language的翻译"
msgid "The @entity-type %label @language translation has been deleted."
msgstr "这些 @entity-type %label @language 翻译已经被删除。"
msgid ""
"Are you sure you want to delete the @language translation of the "
"@entity-type %label?"
msgstr "你确定要删除 @entity-type %label 的 @language 翻译吗？"
msgid "The core.extension configuration does not exist."
msgstr "配置 core.extension 不存在。"
msgid "Unable to install the %module module since it does not exist."
msgstr "无法安装 %module 模块，因为此模块不存在。"
msgid ""
"Unable to uninstall the %module module since the %dependent_module "
"module is installed."
msgstr ""
"无法卸载 %module 模块，因为 %dependent_module "
"模块已安装。"
msgid "Unable to install the %theme theme since it does not exist."
msgstr "无法安装主题 %theme，因为它不存在。"
msgid ""
"Unable to install the %theme theme since it requires the "
"%required_theme theme."
msgstr ""
"无法安装 %theme 主题，因为它依赖于 %required_theme "
"主题。"
msgid ""
"Unable to uninstall the %theme theme since the %dependent_theme theme "
"is installed."
msgstr ""
"无法卸载主题 %theme，因为主题 %dependent_theme "
"已被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %owner module that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr ""
"配置 %name 依赖于 %owner 模块，而 %owner "
"模块在导入完成后不会被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %owner theme that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr "配置 %name 依赖于 %owner 主题, 但这个主题没有被安装."
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %owner extension that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr ""
"系统配置 %name 依赖于 %owner 扩展, "
"但这个扩展没有被安装."
msgid ""
"Unable to install the %module module since it requires the "
"%required_module module."
msgid_plural ""
"Unable to install the %module module since it requires the "
"%required_module modules."
msgstr[0] ""
"无法安装 %module 模块，因为它需要 %required_module "
"模块。"
msgstr[1] ""
"无法安装 %module 模块，因为它需要 %required_module "
"模块。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %module module that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgid_plural ""
"Configuration %name depends on modules (%module) that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr[0] "配置%name依赖%module模块，而该模块在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgstr[1] "配置%name依赖以下模块：%module，而这些模块在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %theme theme that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgid_plural ""
"Configuration %name depends on themes (%theme) that will not be "
"installed after import."
msgstr[0] "配置%name依赖%theme主题，而该主题在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgstr[1] "配置%name依赖以下主题：%theme，而这些主题在导入后将不会被安装。"
msgid ""
"Configuration %name depends on the %config configuration that will not "
"exist after import."
msgid_plural ""
"Configuration %name depends on configuration (%config) that will not "
"exist after import."
msgstr[0] "配置%name依赖%config配置，而该配置在导入后将不存在。"
msgstr[1] "配置%name依赖以下配置：%config，而这些配置在导入后将不存在。"
msgid "Interface text"
msgstr "界面文本"
msgid ""
"Order of language detection methods for interface text. If a "
"translation of interface text is available in the detected language, "
"it will be displayed."
msgstr "界面文本的语言检测方式。如果所检测的语言中有界面文本的翻译，则会显示该翻译。"
msgid "Inaccessible"
msgstr "不可访问的"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "NotNull"
msgstr "非空"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Null"
msgstr "空"
msgid ""
"The configuration cannot be imported because it failed validation for "
"the following reasons:"
msgstr "由于以下原因而导致验证失败，所以无法导入配置："
msgid "Link to translate @entity_type_label"
msgstr "用于翻译 @entity_type_label 的链接"
msgid "Provide a translation link to the @entity_type_label."
msgstr "提供指向 @entity_type_label 的翻译链接。"
msgid "Interface text language selected for page"
msgstr "为页面所选择的界面文本语言"
msgid ""
"Customize %language_name language detection to differ from Interface "
"text language detection settings"
msgstr ""
"定制 %language_name "
"语言检测以与界面文本语言检测设置区分开"
msgid ""
"The domain for %language may only contain the domain name, not a "
"trailing slash, protocol and/or port."
msgstr ""
"%language "
"的域只能包含域名，不能包含尾部斜杠、协议和/或端口。"
msgid "@language translation of the @type %label has been deleted."
msgstr "已删除 @type %label 的 @language 翻译。"
msgid "Xdebug settings"
msgstr "Xdebug 设置"
msgid "xdebug.max_nesting_level is set to %value."
msgstr "xdebug.max_nesting_level 已设置为 %value。"
msgid ""
"Set xdebug.max_nesting_level=@level in your PHP "
"configuration as some pages in your Drupal site will not work when "
"this setting is too low."
msgstr ""
"在 PHP 配置中设置 "
"xdebug.max_nesting_level=@level，因为 Drupal "
"站点中的某些页面在此设置过低时无法工作。"
msgid "Trimmed limit"
msgstr "节选限制"
msgid ""
"If the summary is not set, the trimmed %label field will end at the "
"last full sentence before this character limit."
msgstr ""
"如果未设置摘要，那么截断的 %label "
"字段将在达到此字符限制前的最后一个完整句子处结束。"
msgid "Trimmed limit: @trim_length characters"
msgstr "截取限制：@trim_length 个字符"
msgid "Working with multilingual views"
msgstr "使用多语言视图"
msgid ""
"If your site has multiple languages and translated entities, each "
"result row in a view will contain one translation of each involved "
"entity (a view can involve multiple entities if it uses "
"relationships). You can use a filter to restrict your view to one "
"language: without filtering, if an entity has three translations it "
"will add three rows to the results; if you filter by language, at most "
"one result will appear (it could be zero if that particular entity "
"does not have a translation matching your language filter choice). If "
"a view uses relationships, each entity in the relationship needs to be "
"filtered separately. You can filter a view to a fixed language choice, "
"such as English or Spanish, or to the language selected by the page "
"the view is displayed on (the language that is selected for the page "
"by the language detection settings either for Content or User "
"interface)."
msgstr "如果站点具有多种语言和已翻译的实体，那么视图中的每个结果行将包含每种相关实体的一种翻译（如果视图使用关系，那么视图可包含多个实体）。您可以使用过滤器将视图限制为一种语言：在不进行过滤的情况下，如果实体具有三种翻译，那么会向结果添加三行；如果按语言进行过滤，那么至多显示一个结果（如果特定实体没有与语言过滤器选项相匹配的翻译，那么这可能为零）。如果视图使用关系，那么需要单独过滤关系中的每个实体。您可以将视图过滤为固定的语言选项（例如，英语或西班牙语），或者将其过滤为用于显示视图的页面所选择的语言（“内容”或“用户”界面的语言检测设置针对页面选择的语言）。"
msgid ""
"Because each result row contains a specific translation of each "
"entity, field-level filters are also relative to these entity "
"translations. For example, if your view has a filter that specifies "
"that the entity title should contain a particular English word, you "
"will presumably filter out all rows containing Chinese translations, "
"since they will not contain the English word. If your view also has a "
"second filter specifying that the title should contain a particular "
"Chinese word, and if you are using \"And\" logic for filtering, you "
"will presumably end up with no results in the view, because there are "
"probably not any entity translations containing both the English and "
"Chinese words in the title."
msgstr "由于每个结果行都包含每个实体的一种特定翻译，所以字段级别过滤器也是针对于这些实体翻译。例如，如果视图的一个过滤器指定实体标题应包含特定英语单词，那么您大概可以过滤掉包含中文翻译的所有行，因为它们不包含英语单词。如果视图的另一个过滤器指定标题应包含特定中文词语，并且您正在使用“And”逻辑进行过滤，那么视图中可能无任何结果，因为可能没有标题中同时包含英语单词和中文词语的实体翻译。"
msgid ""
"Independent of filtering, you can choose the display language (the "
"language used to display the entities and their fields) via a setting "
"on the display. Your language choices are the same as the filter "
"language choices, with an additional choice of \"Content language of "
"view row\" and \"Original language of content in view row\", which "
"means to display each entity in the result row using the language that "
"entity has or in which it was originally created. In theory, this "
"would give you the flexibility to filter to French translations, for "
"instance, and then display the results in Spanish. The more usual "
"choices would be to use the same language choices for the display "
"language and each entity filter in the view, or to use the Row "
"language setting for the display."
msgstr "您可以通过显示上的设置来选择显示语言（用于显示实体及其字段的语言），这与过滤无关。您的语言选项与过滤器语言选项相同，并且额外提供了“视图行的内容语言”和“视图行中内容的原始语言”选项，这意味着在结果行中将使用实体的语言或者最初创建实体时使用的语言来显示每个实体。举例来说，这理论上能让您灵活地过滤法语翻译，然后用西班牙语显示结果。最常用的选项是对视图中的显示语言和每个实体过滤器使用相同语言选项，或者使用显示的行语言设置。"
msgid "Entity link"
msgstr "实体链接"
msgid "Entity delete link"
msgstr "删除实体链接"
msgid "Entity edit link"
msgstr "编辑实体链接"
msgid "Link to @entity_type_label"
msgstr "链接至 @entity_type_label"
msgid "Provide a view link to the @entity_type_label."
msgstr "提供到 @entity_type_label 的查看链接。"
msgid "Link to edit @entity_type_label"
msgstr "用于编辑 @entity_type_label 的链接"
msgid "Provide an edit link to the @entity_type_label."
msgstr "提供到 @entity_type_label 的编辑链接。"
msgid "Link to delete @entity_type_label"
msgstr "用于删除 @entity_type_label 的链接"
msgid "Provide a delete link to the @entity_type_label."
msgstr "提供到 @entity_type_label 的删除链接。"
msgctxt "View entity type"
msgid "View"
msgstr "视图"
msgid ""
"Options such as paging, table sorting, and exposed filters will not "
"initiate a page refresh."
msgstr "选项（例如，页面调度、表排序和已公开的过滤器）将不启动页面刷新。"
msgid "Select pager"
msgstr "选择分页器"
msgid ""
"This can be an internal Drupal path such as node/add or an external "
"URL such as \"https://www.drupal.org\". You may use the \"Replacement "
"patterns\" above."
msgstr ""
"这可以是 Drupal 的内部路径，如 node/add，或者外部 "
"URL，如 "
"\"https://www.drupal.org\"。您也可以使用上面的“替换匹配模式”。"
msgid ""
"Per default the table is hidden for an empty view. With this option it "
"is possible to show an empty table with the text in it."
msgstr "缺省情况下，针对空视图会隐藏该表。通过该选项，可以显示其中包含文本的空表。"
msgid "Cache tags"
msgstr "缓存标记"
msgid "Timestamp display format settings"
msgstr "时间戳显示格式设置"
msgid "Future format"
msgstr "未来格式"
msgid "Past format"
msgstr "过去格式"
msgid "@requirements_message (Currently using @item version @version)"
msgstr "@requirements_message （目前正使用 @item 版本 @version）"
msgid "The MyISAM storage engine is not supported."
msgstr "不支持MyISAM存储引擎。"
msgid "0 seconds"
msgstr "0 秒"
msgid ""
"The validation failed because the value conflicts with the value in "
"%field_name, which you cannot access."
msgstr ""
"由于值与 %field_name 中的值冲突而验证失败，而 "
"%field_name 中的值您无法访问。"
msgid "The @module module is required"
msgstr "需要 @module 模块"
msgid ""
"Use @interval where you want the formatted interval text to "
"appear."
msgstr "如果您想格式化文本间距，使用 @interval。"
msgid "How many time interval units should be shown in the formatted output."
msgstr "格式化输出应该显示多少时间间隔单位。"
msgid "Future date: %display"
msgstr "未来日期：%display"
msgid "Past date: %display"
msgstr "过去日期：%display"
msgid "- Default site/user time zone -"
msgstr "- 网站/用户默认的时区 -"
msgid "Date format: @date_format"
msgstr "日期格式：@date_format"
msgid "Time zone: @timezone"
msgstr "时区： @timezone"
msgid "Revision translation affected"
msgstr "受影响的翻译修订"
msgid ""
"Indicates if the last edit of a translation belongs to current "
"revision."
msgstr "指示翻译的最后编辑是否属于当前修订。"
msgid "Configuration archive"
msgstr "配置存档"
msgid ""
"Your configuration files were successfully uploaded and are ready for "
"import."
msgstr "配置文件已成功上传并且可供导入。"
msgid ""
"Translate any configuration including those shipped with modules and "
"themes."
msgstr "翻译任何配置，包括随附于模块和主题的配置。"
msgid "Time zone override"
msgstr "时区覆盖"
msgid "Datetime custom display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间定制显示格式设置"
msgid "Datetime time ago display format settings"
msgstr "日期时间以前显示格式设置"
msgid "The time zone selected here will always be used"
msgstr "将始终使用此处所选的时区。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "File URI"
msgstr "文件 URI"
msgid "Translate interface text"
msgstr "翻译界面文本"
msgid ""
"Translate any interface text including configuration shipped with "
"modules and themes."
msgstr "翻译任何界面文本，包括随附于模块和主题的配置。"
msgid ""
"Pages requested by anonymous users are stored the first time they are "
"requested and then are reused. Depending on your site configuration "
"and the amount of your web traffic tied to anonymous visitors, the "
"caching system may significantly increase the speed of your site."
msgstr ""
"在匿名用户首次请求时，将存储其请求的页面，然后复用这些页面。根据与匿名访问者绑定的站点配置和 "
"Web 流量总量，缓存系统可大幅提升站点速度。"
msgid "Configuring the internal page cache"
msgstr "配置内部页面缓存"
msgid "Internal Page Cache"
msgstr "内部页面缓存"
msgid "Configuring for performance"
msgstr "配置性能"
msgid "Last run: %time ago."
msgstr "上次运行：%time 之前。"
msgid "The path '%path' has to start with a slash."
msgstr "路径“%path”必须以斜杠开头。"
msgid "Allow user to control selected display options for this view."
msgstr "允许用户控制此视图的所选显示选项。"
msgid "Allow user to control the number of items displayed in this view"
msgstr "允许用户控制此视图中显示的项数"
msgid ""
"Allow user to specify number of items skipped from beginning of this "
"view."
msgstr "允许用户指定从此视图开头跳过的项数。"
msgid "Media library"
msgstr "媒体库"
msgid "Plural variants"
msgstr "复数形式"
msgid ""
"Place block in the %region "
"region"
msgstr "放置区块于%region区域"
msgid "No blocks available."
msgstr "没有可用的区块。"
msgid "Exporting the full configuration"
msgstr "导出完整配置"
msgid "Importing a full configuration"
msgstr "导入完整配置"
msgid "Exporting a single configuration item"
msgstr "导出一条配置"
msgid "Importing a single configuration item"
msgstr "导入一条配置"
msgid "Configuration synchronization"
msgstr "配置同步"
msgid "Import and export your configuration."
msgstr "导入和导出配置。"
msgid "@date by @username"
msgstr "@date，用户：@username"
msgid ""
"You must include at least one keyword to match in the content, and "
"punctuation is ignored."
msgid_plural ""
"You must include at least one keyword to match in the content. "
"Keywords must be at least @count characters, and punctuation is "
"ignored."
msgstr[0] "你必须至少包含一个匹配内容的关键词,标点符号将被忽略。"
msgstr[1] "你必须至少包含一个匹配内容的关键词。关键词至少@count字符，标点符号将被忽略。"
msgid "Manage responsive image styles."
msgstr "管理响应式图像样式。"
msgid "This theme is missing a 'content' region."
msgstr "此主题缺少“内容”区域。"
msgid "Apache version"
msgstr "Apache 版本"
msgid ""
"Due to the settings for ServerTokens in httpd.conf, it is impossible "
"to accurately determine the version of Apache running on this server. "
"The reported value is @reported, to run Drupal without mod_rewrite, a "
"minimum version of 2.2.16 is needed."
msgstr ""
"由于 httpd.conf 中 ServerTokens "
"的设置，所以无法准确地确定此服务器上运行的 Apache "
"版本。报告值为 @reported，要在未启用 mod_rewrite "
"的情况下运行 Drupal，至少需要 V2.2.16。"
msgid "Filter by name or description"
msgstr "按名称或描述过滤"
msgid "Enter a part of the module name or description"
msgstr "输入模块名称或描述的一部分"
msgid "The callback URL is not local and not trusted: !url"
msgstr "非本地的回调地址不会被信任： !url"
msgid "CustomMessage: !customMessage"
msgstr "定制信息： !customMessage"
msgid "Container cannot be saved to cache."
msgstr "容器无法保存到缓存。"
msgid ""
"Drupal could not be correctly setup with the existing database due to "
"the following error: @error."
msgstr ""
"Drupal "
"无法使用当前数据库正确安装，原因是以下错误： "
"@error。"
msgid ""
"The database server version %version is less than the minimum required "
"version %minimum_version."
msgstr ""
"当前数据库服务器版本 %version 低于所需要的最低版本 "
"%minimum_version。"
msgid "A value must be selected for %part."
msgstr "%part必须选择一个值。"
msgid "@title (value @number)"
msgstr "@title (值 @number)"
msgid "1 error has been found: "
msgid_plural "@count errors have been found: "
msgstr[0] "发现了1处错误："
msgstr[1] "发现了@count处错误： "
msgid "Primary admin actions"
msgstr "主要管理动作"
msgid "Shown tabs"
msgstr "可见标签页"
msgid "Select tabs being shown in the block"
msgstr "选择在区块中显示的标签页"
msgid "Show primary tabs"
msgstr "显示主选项卡"
msgid "Show secondary tabs"
msgstr "显示次选项卡"
msgid "The blocked IP address."
msgstr "被屏蔽的 IP 地址"
msgid "Generating accessible content"
msgstr "生成可用内容"
msgid "The time that the comment was created, as a Unix timestamp."
msgstr "评论的创建时间，表示为 Unix 时间戳记。"
msgid ""
"The time that the comment was edited by its author, as a Unix "
"timestamp."
msgstr "评论作者编辑评论的时间，表示为 Unix 时间戳记。"
msgid "The module that implements the field type."
msgstr "用于实施字段类型的模块。"
msgid "The entity bundle."
msgstr "实体捆绑软件。"
msgid "The original machine name of the view mode."
msgstr "视图方式的原始机器名。"
msgid "The view mode ID."
msgstr "视图方式标识。"
msgid "The name of the format."
msgstr "格式的名称。"
msgid "Whether the format is cacheable."
msgstr "格式是否可缓存。"
msgid "The role IDs which can use the format."
msgstr "可使用格式的角色标识。"
msgid "The filters configured for the format."
msgstr "为格式配置的过滤器。"
msgid "The status of the format"
msgstr "格式状态"
msgid "The weight of the format"
msgstr "格式权重"
msgid "Weight for @title language detection method"
msgstr "@title 语言检测方法的权重"
msgid "Enable @title language detection method"
msgstr "启用 @title 语言检测方法"
msgid "Core (Experimental)"
msgstr "核心（实验功能）"
msgid "Migration @id is busy with another operation: @status"
msgstr "迁移 @id 正忙于执行另一个操作：@status"
msgid "@label (@type)"
msgstr "@label (@type)"
msgid "Flag indicating the node type is enable"
msgstr "用于指示启用节点类型的标志"
msgid "base node."
msgstr "基本节点。"
msgid "Breakpoint groups: viewport sizing vs art direction"
msgstr "断点组：视区大小调整与艺术指导"
msgid "Breakpoint settings: sizes vs image styles"
msgstr "断点设置：大小与图像样式"
msgid "Sizes field"
msgstr "字段大小"
msgid "Image styles for sizes"
msgstr "图片尺寸的样式"
msgid ""
"Failed to load responsive image style: “@style“ while displaying "
"responsive image."
msgstr "在显示响应式图像时，无法装入响应式图像样式：“@style”。"
msgid "Viewport Sizing"
msgstr "视区大小调整"
msgid ""
"Select a breakpoint group from the installed themes and modules. Below "
"you can select which breakpoints to use from this group. You can also "
"select which image style or styles to use for each breakpoint you use."
msgstr "从已安装的主题和模块中选择一个断点组。您可以在下方选择要从此组使用的断点。您还可以选择要用于所使用的每个断点的图像样式。"
msgid ""
"Warning: if you change the breakpoint group you lose all your image "
"style selections for each breakpoint."
msgstr "警告：如果更改断点组，那么将丢失每个断点的所有图像样式选择。"
msgid "Select a breakpoint group from the installed themes and modules."
msgstr "从已安装的主题和模块中选择一个断点组。"
msgid "Select multiple image styles and use the sizes attribute."
msgstr "选择多种图像样式并使用“大小”属性。"
msgid "Select a single image style."
msgstr "选择一种图像样式。"
msgid "Do not use this breakpoint."
msgstr "不使用此断点。"
msgid ""
"Select image styles with widths that range from the smallest amount of "
"space this image will take up in the layout to the largest, bearing in "
"mind that high resolution screens will need images 1.5x to 2x larger."
msgstr ""
"选择宽度范围从此图像将在布局中占用的最小空间量一直到最大宽度的图像样式，并记住高分辨率屏幕将需要 "
"1.5 倍到 2 倍的图像。"
msgid "Entity/field definitions"
msgstr "实体/字段 定义"
msgid "Tabs block"
msgstr "选项卡块"
msgid "Whether primary tabs are shown"
msgstr "是否显示主选项卡"
msgid "Whether secondary tabs are shown"
msgstr "是否显示次级选项卡"
msgid "The existing format/name combination has not been altered."
msgstr "尚未更改现有格式/名称组合。"
msgid "Run database updates"
msgstr "执行数据库更新"
msgid "The weight of the role."
msgstr "角色的权重。"
msgid ""
"A title semantically associated with your table for increased "
"accessibility."
msgstr "在语义上与您的表相关的标题，用于改进辅助功能选项。"
msgid "Large (480×480)"
msgstr "大 (480×480)"
msgid "Medium (220×220)"
msgstr "中 (220×220)"
msgid "Thumbnail (100×100)"
msgstr "缩略图 (100×100)"
msgid "HTML Date"
msgstr "HTML 日期"
msgid "HTML Datetime"
msgstr "HTML 日期与时间"
msgid "HTML Month"
msgstr "HTML 月份"
msgid "HTML Time"
msgstr "HTML 时间"
msgid "HTML Week"
msgstr "HTML 周"
msgid "HTML Year"
msgstr "HTML 年份"
msgid "HTML Yearless date"
msgstr "HTML 无年份日期"
msgid "Default long date"
msgstr "默认长日期"
msgid "Default medium date"
msgstr "默认中等日期"
msgid "Default short date"
msgstr "默认短日期"
msgid "User account menu"
msgstr "用户帐户菜单"
msgid "Block the selected user(s)"
msgstr "封锁选中的用户"
msgid "Cancel the selected user account(s)"
msgstr "取消选中的用户帐户"
msgid "Unblock the selected user(s)"
msgstr "解除封锁选定的用户"
msgid "Basic block"
msgstr "基本区块"
msgid "A basic block contains a title and a body."
msgstr "一个基本区块包含标题和内容。"
msgid ""
"Enter a comma-separated list. For example: Amsterdam, Mexico City, "
"\"Cleveland, Ohio\""
msgstr ""
"请输入一个逗号分割的列表。如：Amsterdam, Mexico City, "
"\"Cleveland, Ohio\"。"
msgid "Basic HTML"
msgstr "基本的 HTML"
msgid "Restricted HTML"
msgstr "受限制的 HTML"
msgid ""
"The installer requires that you create a translations directory as "
"part of the installation process. Create the directory "
"%translations_directory . More details about installing Drupal are "
"available in INSTALL.txt."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要您在安装过程中创建翻译目录 "
"%translations_directory。关于安装 Drupal "
"的更多细节，请参看 INSTALL.txt。"
msgid ""
"The installer requires read permissions to %translations_directory at "
"all times. The webhosting issues "
"documentation section offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要获得 %translations_directory "
"的读权限。关于此问题和其它问题的帮助，可参看网站伺服问题文档。"
msgid ""
"The installer requires write permissions to %translations_directory "
"during the installation process. The webhosting issues documentation section "
"offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要在安装过程中写入 %translations_directory "
"目录。关于此问题和其它问题的帮助，可参看网站伺服问题文档。"
msgid ""
"The installer requires to contact the translation server to download a "
"translation file. Check your internet connection and verify that your "
"website can reach the translation server at @server_url."
msgstr ""
"安装程序需要连接翻译服务器下载翻译文件。请检查您的 "
"Internet 连接，并检查网站是否可以连接到翻译服务器 "
"@server_url。"
msgid ""
"The %language translation file is not available at the translation "
"server. Choose a different language or select "
"English and translate your website later."
msgstr ""
"在翻译服务器上没有找到这个 %language 翻译文件。选择另一个语言 "
"或者选择英语并稍后再翻译你的站点。"
msgid ""
"The %language translation file could not be downloaded. Choose a different language or select English and "
"translate your website later."
msgstr ""
"这个 %language 翻译文件不能被下载。选择另一个语言 "
"或者选择英语并稍后再翻译你的站点。"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer requires that you create a %file as part of the "
"installation process. Copy the %default_file file to %file. More "
"details about installing Drupal are available in INSTALL.txt."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 安装程序需要您创建 %file "
"文件，这是安装过程的一部分。您可以将 %default_file "
"文件复制为 %file。关于安装 Drupal "
"的更多细节可以参看 INSTALL.txt。"
msgid ""
"@drupal requires read permissions to %file at all times. The webhosting issues documentation section "
"offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 随时需要对 %file 的读权限。Web "
"伺服问题文档中提供了关于此问题和其它主题的帮助。"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer requires write permissions to %file during the "
"installation process. The webhosting "
"issues documentation section offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"在 @drupal 安装过程中需要 %file 的写入权限。Web "
"伺服问题文档中提供了关于此问题和其它主题的帮助。"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer failed to create a %file file with proper file "
"ownership. Log on to your web server, remove the existing %file file, "
"and create a new one by copying the %default_file file to %file. More "
"details about installing Drupal are available in INSTALL.txt. The webhosting issues documentation section "
"offers help on this and other topics."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 安装时 %file 文件有误.请登录到您的web服务器, "
"删除相应目录下 %file 文件, 拷贝 %default_file "
"到相应文件目录更改为 "
"%file.关于Drupal的更多安装细节详见INSTALL.txt.Web "
"伺服问题文档中提供了关于此问题和其它问题的帮助."
msgid ""
"Check the messages and retry, or you may choose "
"to continue anyway."
msgstr ""
"检查通知或重试,您也可以选择仍然继续."
msgid "Check the messages and try again."
msgstr "检查信息然后再试一次。"
msgid ""
"The following modules are required but were not found. Move them into "
"the appropriate modules subdirectory, such as /modules. "
"Missing modules: @modules"
msgstr "下列模块是必须的但未有找到，请将他们移动到合适的模块目录，如/modules。缺失模块：@modules"
msgid "Updating @module"
msgstr "正在更新 @module"
msgid ""
"Entity type mismatch on rename. @old_type not equal to @new_type for "
"existing configuration @old_name and staged configuration @new_name."
msgstr ""
"重命名时实体类型不匹配。就已有配置 @old_name "
"和当前配置 @new_name 而言，@old_type 和 @new_type "
"不相等。"
msgid ""
"Rename operation for simple configuration. Existing configuration "
"@old_name and staged configuration @new_name."
msgstr ""
"简单配置的重命名操作。已有配置 @old_name "
"和当前配置 @new_name。"
msgid ""
"The %driver database must use %encoding encoding to work with Drupal. "
"Recreate the database with %encoding encoding. See INSTALL.pgsql.txt for more details."
msgstr ""
"%driver 数据库必须使用 %encoding 编码才能支持 "
"Drupal。请用 %encoding "
"编码重新创建数据库。更多详情请参见 INSTALL.pgsql.txt。"
msgid ""
"The %setting setting is currently set to '%current_value', but needs "
"to be '%needed_value'. Change this by running the following query: "
"@query"
msgstr ""
"%setting 设置项当前为 '%current_value'，但需要被设为 "
"'%needed_value'。请执行以下查询语句来改变这个设置： "
"@query"
msgid "@uri"
msgstr "@uri"
msgid "Operating in maintenance mode. Go online."
msgstr "正在维护模式下操作。立即上线。"
msgid "Textfield size: @size"
msgstr "文本框大小：@size"
msgid "Number of rows: @rows"
msgstr "行数：@rows"
msgid "URI field size: @size"
msgstr "URI 字段大小：@size"
msgid ""
"WARNING: You are not using an encrypted connection, so your password "
"will be sent in plain text. Learn more."
msgstr ""
"警告：您正在使用非加密连接，所以您的密码将已明文形式发送。了解更多。"
msgid ""
"@name cannot be longer than %max characters but is currently %length "
"characters long."
msgstr "@name不能长于%max个字符，但它目前已有%length个字符长。"
msgid ""
"Log infor anonymous users" msgstr "游客显示为
登录" msgid "Revert to earlier revision of a translation" msgstr "恢复到之前版本的翻译" msgid "" "Are you sure you want to revert @language translation to the revision " "from %revision-date?" msgstr "" "是否确定要将 @language 翻译还原至 %revision-date " "修订版？" msgid "Revert content shared among translations" msgstr "在翻译间还原共享内容" msgid "Add custom URLs to existing paths." msgstr "对现存路径添加定制地址。" msgid "- None (original image) -" msgstr "- 无（原始图像）-" msgid "" "Only items in the index will appear in search results. To build and " "maintain the index, a correctly configured cron " "maintenance task is required." msgstr "" "只有索引中的项才会出现在搜索结果中。要构建和维护索引，需要正确配置的 " "Cron 维护任务。" msgid "" "The minimum character length for a word to be added to the index. " "Searches must include a keyword of at least this length." msgstr "要添加到索引的单词的最小字符长度。搜索必须包含一个至少为此长度的关键字。" msgid "Checking site status" msgstr "检查站点状态" msgid "" "The Status report provides an overview of the " "configuration, status, and health of your site. Review this report to " "make sure there are not any problems to address, and to find " "information about the software your site and web server are using." msgstr "" "状态报告概括了站点的配置、状态和运行状况。请查看此报告，以确保没有需要解决的问题以及查找有关站点和 " "Web 服务器使用的软件的信息。" msgid "" "In order for the site and its modules to continue to operate well, a " "set of routine administrative operations must run on a regular basis; " "these operations are known as cron tasks. On the Cron page, you can configure cron to run " "periodically as part of server responses by installing the " "Automated Cron module, or you can turn this off and trigger " "cron from an outside process on your web server. You can verify the " "status of cron tasks by visiting the Status report " "page. For more information, see the online " "documentation for configuring cron jobs." msgstr "" "为使站点及其模块继续正常运行，必须定期运行一组例行管理操作；这些操作称为 " "Cron 任务。在 Cron " "页面上，您可以通过安装自动 Cron 模块以将 " "Cron " "配置为作为服务器响应的一部分定期运行，或者您可以关闭此项并从 " "Web 服务器上的外部流程触发 Cron。您可以通过访问状态报告页面来验证 Cron " "任务的状态。有关更多信息，请参阅关于配置 Cron 作业的联机文档。" msgid "Public file base URL" msgstr "公开文件基础 URL" msgid "" "The base URL that will be used for public file URLs. This can be " "changed in settings.php" msgstr "" "用于公开文件 URL 的基础 URL。这一设置可在 settings.php " "更改。" msgid "" "Machine name: @machine-name" msgstr "" "机读名称：@machine-name" msgid "" "The following reason prevents @module.module_name from being " "uninstalled:" msgid_plural "" "The following reasons prevent @module.module_name from being " "uninstalled:" msgstr[0] "下列原因使得 @module.module_name 无法卸载：" msgstr[1] "下列原因使得 @module.module_name 无法卸载：" msgid "" "Configure default user account settings, including fields, " "registration requirements, and email messages." msgstr "配置默认用户帐号设置，包括字段，注册条件，以及电邮信息。" msgid "" "Too many failed login attempts from your IP address. This IP address " "is temporarily blocked. Try again later or request a " "new password." msgstr "" "您的 IP 地址的失败登录尝试过多。已临时阻止此 IP " "地址。请稍后重试或者申请新密码。" msgid "" "There has been more than one failed login attempt for this account. It " "is temporarily blocked. Try again later or request a " "new password." msgid_plural "" "There have been more than @count failed login attempts for this " "account. It is temporarily blocked. Try again later or request a new password." msgstr[0] "" "这个帐号有多次登录失败. 现在被临时封禁. " "您需要过一天再试，或者 请求一个新的密码." msgstr[1] "" "这个帐号有@count次登录失败. 现在被临时封禁. " "您需要过一天再试，或者 请求一个新的密码." msgid "Cache maximum age" msgstr "缓存最大时间" msgid "Creating and managing views" msgstr "创建和管理视图" msgid "Enabling and disabling views" msgstr "启用和禁用视图" msgid "Exporting and importing views" msgstr "导出和导入视图" msgid "Links related to the active user account" msgstr "链接到活跃的用户账户" msgid "Administrative task links" msgstr "管理操作链接" msgid "Site information links" msgstr "站点信息链接" msgid "Site section links" msgstr "网站段落链接" msgid "User tool links, often added by modules" msgstr "用户工具链接，通常由模块创建。" msgid "" "[user:display-name],\n" "\n" "A request to reset the password for your account has been made at " "[site:name].\n" "\n" "You may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it " "into your browser:\n" "\n" "[user:one-time-login-url]\n" "\n" "This link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page " "where you can set your password. It expires after one day and nothing " "will happen if it's not used.\n" "\n" "-- [site:name] team" msgstr "" "[user:display-name],\r\n" "\r\n" "重置在[site:name]上的本帐号密码的请求已提交。\r\n" "\r\n" "您现在可以通过点击或复制以下地址以登录：\r\n" "\r\n" "[user:one-time-login-url]\r\n" "\r\n" "这个链接仅能使用一次并会引导您前往重置密码的页面。这个链接将在24小时后过期且如果您不使用的话到期它将会无效。\r\n" "\r\n" "-- [site:name] 团队" msgid "" "[user:display-name],\n" "\n" "A site administrator at [site:name] has created an account for you. " "You may now log in by clicking this link or copying and pasting it " "into your browser:\n" "\n" "[user:one-time-login-url]\n" "\n" "This link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page " "where you can set your password.\n" "\n" "After setting your password, you will be able to log in at " "[site:login-url] in the future using:\n" "\n" "username: [user:name]\n" "password: Your password\n" "\n" "-- [site:name] team" msgstr "" "[user:display-name]，\r\n" "\r\n" "[site:name] " "的管理员为您创建了一个帐户。您可以点击下面的链接登录，或者把它复制到浏览器地址栏：\r\n" "\r\n" "[user:one-time-login-url]\r\n" "\r\n" "此链接只能用于登录一次，它会带您到一个页面让您来设置您的密码。\r\n" "\r\n" "设置了密码之后，您以后就可以在 [site:login-url] " "，使用如下信息登录：\r\n" "\r\n" "用户名： [user:name]\r\n" "密码： 您设置的密码\r\n" "\r\n" "-- [site:name] 团队" msgid "" "[user:display-name],\n" "\n" "Thank you for registering at [site:name]. You may now log in by " "clicking this link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n" "\n" "[user:one-time-login-url]\n" "\n" "This link can only be used once to log in and will lead you to a page " "where you can set your password.\n" "\n" "After setting your password, you will be able to log in at " "[site:login-url] in the future using:\n" "\n" "username: [user:name]\n" "password: Your password\n" "\n" "-- [site:name] team" msgstr "" "[user:display-name]，\r\n" "\r\n" "谢谢您在 [site:name] " "注册。您现在可以点击下面的链接登录，或者把它复制到浏览器地址栏：\r\n" "\r\n" "[user:one-time-login-url]\r\n" "\r\n" "此链接只能用于登录一次，它会带您到一个页面让您来设置您的密码。\r\n" "\r\n" "设置了密码之后，您以后就可以在 [site:login-url] " "，使用如下信息登录：\r\n" "\r\n" "用户名： [user:name]\r\n" "密码： 您设置的密码\r\n" "\r\n" "-- [site:name] 团队" msgid "Twig debug mode" msgstr "Twig调试模式" msgid "The language code." msgstr "语言代码。" msgid "Delete %label" msgstr "删除 %label" msgid "Allow user to display all items" msgstr "允许用户显示所有项目" msgid "" "Select and configure text editors, and how content is filtered when " "displayed." msgstr "选择和配置文本编辑器，以及在显示时如何过滤内容。" msgid "All content promoted to the front page." msgstr "推荐到首页的全部内容。" msgid "Content belonging to a certain taxonomy term." msgstr "属于某个分类词汇的内容。" msgid "Max 1300x1300" msgstr "最大 1300x1300" msgid "Max 2600x2600" msgstr "最大 2600x2600" msgid "Max 325x325" msgstr "最大 325x325" msgid "Max 650x650" msgstr "最大 650x650" msgid "Narrow" msgstr "窄" msgid "Welcome to [site:name]" msgstr "欢迎来到 [site:name]" msgid "{{ arguments.tid }}" msgstr "{{ arguments.tid }}" msgid "The English name of the language." msgstr "语言的英语名称。" msgid "The native name of the language." msgstr "语言的本机名称。" msgid "The language direction. (0 = LTR, 1 = RTL)" msgstr "语言方向。（0 = 从左到右，1 = 从右到左）" msgid "Whether the language is enabled." msgstr "是否启用语言。" msgid "PHP formula to get plural indexes." msgstr "要用于获取复数索引的 PHP 公式。" msgid "Path prefix used for this language." msgstr "要用于此语言的路径前缀。" msgid "The language weight when listed." msgstr "列出语言时的语言权重。" msgid "Location of the JavaScript translation file." msgstr "JavaScript 翻译文件的位置。" msgid "Mismatched entity and/or field definitions" msgstr "不匹配的实体和/或字段定义" msgid "Fallback sort expose settings" msgstr "回退排序公开设置" msgid "" "Leave blank for all. Otherwise, the first selected term will be the " "default instead of \"Any\"." msgstr "留空选择全部。否则，第一个选择的用于将取代“任意”。" msgid "width @data.width" msgstr "宽度 @data.width" msgid "height @data.height" msgstr "高度 @data.height" msgid "Administer workflows" msgstr "管理工作流" msgid "This entity (%type: %label) cannot be referenced." msgstr "这个实体 (%type: %label) 不能被引用。" msgid "This entity (%type: %id) cannot be referenced." msgstr "这个实体 (%type: %id) 不能被引用." msgid "Content type where this field is in use." msgstr "正在使用此字段的内容类型。" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "File Validation" msgstr "文件验证" msgid "" "The alias %alias could not be added because it is already in use in " "this language with different capitalization: %stored_alias." msgstr "" "无法添加别名 " "%alias，因为在此语言中以不同的大小写形式使用了此别名：%stored_alias。" msgid "There are no changes to import." msgstr "导入未做任何改动。" msgid "Another request may be importing configuration already." msgstr "另一个请求可能已在导入配置。" msgid "Importing configuration" msgstr "导入配置" msgid "Starting configuration import." msgstr "开始配置导入。" msgid "Configuration import has encountered an error." msgstr "配置导入遇到错误。" msgid "The configuration import failed for the following reasons:" msgstr "由于以下原因，所以配置导入失败：" msgid "BigPipe" msgstr "BigPipe" msgid "Current workspace" msgstr "当前工作区" msgid "Workspace switcher" msgstr "工作区切换器" msgid "HEAD method settings" msgstr "HEAD 方法设置" msgid "PUT method settings" msgstr "PUT 方法设置" msgid "Delete transition" msgstr "删除转换" msgid "Language key" msgstr "语言键" msgid "Update any media" msgstr "更新任意媒体" msgid "Delete media" msgstr "删除媒体" msgid "Delete any media" msgstr "删除任意媒体" msgid "Media name" msgstr "媒体名称" msgid "Media revisions" msgstr "媒体修订本" msgid "Field with source information" msgstr "带有源信息的字段" msgid "Install configuration" msgstr "安装配置" msgid "" "The following changes were detected in the entity type and field " "definitions. @updates" msgstr "在实体类型和字段定义中检测到以下更改。@updates" msgid "BigPipe no-JS check" msgstr "BigPipe没有Javascript检查" msgid "Session exists" msgstr "会话存在" msgid "Add workspace" msgstr "添加工作区" msgid "Workspaces" msgstr "工作区" msgid "Create and manage workspaces." msgstr "创建和管理工作区." msgid "Administer workspaces" msgstr "管理工作区" msgid "Edit workspace %label" msgstr "编辑工作区 %label" msgid "Workspace ID" msgstr "工作区ID" msgid "Workspace %info has been created." msgstr "工作区%info已创建." msgid "Workspace %info has been updated." msgstr "工作区%info 已更新." msgid "The workspace could not be saved." msgstr "该工作区无法保存." msgid "The workspace ID." msgstr "工作区 ID." msgid "@bundle_type is @bundles or @last" msgstr "@bundle_type 是 @bundles 或 @last" msgid "@bundle_type is @bundle" msgstr "@bundle_type 是 @bundle" msgid "text format" msgstr "文本格式" msgid "Default configuration hash" msgstr "默认配置hash" msgid "Label of the action" msgstr "动作的标签" msgid "Authored on @date" msgstr "认证日期：@date" msgid "Enter the value for the sizes attribute, for example: %example_sizes." msgstr "输入“大小”属性的值，例如：%example_sizes。" msgid "Unique machine name of the vocabulary." msgstr "词汇表的唯一机器名。" msgid "" "Field %field set in %filter is not usable for this filter type. " "Combined field filter only works for simple fields." msgstr "" "%filter 中设置的字段 %field " "不可用于此过滤器类型。组合的字段过滤器仅适用于简单字段。" msgid "Account %name has been deleted." msgstr "帐号%name已被删除." msgid "Renders an entity in a view mode." msgstr "以视图方式呈现实体。" msgid "Add @entity-type" msgstr "添加 @entity-type" msgid "Revision create time" msgstr "修订版本创建时间" msgid "Is default revision" msgstr "是缺省修订版" msgid "The moderation state of this piece of content." msgstr "此内容块的审核状态。" msgid "Moderation control" msgstr "审核控制" msgid "Revisions must be required when moderation is enabled." msgstr "在启用审核时必须提供修订版。" msgid "Revisions are required." msgstr "修订版是必需的。" msgid "The moderation state has been updated." msgstr "已更新审核状态。" msgid "When content reaches this state it should be published." msgstr "在内容达到此状态时，应发布此内容。" msgid "Default revision" msgstr "默认修订版本" msgid "" "When content reaches this state it should be made the default " "revision; this is implied for published states." msgstr "在内容达到此状态时，应将其设为缺省修订版；对于已发布状态缺省如此。" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Valid moderation state" msgstr "有效的审核状态" msgid "Field identifier" msgstr "字段标识" msgctxt "decimal places" msgid "Scale" msgstr "范围" msgid "" "If this style is in use on the site, you may select another style to " "replace it. All images that have been generated for this style will be " "permanently deleted. If no replacement style is selected, the " "dependent configurations might need manual reconfiguration." msgstr "如果站点上正在使用此样式，那么您可以选择其他样式来替换此样式。将永久删除为此样式生成的所有图像。如果未选中任何替换样式，那么可能需要手动重新配置从属配置。" msgid "" "All images that have been generated for this style will be permanently " "deleted. The dependent configurations might need manual " "reconfiguration." msgstr "将永久删除为此样式生成的所有图像。可能需要手动重新配置从属配置。" msgid "- No replacement -" msgstr "- 无替换 -" msgid "Antigua & Barbuda" msgstr "安提瓜和巴布达" msgid "Divider" msgstr "分隔符" msgid "" "The BigPipe module sends pages with dynamic content in a way that " "allows browsers to show them much faster. For more information, see " "the online documentation for the " "BigPipe module." msgstr "" "BigPipe模块发送有动态内容的页面时能让浏览器更快地显示他们。详细信息请看 " "在线BigPipe模块说明书。" msgid "" "The module requires no configuration. Every part of the page contains " "metadata that allows BigPipe to figure this out on its own." msgstr "这个模块不需要配置。页面的每一部分都含有能够让BigPipe自己完成配置的元数据。" msgid "Size of email field" msgstr "电子邮箱字段的长度" msgid "Did not save to map table due to NULL value for key field @field" msgstr "由于关键字段 @field 的值为 NULL，所以未保存至映射表" msgid "A boolean indicating whether the node is visible on the front page." msgstr "用于指示节点是否在首页上可见的布尔值。" msgid "" "A boolean indicating whether the node should sort to the top of " "content lists." msgstr "用于指示节点是否应排序到内容列表顶部的布尔值。" msgid "Default argument validator" msgstr "缺省参数验证程序" msgid "" "Operations on Unicode strings are emulated on a best-effort basis. " "Install the PHP mbstring " "extension for improved Unicode support." msgstr "" "我们已经尽最大努力处理Unicode字符串，请安装PHP " "mbstring扩展来改善对Unicode的支持。" msgid "The %entity_type entity type needs to be installed." msgstr "需要安装实体类型 %entity_type。" msgid "The %entity_type entity type needs to be updated." msgstr "需要更新实体类型 %entity_type。" msgid "The %field_name field needs to be installed." msgstr "需要安装字段 %field_name。" msgid "The %field_name field needs to be updated." msgstr "需要更新字段 %field_name。" msgid "The %field_name field needs to be uninstalled." msgstr "需要卸载字段 %field_name。" msgid "Custom text: @true_label / @false_label" msgstr "自定义文本: @true_label / @false_label" msgid "Display: @true_label / @false_label" msgstr "显示: @true_label / @false_label" msgid "" "See the documentation for PHP date formats." msgstr "" "参见 PHP日期格式的文档." msgid "Language list ID" msgstr "语言列表 ID" msgid "Completed step @current of @total." msgstr "已完成第 @current 步（共 @total 步）。" msgid "" "This site has only a single language enabled. Add at least one more language in order to " "translate content." msgstr "" "此站点仅启用了一种语言。至少再添加一种语言以便翻译内容。" msgid "" "Describe a time by reference to the current day, like '+90 days' (90 " "days from the day the field is created) or '+1 Saturday' (the next " "Saturday). See strtotime " "for more details." msgstr "" "通过引用当前日期来描述时间，如“+90 " "天”（与创建字段的日期相差 90 天）或“+1 " "个周六”（下一个周六）。请参阅 strtotime " "以获取更多详细信息。" msgid "The type of the log entry, for example \"user\" or \"page not found\"." msgstr "日志条目的类型，例如“用户”或“找不到页面”。" msgid "" "The %field_type_label field type is used in the following field: " "@fields" msgid_plural "" "The %field_type_label field type is used in the following fields: " "@fields" msgstr[0] "%field_type_label 字段类型在下列字段中使用：@fields" msgstr[1] "%field_type_label 字段类型在下列字段中使用：@fields" msgid "File MIME Type" msgstr "文件 MIME 类型" msgid "" "This module is experimental. Experimental modules " "are provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk." msgstr "" "这是实验模块。实验模块仅用于测试目的。使用它们的风险由您自己承担。" msgid "" "The maximum allowed image size expressed as WIDTH×HEIGHT (e.g. " "640×480). Leave blank for no restriction. If a larger image is " "uploaded, it will be resized to reflect the given width and height. " "Resizing images on upload will cause the loss of EXIF " "data in the image." msgstr "" "允许的最大图像大小，以宽度×高度（例如，640×480）格式表示。将此选项留空则表示无限制。如果上传的图像较大，那么将调整其大小以反映给定的宽度和高度。上传时调整图像大小将导致丢失图像中的 " "EXIF " "数据。" msgid "" "The domain names to use for these languages. Modifying this " "value may break existing URLs. Use with caution in a production " "environment. Example: Specifying \"de.example.com\" as " "language domain for German will result in a URL like " "\"http://de.example.com/contact\"." msgstr "" "要用于这些语言的域名。修改此值可能损坏现有 " "URL。在生产环境中，请谨慎使用。示例：针对德语指定“de.example.com”作为语言域会生成类似“http://de.example.com/contact”的 " "URL。" msgid "URL query key value pairs" msgstr "URL 查询键值对" msgid "URL fragment" msgstr "URL 片段" msgid "Operation stopped by request" msgstr "操作已被请求停止" msgid "Operation on @migration failed" msgstr "对 @migration 执行的操作失败" msgid "Operation on @migration skipped due to unfulfilled dependencies" msgstr "" "由于未实现的依赖关系，所以已跳过对 @migration " "的操作" msgid "Currently upgrading @migration (@current of @max total tasks)" msgstr "" "当前正在升级 @migration（第 @current 个任务，共 @max " "个任务）" msgid "Upgrade process not completed" msgstr "升级过程未完成" msgid "Congratulations, you upgraded Drupal!" msgstr "恭喜，您已升级 Drupal！" msgid "Review the detailed upgrade log" msgstr "查看详细的升级日志" msgid "Completed 1 upgrade task successfully" msgid_plural "Completed @count upgrade tasks successfully" msgstr[0] "成功完成1个更新任务" msgstr[1] "成功完成@count个更新任务" msgid "1 upgrade failed" msgid_plural "@count upgrades failed" msgstr[0] "1 个更新失败" msgstr[1] "@count个更新失败" msgid "Put this site into maintenance mode." msgstr "将此站点置于维护方式。" msgid "Source database" msgstr "源数据库" msgid "" "Provide credentials for the database of the Drupal site you want to " "upgrade." msgstr "提供要升级的 Drupal 站点的数据库凭证。" msgid "Source files" msgstr "源文件" msgid "Review upgrade" msgstr "复查升级" msgid "Perform upgrade" msgstr "执行升级" msgid "Running upgrade" msgstr "运行升级" msgid "" "Control which roles can \"View the administration theme\" on the Permissions page." msgstr "" "控制何种角色可以在权限页面“查看管理主题”。" msgid "" "Create and manage fields, forms, and display settings for your " "content." msgstr "创建和管理内容的字段、表单和显示设置。" msgid "The language code of the URL alias." msgstr "URL 别名的语言代码。" msgid "" "The Syslog module logs events by sending messages to the logging " "facility of your web server's operating system. Syslog is an operating " "system administrative logging tool that provides valuable information " "for use in system management and security auditing. Most suited to " "medium and large sites, Syslog provides filtering tools that allow " "messages to be routed by type and severity. For more information, see " "the online documentation for the Syslog " "module, as well as PHP's documentation pages for the openlog and syslog " "functions." msgstr "" "“系统日志”模块通过向 Web " "服务器操作系统的日志记录工具发送消息来记录事件。系统日志是操作系统管理日志记录工具，其提供非常有用的信息以用于系统管理和安全审计。“系统日志”最适合于大中型站点，其提供了一些过滤工具以用于按类型和严重性传输消息。有关更多信息，请参阅“系统日志”模块的联机文档，以及 " "openlog 和 " "syslog " "功能的 PHP 文档页面。" msgid "" "Experimental modules found: %module_list. Experimental modules are provided for testing " "purposes only. Use at your own risk." msgstr "" "找到实验模块：%module_list。实验模块仅用于测试目的。使用它们的风险由您自己承担。" msgid "" "PHP OPcode caching can improve your site's performance considerably. " "It is highly recommended to have OPcache installed on your server." msgstr "" "PHP OPcode " "缓存可显著提升站点性能。强烈建议在服务器上安装 " "OPcache。" msgid "Protection disabled" msgstr "已禁用保护" msgid "" "Experimental modules are provided for testing " "purposes only. Use at your own risk." msgstr "" "实验模块仅用于测试目的。使用它们的风险由您自己承担。" msgid "The vocabulary name." msgstr "词汇表的名字." msgid "Name (autocomplete)" msgstr "名称（自动补全）" msgid "" "The user or author name. Uses an autocomplete widget to find a user " "name, the actual filter uses the resulting user ID." msgstr "用户或作者姓名。使用自动补全窗口小部件以查找用户名，实际过滤器使用生成的用户标识。" msgid "" "When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter " "value. Do not use this unless with Postgres as it uses case sensitive " "comparisons." msgstr "" "在打印 URL " "路径时，如何转换过滤器值的大小写。只能将此选项用于 " "Postgres，因为它使用区分大小写的比较。" msgid "Specify which display or custom URL this display will link to." msgstr "指定此显示将链接至哪个显示或定制 URL。" msgid "" "This will add a more link to the bottom of this view, which will link " "to the page view. If you have more than one page view, the link will " "point to the display specified in 'Link display' section under pager. " "You can override the URL at the link display setting." msgstr "" "这将在此视图底部添加“更多”链接以链接至页面视图。如果您有多个页面视图，此链接将指向页面调度程序下的“链接显示”部分中指定的显示。您可以覆盖链接显示设置中的 " "URL。" msgid "" "When printing URL paths, how to transform the case of the filter " "value." msgstr "在打印 URL 路径时，如何转换过滤器值的大小写。" msgid "This identifier has illegal characters." msgstr "标识符中含有非法字符。" msgid "" "The field that is going to be used as the OPML URL attribute for each " "row." msgstr "将用作每一行的 OPML URL 属性的字段。" msgid "" "[user:display-name],\n" "\n" "Your account on [site:name] has been blocked.\n" "\n" "-- [site:name] team" msgstr "" "[user:display-name]，\r\n" "\r\n" "您在网站 [site:name] 的帐号已被冻结。\r\n" "\r\n" "-- [site:name] 团队" msgid "Module Permissions" msgstr "模块权限" msgid "workspace" msgstr "工作区" msgid "Activate Workspace" msgstr "激活工作区" msgid "Would you like to activate the %workspace workspace?" msgstr "你想要激活 %workspace工作区吗?" msgid "The workspace name." msgstr "工作区名字." msgid "The workspace owner." msgstr "工作区所有者." msgid "The time that the workspace was last edited." msgstr "工作区最近编辑的时间." msgid "The user ID of the user on which the log entry was written." msgstr "写入日志条目的用户ID" msgid "Bundle assigned to the auto-created entities." msgstr "批量分配给自动生成的实体对象" msgid "Add a new @entity_type." msgstr "添加新的 @entity_type。" msgid "There is no @entity_type yet. @add_link" msgstr "@entity_type 不存在。 @add_link" msgid "Store new items in" msgstr "存储新的条目到" msgid "" "For more information, refer to the help listed on this page or to the " "online documentation and support pages at drupal.org." msgstr "" "要想获得更多信息，请参考本页已列出的帮助信息或前往 " "drupal.org 的在线文档和支持页面。" msgid "There is currently nothing in this section." msgstr "此部分中当前不含任何内容。" msgid "Module overviews" msgstr "模块总览" msgid "" "Module overviews are provided by modules. Overviews available for your " "installed modules:" msgstr "模块总览是按模块排列的。您目前安装了以下模块：" msgid "" "A serialized array of options to set on the URL, such as a query " "string or HTML attributes." msgstr "" "要在 URL " "上设置的选项的序列化数组，例如，查询字符串或 " "HTML 属性。" msgid "Source database does not contain a recognizable Drupal version." msgstr "源数据库不包含可识别的 Drupal 版本。" msgid "" "The System module provides pages for managing basic site " "configuration, including Date and time " "formats and Basic site settings (site " "name, email address to send mail from, home page, and error pages). " "Additional configuration pages are listed on the main Configuration page." msgstr "" "“系统”模块提供用于管理基本站点配置的页面，包括日期和时间格式和基本站点设置（站点名称、用于发送邮件的电子邮件地址、主页和错误页）。主配置页面上列出了其他配置页面。" msgid "Basic site settings" msgstr "网站基本设置" msgid "Select and configure themes." msgstr "选择并配置主题。" msgid "Configure the location of uploaded files and how they are accessed." msgstr "配置上传文件的位置，以及访问文件的方式。" msgid "Configure and use development tools." msgstr "配置并使用开发工具。" msgid "Take the site offline for updates and other maintenance tasks." msgstr "将站点置为离线，以便进行更新和其他维护任务。" msgid "Configure caching and bandwidth optimization." msgstr "配置缓存和带宽优化。" msgid "Configure the display of error messages and database logging." msgstr "配置错误消息显示和数据库日志。" msgid "Configure regional settings, localization, and translation." msgstr "配置区域设置、本地化和翻译。" msgid "Configure the locale and timezone settings." msgstr "配置语系和时区设置。" msgid "Configure how dates and times are displayed." msgstr "配置日期和时间的显示方式。" msgid "Configure site search, metadata, and search engine optimization." msgstr "配置网站搜索、metadata和搜索引擎优化。" msgid "Configure basic site settings, actions, and cron." msgstr "配置站点基本设置、动作和计划任务。" msgid "Configure the administrative user interface." msgstr "配置管理用户界面。" msgid "Manage the content workflow." msgstr "管理内容的工作流。" msgid "Configure content formatting and authoring." msgstr "配置内容格式和作者。" msgid "Get a status report about your site's operation." msgstr "获得关于站点操作的状态报告。" msgid "Delete @entity_type" msgstr "删除@entity_type" msgid "View the latest version" msgstr "查看最新版本" msgid "Allowed Tags" msgstr "允许的标签" msgctxt "Entity type label" msgid "@count @label" msgid_plural "@count @label entities" msgstr[0] "@count @label" msgstr[1] "@count @label 实体" msgid "Changed year + month" msgstr "更改年 + 月" msgid "Changed year" msgstr "更改年" msgid "Changed month" msgstr "更改月" msgid "Changed day" msgstr "更改日" msgid "Changed week" msgstr "更改星期" msgid "content item" msgstr "内容项" msgid "content items" msgstr "内容项" msgid "Create a new workspace" msgstr "创建一个新的工作区" msgid "View own workspace" msgstr "查看自己的工作区" msgid "View any workspace" msgstr "查看任意工作区" msgid "Edit own workspace" msgstr "编辑自己的工作区" msgid "Edit any workspace" msgstr "编辑任意工作区" msgid "Delete own workspace" msgstr "删除自己的工作区" msgid "Delete any workspace" msgstr "删除任意工作区" msgid "Bypass content entity access in own workspace" msgstr "在自己的工作区内，绕过内容实体访问控制" msgid "" "Allow all Edit/Update/Delete permissions for all content entities in a " "workspace owned by the user." msgstr "对于一个工作区内，用户所拥有的所有内容，允许所有的编辑/更新/删除权限." msgid "Is Latest Revision" msgstr "是最新修订版" msgid "" "Restrict the view to only revisions that are the latest revision of " "their entity." msgstr "将该视图仅限于实体的最新修订版。" msgid "" "Sends pages using the BigPipe technique that allows browsers to show " "them much faster." msgstr "使用BigPipe技术发送页面，让浏览器能更快地显示它们。" msgid "" "The Migrate Drupal UI module has been enabled. Proceed to the upgrade form." msgstr "" "已启用“迁移 Drupal UI”模块。继续至升级表单。" msgid "Migrate Drupal UI" msgstr "迁移 Drupal UI" msgid "Provides a user interface for migrating from older Drupal versions." msgstr "" "提供一个用户界面以用于从较低版本的 Drupal " "进行迁移。" msgid "Queue thumbnail downloads" msgstr "缩略图下载队列" msgid "Save media" msgstr "保存媒体" msgid "Thumbnail downloader" msgstr "缩略图下载器" msgid "Parent path" msgstr "父路径" msgid "Selected combination of day and month is not valid." msgstr "所选择的日和月是无效组合。" msgid "The import failed with the following message: %message" msgstr "导入失败， 详情: %message" msgid "Use multiple @tag tags, each with a single source." msgstr "在单个源内，使用多个@tag标签." msgid "Use multiple sources within a single @tag tag." msgstr "在一个 @tag 标签内使用多个源." msgid "Media Embed" msgstr "多媒体嵌入" msgid "Expand all menu links" msgstr "展开所有菜单链接" msgid "Parent menu link" msgstr "父菜单链接" msgid "Configuration entities" msgstr "配置实体" msgid "@label revision" msgstr "@label 修订版本" msgid "Publish media" msgstr "发布媒体" msgid "Unpublish media" msgstr "取消发布媒体" msgid "Determines if a password needs hashing" msgstr "判定密码是否需要加密(Hashing)" msgid "" "The upload directory %directory for the file field %name could not be " "created or is not accessible. A newly uploaded file could not be saved " "in this directory as a consequence, and the upload was canceled." msgstr "" "无法创建或者无法访问文件字段 %name 的上传目录 " "%directory。因此，无法在此目录中保存新上传的文件，并且上传操作被取消。" msgid "Multilingual support." msgstr "多语种支持。" msgid "Lock language." msgstr "锁定语言。" msgid "%type: @message in %function (line %line of %file) @backtrace_string." msgstr "" "%type：@message 在函数 %function（文件 %file 第 %line " "行）@backtrace_string。" msgid "Starting execution of @module_cron()." msgstr "开始执行 @module_cron()。" msgid "" "Starting execution of @module_cron(), execution of " "@module_previous_cron() took @time." msgstr "" "开始执行 @module_cron(), 执行 @module_previous_cron() 耗费 " "@time。" msgid "Execution of @module_previous_cron() took @time." msgstr "执行 @module_previous_cron() 耗费 @time。" msgid "" "There is content for the entity type: @entity_type. Remove @entity_type_plural." msgstr "" "实体类型: @entity_type。删除@entity_type_plural。" msgid "" "View display '@id': Comment field formatter '@name' was disabled " "because it is using the comment view display '@display' (@mode) that " "was just disabled." msgstr "视图显示“@id”：已禁用评论字段格式化程序“@name”，因为它使用了刚被禁用的评论视图显示“@display”(@mode)。" msgid "The comment entity view mode to be used in this formatter" msgstr "在这个格式器化中使用的评论实体的查看模式" msgid "Comments view mode" msgstr "评论的查看模式" msgid "Select the view mode used to show the list of comments." msgstr "选择评论列表的显示类型。" msgid "Comment view mode: @mode" msgstr "评论的查看模式：@mode" msgid "@name: @langcode" msgstr "@name: @langcode" msgid "" "The configuration objects have different language codes so they cannot " "be translated:" msgstr "配置对象具有不同的语言代码，因此不可翻译：" msgid "Message displayed to user on submission" msgstr "在提交时向用户显示的消息" msgid "Redirect path on submission" msgstr "提交时的重定向路径" msgid "" "The message to display to the user after submission of this form. " "Leave blank for no message." msgstr "在提交此表单后要向用户显示的消息。将此选项留空则不显示任何消息。" msgid "" "Path to redirect the user to after submission of this form. For " "example, type \"/about\" to redirect to that page. Use a relative path " "with a slash in front." msgstr "在提交此表单后要将用户重定向到的路径。例如，输入“/about”以重定向到该页面。请使用前面带有斜杠的相对路径。" msgid "The path should start with /." msgstr "路径必须以'/'开头。" msgid "Use custom display settings for the following @display_context modes" msgstr "将定制显示设置用于以下 @display_context 方式" msgid "Manage form modes" msgstr "管理表单方式" msgid "Storing files" msgstr "存储文件" msgid "Let scale make images larger than their original size." msgstr "通过缩放使图像比原始大小更大。" msgid "" "To import files from your current Drupal site, enter a local file " "directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot), or your site " "address (for example http://example.com)." msgstr "" "要从当前 Drupal " "站点导入文件，请输入包含站点的本地文件目录（例如，/var/www/docroot）或站点地址（例如，http://example.com）。" msgid "Use administration theme when editing or creating content" msgstr "在编辑或创建内容时使用管理主题" msgid "Set as current revision" msgstr "设置为当前修订版" msgid "" "Specify an alternative path by which this data can be accessed. For " "example, type \"/about\" when writing an about page." msgstr "指定可用于访问此数据的备用路径。例如，在编写关于页面时，输入“/about”。" msgid "Administer REST resource configuration" msgstr "管理 REST 资源配置" msgid "Supported methods" msgstr "受支持的方法" msgid "Supported authentication providers" msgstr "受支持的认证服务提供者" msgid "REST resource config" msgstr "REST 资源配置" msgid "REST resource config ID" msgstr "REST 资源配置标识" msgid "REST resource plugin id" msgstr "REST 资源插件标识" msgid "REST resource configuration granularity" msgstr "REST 资源配置详细级别" msgid "REST resource configuration" msgstr "REST 资源配置" msgid "Authentication Provider" msgstr "认证服务提供者" msgid "No authentication is set" msgstr "未设置认证" msgid "The supported authentication methods for this view" msgstr "此视图支持的认证方法" msgid "" "Control default display settings for your site, across all themes. Use " "theme-specific settings to override these defaults." msgstr "控制站点的默认显示设置，适用于全部主题。如果想要取代默认值，可使用主题特定的设置。" msgid "administration theme" msgstr "管理主题" msgid "Are you sure you want to delete all @entity_type_plural?" msgstr "是否确定要删除所有 @entity_type_plural？" msgid "" "This action cannot be undone.
!base_url!timestamp!type!ip!request_uri!referer!severity!uid!link!message!base_url!timestamp!type!ip!request_uri!referer!severity!uid!link!messagedestination parameter in the link to return the "
"user to the original view upon completing the link action. Most "
"operations include a destination by default and this setting is no "
"longer needed."
msgstr ""
"在链接中强制添加 destination "
"参数，这样用户完成链接操作后，会返回原始页面.大多数操作，默认都包含了这个目标参数，所以这个配置没有多少用处了."
msgid "Hint text that appears inside the Min field when empty."
msgstr "Min字段为空时，显示在字段里面的提示文本."
msgid "Hint text that appears inside the Max field when empty."
msgstr "Max字段为空时，显示在字段里面的提示文本."
msgid "Hint text that appears inside the field when empty."
msgstr "字段为空时，显示在字段里面的提示文本."
msgid ""
"There are no workflow types available. In order to create workflows "
"you need to install a module that provides a workflow type. For "
"example, the Content Moderation "
"module provides a workflow type that enables workflows for content "
"entities."
msgstr ""
"现在没有可用的工作流类型. "
"为了创建工作流，你需要安装一个提供了工作流类型的模块. "
"比如, 内容审核 "
"模块，它提供了一个可用于内容实体的工作流类型."
msgid "Transition label"
msgstr "转换标签"
msgid "A locally hosted audio file."
msgstr "本地托管的音频文件。"
msgid "A locally hosted video file."
msgstr "本地托管的视频文件。"
msgid "Workspace name"
msgstr "工作区名字"
msgid "Name (A-Z)"
msgstr "名称 (A-Z)"
msgid "Name (Z-A)"
msgstr "名称 (Z-A)"
msgid ""
"A flag indicating whether this was a default revision when it was "
"saved."
msgstr "一个标志，指示它在保存时是否为默认版本。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Entity untranslatable fields"
msgstr "实体不可译的字段"
msgid ""
"The Content Moderation module allows you to expand on Drupal's "
"\"unpublished\" and \"published\" states for content. It allows you to "
"have a published version that is live, but have a separate working "
"copy that is undergoing review before it is published. This is "
"achieved by using Workflows to apply "
"different states and transitions to entities as needed. For more "
"information, see the online "
"documentation for the Content Moderation module."
msgstr ""
"内容审核模块，允许你扩展Drupal的\"未发布\"和\"发布\"状态. "
"It allows you to have a published version that is live, but have a "
"separate working copy that is undergoing review before it is "
"published. "
"它允许你有一个正在使用的发布版本，同时有一个尚未发布、正处于审核状态的独立工作拷贝，实现方式是通过使用工作流 "
"，根据需要将不用的状态、转移应用到实体. "
"更多信息,参看内容审核模块的在线文档."
msgid "Applying workflows"
msgstr "提交工作流"
msgid "Moderating content"
msgstr "审核内容"
msgid ""
"You can view a list of content awaiting moderation on the moderated content page. This will show any "
"content in an unpublished state, such as Draft or Archived, to help "
"surface content that requires more work from content editors."
msgstr ""
"在 内容审核页面，你可以看到等待审核的内容列表. "
"这里将显示处于未发布状态的任何内容，比如草稿、归档的内容，就是那些需要内容编辑们进一步完善的内容."
msgid ""
"Each transition is exposed as a permission. If a user has the "
"permission for a transition, they can use the transition to change the "
"state of the content item, from Draft to Published."
msgstr "每个转换都作为权限公开。如果用户具有转换权限，则可以使用转换来更改内容项的状态，从草稿更改为已发布。"
msgid "Hide non translatable fields on translation forms"
msgstr "隐藏翻译表单上的不可翻译字段"
msgid "Content translation bundle settings"
msgstr "内容翻译捆绑设置"
msgid "Bundle settings values"
msgstr "捆绑设置值"
msgid ""
"Fields that apply to all languages are hidden to avoid conflicting "
"changes. Edit them on the original language form."
msgstr ""
"应用到全部语言的字段将被隐藏，以避免更改时发生冲突。 "
"在原始语言表单编辑它们。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Content translation synchronized fields"
msgstr ""
"内容翻译同步字段\r\n"
"在上下文中：验证"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the "
"current revision."
msgstr "只能在更新当前版本时更改不可翻译的字段元素。"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable field elements can only be changed when updating the "
"original language."
msgstr "只有在更新原始语言时才能更改不可翻译的字段元素。"
msgid "The node language."
msgstr "节点的语言。"
msgid ""
"This layout builder tool allows you to configure the layout of the "
"main content area."
msgstr "使用布局构造器可对主要内容区布局进行配置"
msgid ""
"To manage other areas of the page, use the block "
"administration page."
msgstr ""
"管理页面其他区域，可访问 区块管理页面。"
msgid "To manage other areas of the page, use the block administration page."
msgstr "管理页面其他区域，可访问区块管理页面。"
msgid ""
"For more information, see the online documentation for the "
"Layout Builder module."
msgstr ""
"点击 布局构造器模块在线文档以了解更多。"
msgid "Configure any layout"
msgstr "配置任意布局"
msgid "Configure section"
msgstr "配置分区"
msgid "Per-view-mode Layout Builder settings"
msgstr "Per-view-mode 布局构建器设置"
msgid "Allow a customized layout"
msgstr "允许一个自定义布局"
msgid "Layout section"
msgstr "布局分区"
msgid "Edit layout for %label"
msgstr "为 %label 编辑布局"
msgid "The layout override has been saved."
msgstr "布局的覆写已被保存。"
msgid "The changes to the layout have been discarded."
msgstr "已放弃对布局的更改。"
msgid "@entity being viewed"
msgstr "@entity 正被查看"
msgid "@bundle @label"
msgstr "@bundle @label"
msgid "Allow each @entity to have its layout customized."
msgstr "允许每个 @entity 都可以自定义布局."
msgid ""
"You must revert all customized layouts of this display before you can "
"disable this option."
msgstr "在你要禁用这个选项之前，你必须要重置这个显示的所有自定义布局."
msgid "The layout has been reverted back to defaults."
msgstr "布局已被重置为默认状态."
msgid "Layout Section"
msgstr "布局分区"
msgid "A layout section"
msgstr "布局分区"
msgid ""
"Create your media on the media "
"add page (opens a new window), then add it by name to the field "
"below."
msgstr ""
"在多媒体添加页面创建你的多媒体 "
"(打开一个新的窗口),接着按照名字将它添加到下面的字段上."
msgid "Use existing media"
msgstr "使用现有媒体"
msgid "Type part of the media name."
msgstr "键入媒体名称的一部分。"
msgid ""
"See the media list (opens "
"a new window) to help locate media."
msgstr ""
"参看多媒体列表 "
"(打开一个新的窗口) ，方便定位多媒体内容."
msgid "Allowed media types: %types"
msgstr "允许的媒体类型：%types"
msgid "Media item"
msgstr "多媒体条目"
msgid "Create new media"
msgstr "创建新媒体"
msgid ""
"The next page provides an overview of the modules that will be "
"upgraded and those that will not be upgraded, before you proceed to "
"perform the upgrade."
msgstr "下一页提供了模块升级情况概览，包括哪些模块将被升级，哪些模块将不被升级，在你执行升级操作前."
msgid "Import new configuration and content from old site"
msgstr "从旧站点导入新的配置和内容"
msgid "Modules that will not be upgraded"
msgstr "将不被升级的模块"
msgid "Modules that will be upgraded"
msgstr "将被升级的模块"
msgid "What will be upgraded?"
msgstr "什么将被升级?"
msgid "Module will not be upgraded"
msgid_plural "Modules will not be upgraded"
msgstr[0] "将不被升级的模块"
msgstr[1] "将不被升级的模块"
msgid "Module will be upgraded"
msgid_plural "Modules will be upgraded"
msgstr[0] "将被升级的模块"
msgstr[1] "将被升级的模块"
msgid ""
"Provide text to display if this field contains an empty result. You "
"may include HTML. You may enter data from this view as per the "
"\"Replacement patterns\" in the \"Rewrite Results\" section above."
msgstr "如果这个字段包含了一个空结果，此时要显示的文本.你可以包含HTML.你可以在这里输入，\"重写结果\"部分中\"替换模式\"所列的这个视图可用数据."
msgid "Experimental installation profile used"
msgstr "使用的实验安装轮廓(profile)"
msgid ""
"Experimental profiles are provided for testing purposes only. Use at "
"your own risk. To start building a new site, reinstall Drupal and "
"choose a non-experimental profile."
msgstr ""
"实验安装轮廓(profile)仅用于测试目的. "
"使用时风险自负. "
"要构建一个新网站，请重新安装Drupal并选择一个非实验性的安装轮廓(profile)。"
msgid "Demo: Umami Food Magazine (Experimental)"
msgstr "示例：Umami 食品杂志（实验）"
msgid ""
"Install an example site that shows off some of Drupal’s "
"capabilities."
msgstr "安装一个示例站点，用来展示Drupal建站的部分能力."
msgid "Umami demo: Content"
msgstr "Umami演示站点: 内容"
msgid "Imports the content for the Umami demo."
msgstr "导入Umami 演示站点的内容."
msgid "Search by keyword, ingredient, dish"
msgstr "搜索关键字，配料，菜"
msgid "Umami"
msgstr "Umami"
msgid "The theme used for the Umami food magazine demonstration site."
msgstr "该主题用于Umami 食品杂志的演示站点。"
msgid "Go to the search page"
msgstr "转到搜索页面"
msgid " @created_date"
msgstr " @created_date"
msgid "Tell us what you think"
msgstr "告诉我们您的想法"
msgid "Banner block"
msgstr "横幅区块"
msgid ""
"A banner block contains a title, summary, link to content and a "
"background image. The background image is scaled to fill the browser's "
"width."
msgstr "横幅区块包含标题、摘要、内容的链接和背景图像，背景图像被缩放到充满浏览器的宽度。"
msgid "A disclaimer block contains disclaimer and copyright text."
msgstr "免责声明区块包含免责声明以及版权文字。"
msgid "Footer promo block"
msgstr "页脚推广区块"
msgid ""
"A footer promo block contains a title, promo text, and a \"find out "
"more\" link."
msgstr "一个页脚的推广区块包括标题，推广文本和一个“查看更多”链接。"
msgid "Recipe Name"
msgstr "食谱名称"
msgid "Umami dates"
msgstr "鲜味日期"
msgctxt "PHP date format"
msgid "jS F Y"
msgstr "jS F Y"
msgid "Content Link"
msgstr "内容链接"
msgid "Find out more link"
msgstr "查看更多链接"
msgid "Promo text"
msgstr "促销文字"
msgid "Promo title"
msgstr "促销标题"
msgid "List the ingredients required for this recipe, one per item."
msgstr "列出此配方所需的配料，每个配料一个。"
msgid "Recipe category"
msgstr "食谱类别"
msgid "Provide a short overview of this recipe."
msgstr "简要介绍一下这个配方。"
msgid "Large 21:9 (1440x620)"
msgstr "大 21:9 (1440x620)"
msgid "Large 21:9 2x (2880x1240)"
msgstr "大 21:9 2x (2880x1240)"
msgid "Large 3:2 2x (1536x1024)"
msgstr "大 3:2 2x (1536x1024)"
msgid "Large 3:2 (768x512)"
msgstr "大 3:2 (768x512)"
msgid "Medium 21:9 (1024x440)"
msgstr "中 21:9 (1024x440)"
msgid "Medium 3:2 2x (1200x800)"
msgstr "中 3:2 2x (1200x800)"
msgid "Medium 3:2 (600x400)"
msgstr "中 3:2 (600x400)"
msgid "Medium 8:7 (266x236)"
msgstr "中 8:7 (266x236)"
msgid "Scale crop 7:3 large"
msgstr "比例修剪 7:3 large"
msgid "Small 21:9 (768x330)"
msgstr "小 21:9 (768x330)"
msgid "Square Large"
msgstr "方格大"
msgid "Square Medium"
msgstr "方格中"
msgid "Square Small"
msgstr "方格小"
msgid "3:2 Image"
msgstr "3:2 图像"
msgid "Hero or Banner"
msgstr "主角或横幅"
msgid "Articles aside"
msgstr "文章旁白"
msgid "More featured articles"
msgstr "更多特色文章"
msgid "A view to create a list of featured articles from the Umami website."
msgstr "从Umami网站创建精选文章列表的视图。"
msgid "Promoted Items"
msgstr "促销品"
msgid "A view to list the items promoted to the top of the homepage."
msgstr "列出推广到主页顶部的项目的视图。"
msgid "Promoted Items Double"
msgstr "推广项目两个"
msgid "Attachment: Promoted Items Double"
msgstr "附件：促销品两个"
msgid "Block: Promoted Items - Single"
msgstr "区块：推荐项目 - 单条"
msgid "Recipes listing"
msgstr "食谱清单"
msgid "Umami Recipes Banner"
msgstr "Umami食谱横幅"
msgid "Umami disclaimer"
msgstr "Umami免责声明"
msgid "Umami footer promo"
msgstr "Umami页脚促销"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the current "
"revision."
msgstr "不可翻译的字段只能在更新当前版本时更改。"
msgid ""
"Non-translatable fields can only be changed when updating the original "
"language."
msgstr "不可翻译字段只能在更新原始语言时更改。"
msgid ""
"Moderated content requires non-translatable fields to be edited in the "
"original language form."
msgstr "审核内容要求以原始语言形式编辑不可翻译字段。"
msgid "Translations cannot be flagged as outdated when content is moderated."
msgstr "在审核内容时，不能将翻译标记为过时。"
msgid ""
"The \"Delete translation\" action is only available for published "
"translations."
msgstr "“删除翻译”操作仅适用于已发布的翻译。"
msgid ""
"@label (Original translation) - The following @entity_type "
"translations will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
"@label（原始翻译） - "
"以下@entity_type翻译将被删除："
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this @item?"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to delete these @items?"
msgstr[0] "你确定要删除这个 @item 吗？"
msgstr[1] "您确定要删除这些 @items 吗？"
msgid "Deleted @count item."
msgid_plural "Deleted @count items."
msgstr[0] "删除了@count项目。"
msgstr[1] "删除了@count项目。"
msgid ""
"@count item has not been deleted because you do not have the necessary "
"permissions."
msgid_plural ""
"@count items have not been deleted because you do not have the "
"necessary permissions."
msgstr[0] "@count项目尚未删除，因为您没有必要的权限。"
msgstr[1] "@count项目尚未删除，因为您没有必要的权限。"
msgid "Insert selected"
msgstr "插入选中的"
msgid "Content block"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "The field \"%field\" failed to render with the error of \"%error\"."
msgstr "字段\"%field\"呈现失败，出现错误 \"%error\"."
msgid "The @uri field is required when the @title field is specified."
msgstr "当 @title 字段指定时，@uri字段是必须的."
msgid "Language for this menu."
msgstr "这个菜单的语言。"
msgid "Menu link title translation."
msgstr "菜单链接标题的翻译。"
msgid "Menu link description translation."
msgstr "菜单链接描述的翻译。"
msgid "Follow-up migration tags"
msgstr "追踪迁移的标签"
msgid "@label (@derivative)"
msgstr "@label (@derivative)"
msgid ""
"Provide the information to access the Drupal site you want to upgrade. "
"Files can be imported into the upgraded site as well. See the Upgrade documentation for more detailed "
"instructions."
msgstr ""
"提供可以访问你要升级的Drupal站点的信息. "
"文件也可以导入到升级后的站点. "
"更多详情，请参看升级文档."
msgid "@tags"
msgstr ""
"要为此字段显示的文本。您可以根据下面的“替换模式”从该视图输入数据。您可以包含twig或以下允许的HTML标签：@tags"
msgid ""
"The field that is going to be used as the OPML XML URL attribute for "
"each row."
msgstr "这个字段将被用作每行的OPML XML URL属性。"
msgid "Managing content"
msgstr "管理内容"
msgid "The file %filename could not be uploaded because the name is invalid."
msgstr "%filename 文件名不合法，所以不能上传。"
msgid "Added media items"
msgstr "添加的多媒体条目"
msgid "Removing @label."
msgstr "删除 @label."
msgid "Additional selected media"
msgstr "附加选中的多媒体"
msgid "Select @name"
msgstr "选择 @name"
msgid "Save and insert"
msgstr "保存并插入"
msgid "The media item %label has been removed."
msgstr "多媒体条目 %label 已被删除."
msgid ""
"The media item has been created but has not yet been saved. Fill in "
"any required fields and save to add it to the media library."
msgid_plural ""
"The media items have been created but have not yet been saved. Fill in "
"any required fields and save to add them to the media library."
msgstr[0] "这个媒体条目已创建，但尚未保存。填写所有必填字段并保存，以将其添加到多媒体库中。"
msgstr[1] "这些媒体条目已创建，但尚未保存。填写所有必填字段并保存，以将其添加到多媒体库中。"
msgid ""
"The JSON:API and RESTful Web Services modules serve similar "
"purposes. Read the comparison of the RESTFul "
"Web Services and JSON:API modules to determine the best choice for "
"your site."
msgstr ""
"JSON:API和RESTful Web 服务模块的作用类似。阅读RESTFul Web "
"服务和JSON:API模块的比较 "
"，以确定您站点的最佳选择。"
msgid ""
"Some multilingual features currently do not work well with JSON:API. "
"See the JSON:API multilingual support "
"documentation for more information on the current status of "
"multilingual support."
msgstr ""
"目前，一些多语言功能无法与JSON:API很好地配合使用。有关多语言支持的最新状态的更多信息，请参看JSON:API多语言支持文档。"
msgid ""
"Revision support is currently read-only and only for the \"Content\" "
"and \"Media\" entity types in JSON:API. See the JSON:API revision support documentation for "
"more information on the current status of revision support."
msgstr ""
"对修订本的支持，目前只支持只读模式，并仅适用于JSON:API中的“内容”和“多媒体”实体类型。有关修订本支持的最新状态的更多信息，请参看JSON:API修订本支持文档 。"
msgid "JSON:API multilingual support"
msgstr "JSON:API 多语言支持"
msgid "JSON:API revision support"
msgstr "JSON:API 修订版本支持"
msgid "Configure whether to allow only read operations or all operations."
msgstr "配置是只允许读取操作还是允许所有操作。"
msgid "JSON:API settings"
msgstr "JSON:API 设置"
msgid "Restrict JSON:API to only read operations"
msgstr "将JSON:API限制为仅支持读取操作"
msgid "Allowed operations"
msgstr "允许的操作"
msgid "Accept only JSON:API read operations."
msgstr "只接受 JSON:API 的读操作。"
msgid "Accept all JSON:API create, read, update, and delete operations."
msgstr "接受 JSON:API 的创建、读、更新和删除所有操作。"
msgid ""
"Warning: Only enable all operations if the site requires it. Learn more about securing your site with JSON:API."
msgstr ""
"警告：仅在站点需要时才启用所有操作。了解有关使用JSON:API保护站点安全的更多信息。"
msgid "Widget (table)"
msgstr "小组件（表格）"
msgid ""
"Enter a comma-separated list. For example: Vegetarian, Chocolate "
"brownies, Appetizers"
msgstr ""
"输入以逗号分隔的列表，如：素食主义者, "
"巧克力布朗尼, 开胃菜"
msgid "Use this taxonomy to group recipes of the same type together."
msgstr "使用术语表对同类型的食谱进行分组。"
msgid "Recipe Collections"
msgstr "菜谱集"
msgid "Recipe collections"
msgstr "食谱集"
msgid "\"@block\" block"
msgstr "区块 \"@block\""
msgid ""
"The Layout Builder module makes a number of permissions available, "
"which can be set by role on the permissions "
"page. For more information, see the Configuring Layout Builder "
"permissions online documentation."
msgstr ""
"布局构建器模块提供多种可用权限，这些权限可以通过 "
"权限页面上按角色进行设置。有关更多信息，请参看配置布局构建器权限在线文档。"
msgid ""
"Warning: Layout Builder does not support translating "
"layouts. (online "
"documentation)"
msgstr ""
"警告: 布局构建器不支持翻译布局。(在线文本)"
msgid "Manage the single-use blocks within the Layout Builder"
msgstr "管理在布局构建器中使用的一次性区块"
msgid "Block previews are visible. Block labels are hidden."
msgstr "区块预览可见，区块标签被隐藏。"
msgid "Block previews are hidden. Block labels are visible."
msgstr "区块预览被隐藏，区块标签可见。"
msgid "%entity_type - %bundle: Configure all layout overrides"
msgstr "%entity_type - %bundle: 配置所有布局覆写"
msgid ""
"Warning: Allows configuring the layout even if the user cannot edit "
"the @entity_type_singular itself."
msgstr ""
"警告：即使用户无法编辑 @entity_type_singular "
"本身，也允许配置布局。"
msgid ""
"%entity_type - %bundle: Configure layout overrides for "
"@entity_type_plural that the user can edit"
msgstr ""
"%entity_type - "
"%bundle:为用户可以编辑的@entity_type_plural配置布局覆写"
msgid "%entity_type: Configure all layout overrides"
msgstr "%entity_type: 配置所有布局覆写"
msgid ""
"%entity_type: Configure layout overrides for @entity_type_plural that "
"the user can edit"
msgstr "%entity_type:为用户可以编辑的@entity_type_plural配置布局覆写"
msgid "Layout Builder user interface"
msgstr "布局构造器的用户界面"
msgid "Placeholder for the @preview_fallback"
msgstr "@preview_fallback的占位符"
msgid "You are editing the layout template for all @bundle @plural_label."
msgstr "你正在为所有的@bundle @plural_label编辑布局模板。"
msgid "You are editing the layout template for all @plural_label."
msgstr "你正在为所有的@plural_label编辑布局模板。"
msgid "Section: @delta"
msgstr "区段：@delta"
msgid "Blocks in Section: @section, Region: @region"
msgstr "区块所在区段: @section, 区域: @region"
msgid "@label (current)"
msgstr "@label（当前）"
msgid "Move the @block_label block"
msgstr "移动 @block_label 区块"
msgid ""
"You are editing the layout for this @bundle @singular_label. Edit the template for all @bundle @plural_label "
"instead."
msgstr ""
"你正在为@bundle @singular_label 编辑布局。 替代方案，为所有的 @bundle @plural_label "
"编辑模板。"
msgid ""
"You are editing the layout for this @singular_label. Edit the template for all @plural_label instead."
msgstr ""
"你正在为这个 @singular_label 编辑布局。 替代方案，为所有的 @plural_label "
"编辑模板。"
msgid "You are editing the layout for this @bundle @singular_label."
msgstr "您正在为这个 @bundle @singular_label 编辑布局。"
msgid "You are editing the layout for this @singular_label."
msgstr "您正在为这个 @singular_label 编辑布局、"
msgid "Show content preview"
msgstr "显示内容预览"
msgid "\"@field\" field"
msgstr "\"@field\" 字段"
msgid ""
"The RESTful Web Services and JSON:API modules serve similar purposes. Read the comparison of the RESTFul Web Services "
"and JSON:API modules to determine the best choice for your site."
msgstr ""
"RESTful Web 服务和JSON:API模块的作用类似。 阅读RESTFul Web "
"服务和JSON:API模块的比较，以确定您站点的最佳选择。"
msgid "\"@view\" views block"
msgstr "\"@view\" 视图区块"
msgid "Delete any file"
msgstr "删除任意文件"
msgid "Refresh interval in seconds"
msgstr "刷新频率，单位秒"
msgid "Add new @entity-type %label"
msgstr "添加新的 @entity-type %label"
msgid ""
"There are no allowed media types configured for this field. Edit the "
"field settings to select the allowed media types."
msgstr "没有为此字段配置允许的媒体类型，编辑字段设置以选择允许的媒体类型。"
msgid ""
"There are no allowed media types configured for this field. Edit the field settings to select the allowed media "
"types."
msgstr ""
"没有为此字段配置允许的媒体类型，编辑字段设置 选择允许的媒体类型。"
msgctxt "Workflow state label"
msgid "Archived"
msgstr "已归档"
msgctxt "Workflow state label"
msgid "Draft"
msgstr "草稿"
msgctxt "Workflow state label"
msgid "Published"
msgstr "已发布"
msgctxt "Workflow transition label"
msgid "Archive"
msgstr "归档"
msgctxt "Workflow transition label"
msgid "Restore to Draft"
msgstr "恢复为草稿"
msgctxt "Workflow transition label"
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "恢复"
msgctxt "Workflow transition label"
msgid "Create New Draft"
msgstr "创建新草稿"
msgctxt "Workflow transition label"
msgid "Publish"
msgstr "发布"
msgid ""
"Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection "
"did not exist on the filesystem. This could be caused by a missing "
"stream wrapper."
msgstr "在垃圾收集期间删除的临时文件\"%path\"，在文件系统中不存在。这可能是由于缺少流包装器造成的。"
msgid ""
"Temporary file \"%path\" that was deleted during garbage collection "
"did not exist on the filesystem."
msgstr "在垃圾收集期间删除的临时文件\"%path\"，在文件系统中不存在。"
msgid "Layout Builder tools"
msgstr "布局构造器工具"
msgid "Claro"
msgstr "Claro"
msgid "Claro settings"
msgstr "Claro 设置"
msgid "Tabs display toggle"
msgstr "选项卡显示切换"
msgid ""
"The %view_id view could not be updated automatically while processing "
"an entity schema update for the %entity_type_id entity type."
msgstr ""
"在处理 %entity_type_id "
"实体类型的实体模式更新时，无法自动更新 %view_id "
"视图。"
msgid ""
"Show @title media (selected)"
msgstr ""
"显示@title 多媒体 (选中的)"
msgid ""
"Show @title media"
msgstr ""
"显示@title 多媒体"
msgid "Adding selection."
msgstr "正在添加所选内容。"
msgid "Added one media item."
msgid_plural "Added @count media items."
msgstr[0] "添加了1个多媒体条目."
msgstr[1] "添加了@count个多媒体条目."
msgid "Term from URL"
msgstr "URL中的术语"
msgid "Filter the contents of the %view_title view"
msgstr "过滤 %view_title 视图的内容"
msgid "Content Block"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid ""
"This theme is not compatible with Drupal @core_version. Check that the "
".info.yml file contains a compatible 'core' or "
"'core_version_requirement' value."
msgstr ""
"此主题与Drupal @core_version "
"不兼容。请检查.info.yml文件是否包含兼容的 "
"'core'或'core_version_requirement'的值。"
msgid ""
"Drupal Core (@core_requirement) (incompatible with version "
"@core_version)"
msgstr ""
"Drupal 核心 (@core_requirement) (不兼容 版本@core_version)"
msgid "Additional Resources"
msgstr "其他资源"
msgid "A clean, accessible, and powerful Drupal administration theme."
msgstr "简洁、易于访问且功能强大的 Drupal 管理主题。"
msgid "Status Details"
msgstr "状态详情"
msgid "Maximum number of autocomplete suggestions."
msgstr "自动补全建议的最大数量"
msgid ""
"Failed to connect to your database server. The server reports the "
"following message: %error.<drupal-media> among the allowed HTML tags."
msgstr "%media-embed-filter-label过滤器需要在允许的HTML标签中，包含<drupal-media>标签。"
msgid ""
"The <drupal-media> tag in the allowed HTML tags is "
"missing the following attributes: %list."
msgstr ""
"允许的HTML标签中的 <drupal-media> "
"标签缺少以下属性：\r\n"
"%list."
msgid ""
"The %media-embed-filter-label filter needs to be placed after the "
"%filter filter."
msgid_plural ""
"The %media-embed-filter-label filter needs to be placed after the "
"following filters: %filters."
msgstr[0] ""
"%media-embed-filter-label "
"过滤器需要放在%filter过滤器之后。"
msgstr[1] ""
"%media-embed-filter-label 过滤器需要放在这些过滤器后面: "
"%filters。"
msgid ""
"If you would like to change this, add an image "
"style to the %field_name field."
msgstr ""
"如果您想修改这个，请为 "
"%field_name字段添加一个图片样式。"
msgid ""
"The default display for the %type media type is not currently using an "
"image style on the %field_name field. Not using an image style can "
"lead to much larger file downloads. @action_item"
msgstr ""
"%type多媒体类型的默认显示，当前未在 %field_name "
"字段中使用图片样式。不使用图片样式可能会导致更大的文件下载。@action_item"
msgid "The view mode that is used by default"
msgstr "默认使用的查看模式"
msgid "Media types selectable in the Media Library"
msgstr "在多媒体库中可选择的多媒体类型"
msgid "View modes selectable in the \"Edit media\" dialog"
msgstr "在“编辑多媒体”对话框中的可选择的查看模式"
msgid "Filters out unpublished media if the current user cannot view it."
msgstr "如果当前用户无法查看未发布的多媒体，则过滤掉它。"
msgid ""
"The view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in by "
"default. This can be overridden using the data-view-mode "
"attribute."
msgstr ""
"认情况下，嵌入的多媒体条目应显示的查看模式。这可以使用data-view-mode "
"属性覆写。"
msgid "If none are selected, all will be allowed."
msgstr "如果未选择任何选项，则允许所有选项。"
msgid "View modes selectable in the 'Edit media' dialog"
msgstr "在“编辑多媒体”对话框中可选择的查看模式"
msgid ""
"If two or more view modes are selected, users will be able to update "
"the view mode that an embedded media item should be displayed in after "
"it has been embedded. If less than two view modes are selected, media "
"will be embedded using the default view mode and no view mode options "
"will appear after a media item has been embedded."
msgstr "如果选择了两种或两种以上的查看模式，则用户将能够更新查看模式，这是在多媒体条目嵌入后应显示的查看模式。如果选择的查看模式少于两种，则将使用默认查看模式嵌入多媒体，并且在嵌入多媒体条目后不会显示任何查看模式选项。"
msgid "The referenced media source is missing and needs to be re-embedded."
msgstr "引用的多媒体源缺失，需要重新嵌入。"
msgid ""
"\n"
" You can embed media items:
\n" "<drupal-media "
"data-entity-uuid=\"07bf3a2e-1941-4a44-9b02-2d1d7a41ec0e\" "
"/>data-view-mode=\"tiny_embed\", otherwise the default view "
"mode is used.data-entity-type=\"media\" attribute is "
"required for consistency.您可以嵌入多媒体条目：
\r\n" "<drupal-media "
"data-entity-uuid=\"07bf3a2e-1941-4a44-9b02-2d1d7a41ec0e\" "
"/>data-view-mode=\"tiny_embed\"，否则使用默认查看模式。data-entity-type=\"media\" "
"属性是所必需的.<drupal-media> "
"tag)."
msgstr ""
"你可以嵌入多媒体条目(使用 "
"<drupal-media> 标签)."
msgid ""
"During rendering of embedded media: recursive rendering detected for "
"%entity_id. Aborting rendering."
msgstr "在呈现嵌入的多媒体期间：检测到%entity_id存在递归呈现。正在中止渲染。"
msgid ""
"During rendering of embedded media: the media item with UUID \"@uuid\" "
"does not exist."
msgstr ""
"在呈现嵌入的多媒体期间：UUID为 "
"\"@uuid\"的多媒体条目不存在。"
msgid ""
"During rendering of embedded media: the view mode \"@view-mode-id\" "
"does not exist."
msgstr "在呈现嵌入多媒体期间：查看模式\"@view-mode-id\"不存在。"
msgid ""
"Embeds media items using a custom tag, "
"<drupal-media>. If used in conjunction with the "
"'Align/Caption' filters, make sure this filter is configured to run "
"after them."
msgstr ""
"使用自定义标记嵌入多媒体条目，<drupal-media>。如果与“对齐/标题”( "
"'Align/Caption')过滤器一起使用，请确保将此过滤器配置为在它们之后运行。"
msgid ""
"The Media Library module provides a rich, visual interface for "
"managing media, and allows media to be reused in entity reference "
"fields or embedded into text content. It overrides the media administration page, allowing "
"users to toggle between the existing table-style interface and a new "
"grid-style interface for browsing and performing administrative "
"operations on media."
msgstr ""
"多媒体库模块为管理多媒体提供了丰富的可视化界面，并允许多媒体在实体引用字段中重复使用或嵌入到文本内容中。它覆写了 "
"多媒体管理页面，允许用户在现有的表格样式界面和新的网格样式界面之间切换，以便浏览和执行多媒体的管理操作。"
msgid ""
"To learn more about media management, begin by reviewing the documentation for the Media module. For more "
"information about the media library and related functionality, see the "
"online documentation for the Media "
"Library module."
msgstr ""
"要了解有关多媒体管理的更多信息，请首先查看多媒体模块的文档。有关多媒体库和相关功能的更多信息，请参看 "
"多媒体库模块的在线文档。"
msgid "Selection dialog"
msgstr "选择对话框"
msgid ""
"When selecting media for an entity reference field or a text editor, "
"Media Library opens a modal dialog to help users easily find and "
"select media. The modal dialog can toggle between a grid-style and "
"table-style interface, and new media items can be uploaded directly "
"into it."
msgstr "为实体引用字段或文本编辑器选择多媒体时，多媒体库会打开一个模态对话框，帮助用户轻松查找和选择多媒体。模态对话框可以在网格样式和表格样式界面之间切换，可以在里面直接上传新的多媒体条目。"
msgid ""
"Within the dialog, media items are divided up by type. If more than "
"one media type can be selected by the user, the available types will "
"be displayed as a set of vertical tabs. To users who have appropriate "
"permissions, each media type may also present a short form allowing "
"you to upload or create new media items of that type."
msgstr "在对话框中，多媒体条目按类型划分。如果用户可以选择多个多媒体类型，则可用类型将显示为一组垂直标签。对于具有适当权限的用户，每种媒体类型还可以提供一个简短的表单，允许您上传或创建该类型的新多媒体条目。"
msgid "Grid-style vs. table-style interface"
msgstr "网格样式 vs 表格样式界面"
msgid ""
"The Media Library module provides a new grid-style interface for the "
"media administration page that displays media as thumbnails, with "
"minimal textual information, allowing users to visually browse media "
"in their site. The existing table-style interface is better suited to "
"displaying additional information about media items, in addition to "
"being more accessible to users with assistive technology."
msgstr "多媒体库模块为多媒体管理页面提供了一个新的网格样式界面，该界面将多媒体显示为缩略图，并使用最少的文本信息，允许用户直观地浏览其网站中的多媒体。对于现有的表格样式界面，除了使用辅助技术的用户更容易访问外，它更适合显示有关多媒体项目的其它信息。"
msgid "Reusing media in entity reference fields"
msgstr "在实体引用字段中重用多媒体"
msgid ""
"Any entity reference field that references media can use the media "
"library. To enable, configure the form display for the field to use "
"the \"Media library\" widget."
msgstr "引用多媒体的任何实体引用字段都可以使用多媒体库。要启用，请将字段的表单显示配置为使用“多媒体库”小部件。"
msgid "Embedding media in text content"
msgstr "在文本内容中嵌入多媒体"
msgid ""
"To use the media library within CKEditor, you must add the \"Insert "
"from Media Library\" button to the CKEditor toolbar, and enable the "
"\"Embed media\" filter in the text format associated with the text "
"editor."
msgstr "要在CKEditor中使用多媒体库，您必须将“从多媒体库插入”按钮添加到CKEditor工具栏，并启用“嵌入多媒体”过滤器，这个配置位于与文本编辑器关联的文本格式中。"
msgid ""
"Both the table-style and grid-style interfaces are regular views and "
"can be customized via the Views UI, including sorting and filtering. "
"This is the case for both the administration page and the modal "
"dialog."
msgstr "表格样式和网格样式界面都是常规视图，可以通过视图UI进行自定义，包括排序和过滤。管理页面和模态对话框都是这种情况。"
msgid "Media Library settings"
msgstr "多媒体库设置"
msgid "Manage Media Library settings."
msgstr "管理多媒体库设置."
msgid "Media library settings"
msgstr "多媒体库设置"
msgid "Enable advanced UI"
msgstr "启用高级 UI"
msgid ""
"A path alias set for a specific language will always be used when "
"displaying this page in that language, and takes precedence over path "
"aliases set as - Not specified -."
msgstr "当以特定语言显示此页面时，将始终使用为该语言设置的路径别名，并且优先于设置为-未指定-的路径别名。"
msgid "No path aliases available. Add URL alias."
msgstr ""
"没有可用的路径别名。 添加URL别名。"
msgid ""
"The search page that the form submits to, or Default for the default "
"search page."
msgstr "表单提交到的搜索页面，或是默认搜索页面。"
msgid ""
"Experimental themes found: %theme_list. Experimental themes are "
"provided for testing purposes only. Use at your own risk."
msgstr "找到实验主题：%theme_list。实验主题仅用于测试目的。使用时风险自负。"
msgid "Configuration sync directory"
msgstr "配置同步目录"
msgid ""
"Your %file file must define the %setting setting as a string "
"containing the directory in which configuration files can be found."
msgstr ""
"您的 "
"%file文件必须将%setting设置定义为字符串，它包含配置文件所在目录。"
msgid "experimental theme"
msgstr "实验性主题"
msgid ""
"A local file system path where temporary files will be stored. This "
"directory should not be accessible over the web. This must be changed "
"in settings.php."
msgstr "一个本地文件系统路径，用于存储临时文件。此目录不能被web访问。这必须在settings.php中更改。"
msgid "Are you sure you wish to install an experimental theme?"
msgstr "你确定想要安装一个实验性主题?"
msgid ""
"Experimental themes are provided for testing purposes only. Use at "
"your own risk."
msgstr "实验性主题只用于测试目的. 使用时自担风险."
msgid "The following themes are experimental: @themes"
msgstr "下列主题是实验性的: @themes"
msgid "Internationalization mode."
msgstr "国际化模式."
msgid "Language from the taxonomy_vocabulary table."
msgstr "来自taxonomy_vocabulary表的语言."
msgid "Translation of either the name or the description."
msgstr "名称或描述的翻译."
msgid "Language code from locales_target table"
msgstr "来自locales_target表的语言代码"
msgid "Require summary"
msgstr "需要摘要"
msgid "Always show summary"
msgstr "总是显示摘要"
msgid "The summary will also be visible when marked as required."
msgstr "当摘要标记为必须时，它也将是可见的."
msgid "The summary field is required for @name"
msgstr "@name的摘要字段是必填的"
msgid "Always show the summary field"
msgstr "总是显示摘要字段"
msgid "Summary field will always be visible"
msgstr "摘要字段总是可见"
msgid ""
"Too many password recovery requests from your IP address. It is "
"temporarily blocked. Try again later or contact the site "
"administrator."
msgstr "来自您的IP地址的密码恢复请求过多。它被暂时封禁了。请稍后再试或与网站管理员联系。"
msgid "Limit the available operators"
msgstr "限制可用的操作符"
msgid "List of available operators"
msgstr "可用操作符列表"
msgid "Limit the available operators to be shown on the exposed filter."
msgstr "限制在暴露的过滤器上显示的可用运算符。"
msgid "Restrict operators to"
msgstr "限制操作符为"
msgid "Selecting none will make all of them available."
msgstr "选择“无”将使它们全部可用。"
msgid ""
"You selected the \"@operator\" operator as the default value but is "
"not included in the list of limited operators."
msgstr ""
"您选择了 \"@operator\" "
"运算符作为默认值，但它不包括在限定的运算符列表中。"
msgid ""
"Provides an interface to create workflows with transitions between "
"different states (for example publication or user status) provided by "
"other modules."
msgstr ""
"提供一个界面，用于不同状态（例如发布或用户状态）之间转换的工作流， "
"这些状态可由其它模块提供。"
msgid "Indicates the workspace that this revision belongs to."
msgstr "指示此修订本所属的工作区。"
msgid "Switch to Live"
msgstr "切换到生产(Live)"
msgid "Would you like to switch to the live version of the site?"
msgstr "是否要切换到该网站的活动版本？"
msgid "Switch to the live version of the site."
msgstr "切换到网站的活动版本。"
msgid "You are now viewing the live version of the site."
msgstr "您现在正在查看网站的实时版本。"
msgid "Media Library thumbnail (220×220)"
msgstr "媒体库缩略图 (220×220)"
msgid "Delete {{ name }}"
msgstr "删除 {{ name }}"
msgid "Viewing help topics"
msgstr "浏览帮助主题"
msgid ""
"The top-level help topics are listed on the main Help page. Links to other topics, including "
"non-top-level help topics, can be found under the \"Related\" heading "
"when viewing a topic page."
msgstr ""
"顶级帮助主题列在帮助主页上。查看主题页面时，可以在“相关”标题下找到指向其它主题（包括非顶级帮助主题）的链接。"
msgid "Providing help topics"
msgstr "提供帮助主题"
msgid "Translating help topics"
msgstr "翻译帮助主题"
msgid ""
"The title and body text of help topics provided by contributed modules "
"and themes are translatable using the Interface Translation module. Topics "
"provided by custom modules and themes are also translatable if they "
"have been viewed at least once in a non-English language, which "
"triggers putting their translatable text into the translation "
"database."
msgstr ""
"The title and body text of help topics provided by "
"第三方模块和主题提供的帮助主题的标题和正文，可以使用界面翻译模块进行翻译。如果自定义模块和主题提供的帮助主题，被以非英语语言查看过至少一次，则它们也可以被翻译，这会触发将其可翻译文本放入翻译数据库。"
msgid "Configuring help search"
msgstr "配置帮助搜索"
msgid "See the Help page for more topics."
msgstr ""
"有关更多主题，请参阅帮助页面。"
msgid "Help search"
msgstr "帮助搜索"
msgid ""
"Configure the settings of a block that was previously placed in a "
"region of a theme."
msgstr "配置以前放置在主题区域中的区块的设置。"
msgid "Click the name of the theme that contains the block."
msgstr "单击包含区块的主题的名称。"
msgid ""
"Optionally, click Demonstrate block regions to see the "
"regions of the theme."
msgstr "可选的，单击演示区块区域，以查看主题的区域。"
msgid ""
"If you only want to change the region where a block is located, or the "
"ordering of blocks within a region, drag blocks to their desired "
"positions and click Save blocks."
msgstr "如果只想修改区块所在的区域或区域内区块的顺序，请将区块拖动到所需位置，然后单击保存区块。"
msgid ""
"If you want to change additional settings, find the region where the "
"block you want to update is currently located, and click "
"Configure in the line of the block description."
msgstr "如果要修改其它设置，请找到要更新的区块当前所在的区域，然后单击区块描述一行中的配置。"
msgid ""
"Edit the block's settings. The available settings vary depending on "
"the module that provides the block, but for all blocks you can change:"
msgstr "编辑区块的设置。可用设置因提供区块的模块而异，但对于所有区块，您都可以修改："
msgid ""
"Block title: The heading for the block on your site -- for "
"some blocks, you will need to check the Override title "
"checkbox in order to enter a title"
msgstr "区块标题：站点上区块的标题——对于某些区块，您需要选中覆写标题复选框才能输入标题"
msgid "Display title: Check the box if you want the title displayed"
msgstr "显示标题：如果希望显示标题，请选中该框"
msgid ""
"Visibility: Add conditions for when the block should be "
"displayed"
msgstr "可见性：添加用于控制区块何时显示的条件"
msgid "Region: Change the theme region the block is displayed in"
msgstr "区域：修改用于显示区块的主题区域"
msgid "Click Save block."
msgstr "点击保存区块。"
msgid "What are blocks?"
msgstr "什么是区块？"
msgid ""
"Blocks are boxes of content rendered into an area, or region, of a web "
"page of your site. Blocks are placed and configured specifically for "
"each theme."
msgstr "区块是呈现到网站网页的某个区域或区域中的内容框。可单独为每个主题放置和配置区块。"
msgid "What is the block description?"
msgstr "什么是区块描述？"
msgid ""
"The block description is an identification name for a block, which is "
"shown in the administrative interface. It is not displayed on the "
"site."
msgstr "区块描述是区块的标识名称，显示在管理界面中。它不会显示在网站上。"
msgid "What is the block title?"
msgstr "什么是区块标题？"
msgid ""
"The block title is the heading that is optionally shown to site "
"visitors when the block is placed in a region."
msgstr "区块标题是当区块放置在一个区域中时，向站点访问者可选择显示的标题。"
msgid "Place a block into a theme's region."
msgstr "将区块放入主题区域。"
msgid "Click the name of the theme that you want to place the block in."
msgstr "单击要放置区块的主题的名称。"
msgid ""
"Find the region where you want the block, and click Place "
"block in that region. A modal dialog will pop up."
msgstr "找到要放置区块的区域，然后单击放置区块在该区域中。将弹出一个模态对话框。"
msgid ""
"Find the block you want to place and click Place block. A "
"Configure block modal dialog will pop up."
msgstr "找到要放置的区块，然后单击放置区块。将弹出一个配置区块模态对话框。"
msgid ""
"Enter a description of your block (to be shown to administrators) and "
"the body text for your block."
msgstr "输入区块的说明（将显示给管理员）和区块的正文。"
msgid ""
"Enter a label for this block type (shown in the administrative "
"interface). Optionally, edit the automatically-generated machine name "
"or the description."
msgstr "输入此区块类型的标签（显示在管理界面中）。可选的，编辑自动生成的机器名称或描述。"
msgid ""
"Click Save. You will be returned to the Block types "
"page."
msgstr "点击保存。您将返回到区块类型 页面。"
msgid ""
"Click Manage fields in the row of your new block type, and "
"add the desired fields to your block type."
msgstr "单击你的新区块类型的管理字段，然后将所需字段添加到你的区块类型中。"
msgid ""
"Optionally, click Manage form display or Manage "
"display to change the editing form or field display for your "
"block type."
msgstr "可选的，单击管理表单显示或管理显示，以修改区块类型的编辑表单或字段显示。"
msgid ""
"Use contextual links to access administrative tasks without navigating "
"the administrative menu."
msgstr "使用上下文链接访问管理任务，而无需导航管理菜单。"
msgid "What are contextual links?"
msgstr "什么是上下文链接？"
msgid ""
"Contextual links give users with the Use contextual "
"links permission quick access to administrative tasks related to "
"areas of non-administrative pages. For example, if a page on your site "
"displays a block, the block would have a contextual link that would "
"allow users with permission to configure the block. If the block "
"contains a menu or a view, it would also have a contextual link for "
"editing the menu links or the view. Clicking a contextual link takes "
"you to the related administrative page directly, without needing to "
"navigate through the administrative menu system."
msgstr "上下文链接，允许具有使用上下文链接权限的用户，快速访问与非管理页面区域相关的管理任务。例如，如果网站上的某个页面显示了一个区块，则该区块将具有上下文链接，允许有权限的用户配置该区块。如果区块包含菜单或视图，则它还将具有用于编辑菜单链接或视图的上下文链接。单击上下文链接可直接进入相关的管理页面，而无需在管理菜单系统中导航。"
msgid ""
"Make sure that the core Contextual Links module is installed, and that "
"you have a role with the Use contextual links permission. "
"Optionally, make sure that a toolbar module is installed (either the "
"core Toolbar module or a contributed module replacement)."
msgstr "请确保已安装了核心的上下文链接模块，并且您具有使用上下文链接的权限。可选的，确保安装了工具栏模块（核心工具栏模块或第三方模块替代品）。"
msgid "Visit a non-administrative page on your site, such as the home page."
msgstr "访问网站上的非管理页面，例如主页。"
msgid ""
"Locate a block or another area on the page that you want to edit or "
"configure."
msgstr "在页面上找到要编辑或配置的区块或其它区域。"
msgid ""
"Make the contextual links button visible by hovering your mouse over "
"that area in the page. In most themes, this button looks like a pencil "
"and is placed in the upper right corner of the page area (upper left "
"for right-to-left languages), and hovering will also temporarily "
"outline the affected area. Alternatively, click the contextual links "
"toggle button on the right end of the toolbar (left end for "
"right-to-left languages), which will make all contextual link buttons "
"on the page visible until it is clicked again."
msgstr "通过将鼠标悬停在页面中的该部位上，可使上下文链接按钮可见。在大多数主题中，此按钮看起来像铅笔，位于页面区域的右上角（左上角，对于从右到左的语言），悬停也会暂时勾勒出受影响的区域。或者，单击工具栏右端的上下文链接切换按钮（从右到左语言的左端），这将使页面上的所有上下文链接按钮都可见，直到再次单击为止。"
msgid ""
"While the contextual links button for the area of interest is visible, "
"click the button to display the list of links for that area. Click a "
"link in the list to visit the corresponding administrative page."
msgstr "当你感兴趣的部位的上下文链接按钮可见时，单击该按钮可显示该部位的链接列表。单击列表中的链接以访问相应的管理页面。"
msgid ""
"Complete your administrative task and save your settings, or cancel "
"the action. You should be returned to the page you started from."
msgstr "完成你的管理任务并保存设置，或者取消操作。您应该返回到您开始的页面。"
msgid "What are security updates?"
msgstr "什么是安全更新？"
msgid ""
"Any software occasionally has bugs, and sometimes these bugs have "
"security implications. When security bugs are fixed in the core "
"software, modules, or themes that your site uses, they are released in "
"a security update. You will need to apply security updates in "
"order to keep your site secure."
msgstr "任何软件偶尔都会有漏洞，有时这些漏洞会带来安全隐患。当您的网站使用的核心软件、模块或主题中的安全漏洞得到修复时，它们将在安全更新中发布。您需要应用安全更新以确保网站的安全。"
msgid "Security tasks"
msgstr "安全任务"
msgid ""
"Keeping track of updates, updating the core software, and updating "
"contributed modules and/or themes are all part of keeping your site "
"secure. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks."
msgstr "跟踪更新、更新核心软件以及更新贡献的模块和/或主题都是确保网站安全的一部分。有关具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。"
msgid "Overview of accessibility"
msgstr "无障碍总览"
msgid ""
"The default drag-and-drop user interface for ordering tables in the "
"administrative interface presents a challenge for some users, "
"including keyboard-only users and users of screen readers and other "
"assistive technology. The drag-and-drop interface can be disabled in a "
"table by clicking a link labeled Show row weights above the "
"table. The replacement interface allows users to order the table by "
"choosing numerical weights (with increasing numbers) instead of "
"dragging table rows."
msgstr "管理界面中用于排序表表格的默认拖放用户界面，对一些用户来说是一个挑战，包括仅使用键盘的用户、屏幕阅读器和其它辅助技术的用户。通过单击表格上方标记为显示行权重的链接，可以禁用表中的拖放界面。替换界面允许用户通过选择数字权重（随着数字的增加），而不是拖动表行来排序表格。"
msgid "Administrative interface overview"
msgstr "管理界面总览"
msgid ""
"A menu system, which you can navigate to find pages for administrative "
"tasks. The core Toolbar module displays this menu on the top or left "
"side of the page (right side in right-to-left languages). There are "
"also contributed module replacements for the core Toolbar module, with "
"additional features, such as the Admin Toolbar "
"module."
msgstr ""
"一个菜单系统，您可以使用它进行导航，以查找管理任务的页面。核心的工具栏模块将此菜单显示在页面的顶部或左侧（以从右到左的语言显示在右侧）。此外，还有第三方模块，可以替代核心的工具栏模块，并提供了其它附加特性，如 "
"管理工具栏模块。"
msgid ""
"The core Shortcuts module enhances the toolbar with a configurable "
"list of links to commonly-used tasks."
msgstr "核心的快捷方式模块，通过维护一个可配置的常用任务链接列表，增强了工具栏。"
msgid ""
"If you install the core Contextual Links module, non-administrative "
"pages will contain links leading to related administrative tasks."
msgstr "如果安装了核心的上下文链接模块，那么可以在非管理页面包含指向相关管理任务的链接。"
msgid ""
"The core Help module displays help topics, and provides a Help block "
"that can be placed on administrative pages to provide an overview of "
"their functionality."
msgstr "核心帮助模块显示帮助主题，并提供帮助区块，该区块可以放置在管理页面上，以提供帮助功能的概述。"
msgid "See the related topics listed below for specific tasks."
msgstr "有关具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。"
msgid "Set up your site so that users can search for help."
msgstr "设置您的网站，以便用户可以搜索帮助。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Search and metadata > "
"Search pages."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"搜索和元数据 > 搜索页面."
msgid ""
"Verify that a Help search page is listed in the Search pages "
"section. If not, add a new page of type Help."
msgstr "验证搜索页面部分中是否列出了帮助搜索页面。如果没有，请添加帮助类型的新页面。"
msgid ""
"Create, view, and use a set of shortcuts to access administrative "
"pages."
msgstr "创建、查看和使用一组快捷方式，用来访问管理页面。"
msgid "What are shortcuts?"
msgstr "什么是快捷方式？"
msgid ""
"Shortcuts are quick links to administrative pages; they are "
"managed by the core Shortcut module. A site can have one or more "
"shortcut sets, which can be shared by one or more users (by "
"default, there is only one set shared by all users); each set contains "
"a limited number of shortcuts. Users need Use shortcuts "
"permission to view shortcuts; Edit current shortcut set "
"permission to add, delete, or edit the shortcuts in the set assigned "
"to them; and Select any shortcut set permission to select a "
"different shortcut set when editing their user profile. There is also "
"an Administer shortcuts permission, which allows an "
"administrator to do any of these actions, as well as select shortcut "
"sets for other users."
msgstr "快捷方式是指向管理页面的快速链接；它们由核心的快捷方式模块管理。一个网站可以有一个或多个快捷方式集，这些快捷方式集可以由一个或更多用户共享（默认情况下，只有一个集合由所有用户共享）；每组包含有限数量的快捷方式。用户需要使用快捷方式权限才能查看快捷方式；需要编辑当前快捷方式集合权限，来添加、删除或编辑集合中分配给它们的快捷方式；以及需要选择任何快捷方式集权限，以在编辑其用户个人资料时选择不同的快捷方式集。还有一个管理快捷方式权限，允许管理员执行任何这些动作，以及为其他用户选择快捷方式集。"
msgid ""
"Navigate to an administrative page that you want in your shortcut "
"list."
msgstr "通过快捷方式列表中的链接，导航到所需的管理页面。"
msgid ""
"Repeat until all the desired links have been added to your shortcut "
"set."
msgstr "重复此操作，直到所有所需的链接都已添加到快捷方式集中。"
msgid ""
"Click Shortcuts in the toolbar to display your shortcuts, and "
"verify that the list is complete."
msgstr "单击工具栏中的快捷方式以显示快捷方式，并验证快捷方式列表是否完整。"
msgid ""
"Optionally, click Edit shortcuts at the right end of the "
"shortcut list (left end in right-to-left languages), to remove links "
"or change their order."
msgstr "可选的，单击快捷方式列表右端的编辑快捷方式（从右到左语言的左端），以删除链接或更改其顺序。"
msgid ""
"Click any link in the shortcut bar to go directly to the "
"administrative page."
msgstr "单击快捷方式栏中的任何链接可直接转到管理页面。"
msgid ""
"Configure the basic settings of your site, including the site name, "
"slogan, main email address, default time zone, default country, and "
"the date formats to use."
msgstr "配置网站的基本设置，包括网站名称、口号、主电子邮件地址、默认时区、默认国家/地区以及要使用的日期格式。"
msgid "Enter the site name, slogan, and main email address for your site."
msgstr "为你的网站输入网站名称、口号和主电子邮件地址。"
msgid ""
"Click Save configuration. You should see a message indicating "
"that the settings were saved."
msgstr "单击保存配置。您应该看到一条消息，指示设置已保存。"
msgid "Select the default country and default time zone for your site."
msgstr "为您的网站选择默认国家/地区和默认时区。"
msgid ""
"Look at the Patterns for the Default long, medium, and short "
"date formats. If any of them does not match the date format you want "
"to use on your site, click Edit in that row to edit the "
"format."
msgstr "查看模式中的默认长、中、短日期格式。如果其中任何一个与您想要在网站上使用的日期格式不匹配，请单击该行中的编辑以编辑对应格式。"
msgid ""
"Adjust the Format string until the Displayed format "
"matches what you want. (Date format strings are composed of PHP date "
"format codes.)"
msgstr "调整格式字符串，直到显示的格式与您想要的相匹配。（日期格式字符串由PHP日期格式代码组成。）"
msgid ""
"Click Save format. You should see a message indicating that "
"the format was saved."
msgstr "单击保存格式。您应该看到一条消息，指示格式已保存。"
msgid ""
"Repeat the previous three steps for any other date formats that need "
"to be changed."
msgstr "对于任何其它需要修改的日期格式，重复前面的三个步骤。"
msgid ""
"Set up your site to respond appropriately to site errors, including "
"403 and 404 page responses."
msgstr "设置您的网站以适当地响应网站错误，包括403和404页面响应。"
msgid "What are 403 and 404 responses?"
msgstr "什么是403和404响应？"
msgid ""
"When a user visits a web page, the web server sends a response code in "
"addition to the page content. A normal, non-error response has code "
"200. If the page does not exist on the site, the response code is 404. "
"If the page exists, but the user is not authorized to visit the page, "
"the response code is 403. The core software provides default responses "
"for both 403 and 404 codes, but if you prefer, you can create your own "
"pages for each."
msgstr "当用户访问网页时，除了页面内容外，网络服务器还会发送响应代码。正常的无错误响应的代码为200。如果网站上不存在该页面，则响应代码为404。如果该页面存在，但用户未被授权访问该页面，则响应代码为403。核心软件为403和404代码提供默认响应，但如果您愿意，您可以为它们创建单独的页面。"
msgid "What other errors can occur?"
msgstr "还会发生哪些其它错误？"
msgid ""
"Under some situations, your site can generate error messages. These "
"can be due to user errors (such as entering invalid values in a form, "
"or incorrect configuration), PHP runtime errors, or software bugs. "
"Some errors may result in a white screen of death (a totally "
"blank web page response); less drastic errors will generate error "
"messages. You can configure what happens when an error message is "
"generated."
msgstr "在某些情况下，您的网站可能会生成错误消息。这可能是由于用户错误（例如在表单中输入无效值或配置不正确）、PHP运行时错误或软件错误造成的。一些错误可能会导致白屏死机（完全空白的网页响应）；不太严重的错误将生成错误消息。您可以配置生成错误消息时发生的情况。"
msgid ""
"If desired, create pages to use for 403 and 404 responses. Note the "
"URLs for these pages."
msgstr "如果需要，请创建用于403和404响应的页面。请注意这些页面的URL。"
msgid ""
"For a production site, select None under Error messages "
"to display. For a site that is in development, select one of the "
"other options, so that you are more aware of the errors the site is "
"generating."
msgstr "对于生产站点，选择显示错误消息下面的无。对于正在开发的网站，请选择其它选项，以便您更清楚地了解网站正在生成的错误。"
msgid ""
"Configure settings related to how user accounts are created and "
"deleted."
msgstr "配置与如何创建和删除用户帐户相关的设置。"
msgid "What are the settings related to user account creation and deletion?"
msgstr "与用户帐户创建和删除相关的设置是什么？"
msgid ""
"You can make it possible for new users to register themselves for "
"accounts, with or without email verification or administrative "
"approval. Or, you can make it so only administrators with "
"Administer users permission can register new users."
msgstr "您可以让新用户自己注册帐户，无论是否进行电子邮件验证或管理审批。或者，您可以将其设置为只有具有管理用户权限的管理员才能注册新用户。"
msgid ""
"You can configure what happens to content that a user created, if "
"their account is canceled (deleted)."
msgstr "如果用户的帐户被取消（删除），您可以配置用户创建的内容会发生什么。"
msgid ""
"You can edit the email messages that are sent to users when their "
"accounts are pending, approved, created, blocked, or canceled, or when "
"they request a password reset."
msgstr "当用户的帐户挂起、批准、创建、阻止或取消时，或者当用户请求重置密码时，您可以编辑此时发送给用户的电子邮件。"
msgid "What are variables in email message text?"
msgstr "电子邮件文本中的变量是什么？"
msgid ""
"Variables are short text strings, enclosed in square brackets "
"[], that you can insert into configured email message text. When an "
"individual message is generated, data from your site is substituted "
"for the variables. Some commonly-used variables are:"
msgstr "变量是用方括号[]括起来的短文本字符串，您可以将其插入配置的电子邮件文本中。当生成单独的消息时，将使用您站点的数据来替换这些变量。一些常用的变量包括："
msgid "[site:login-url]: The URL where users can log in to your site."
msgstr "[site:login-url]: 用户可以登录你网站的URL。"
msgid "[user:display-name]: The user's displayed name."
msgstr "[user:display-name]: 用户的显示名字。"
msgid "[user:mail]: The user's email alias."
msgstr "[user:mail]: 用户的电子邮件地址。"
msgid ""
"[user:one-time-login-url]: An expiring URL that a user can use to log "
"in once, if they need to reset their password."
msgstr "[user:one-time-login-url]：一个很快过期的一次性url，用于用户登录，如果用户需要重置密码的话。"
msgid ""
"Select the method you want to use for creating user accounts, and "
"check or uncheck the box that requires email verification, to match "
"the settings you want for your site."
msgstr "选择要用于创建用户帐户的方法，并选中或取消选中需要电子邮件验证的框，以匹配您想要的网站设置。"
msgid ""
"Select the desired option for what happens to content that a user "
"created if their account is canceled."
msgstr "选择所需的选项，以确定用户创建的内容在其帐户被取消时会发生什么。"
msgid "Optionally, edit the text of email messages related to user accounts."
msgstr "可选的，编辑与用户帐户相关的电子邮件文本。"
msgid "Verify that the other settings are correct."
msgstr "验证其它设置是否正确。"
msgid ""
"Topics can be provided by modules or themes. Top-level help topics on "
"your site:"
msgstr "帮助主题可以通过模块或主题提供。网站上的顶级帮助主题："
msgid ""
"Both the table-style and grid-style interfaces are regular views and "
"can be customized via the Views UI, "
"including sorting and filtering. This is the case for both the "
"administration page and the modal dialog."
msgstr ""
"表格样式和网格样式界面都是常规视图，可以通过 views-ui进行定制，包括排序和过滤。管理页面和模态对话框都是这种情况。"
msgid ""
"In the grid-style interface, the fields that are displayed (including "
"which image style is used for images) can be customized by configuring "
"the \"Media library\" view mode for each of your media types. The thumbnail images in the "
"grid-style interface can be customized by configuring the \"Media "
"Library thumbnail (220×220)\" image style."
msgstr ""
"在网格样式界面中，可以通过为每个多媒体类型配置“多媒体库”查看模式来自定义显示的字段（包括用于图片的图片样式）。通过配置“多媒体库缩略图（220×220）”图片样式，可以自定义网格样式界面中的缩略图。"
msgid ""
"When adding new media items within the modal dialog, the fields that "
"are displayed can be customized by configuring the \"Media library\" "
"form mode for each of your media types."
msgstr ""
"在模态对话框中添加新的多媒体条目时，这个显示的字段是可以自定义的，可以通过每个多媒体类型的“多媒体库”的表单模式来配置。"
msgid "Provides the API allowing to rename URLs."
msgstr "提供允许重命名URL的API。"
msgid "The parent workspace."
msgstr "父工作区。"
msgid "Merge workspace"
msgstr "合并工作区"
msgid "Only top-level workspaces can be published."
msgstr "只能发布顶级工作区。"
msgid "Merge into @target_label"
msgstr "合并到@target_label"
msgid ""
"The %label workspace can not be deleted because it has child "
"workspaces."
msgstr "无法删除 %label 工作区，因为它有子工作区。"
msgid ""
"There are no changes that can be merged from %source_label to "
"%target_label."
msgstr "没有可以从 %source_label 合并到 %target_label 的修改。"
msgid ""
"Would you like to merge the contents of the %source_label workspace "
"into %target_label?"
msgstr "你想要将 %source_label 工作区的内容合并到 %target_label?"
msgid "Merge workspace contents."
msgstr "合并工作区内容。"
msgid ""
"The contents of the %source_label workspace have been merged into "
"%target_label."
msgstr "%source_label 工作区的内容被合并到了 %target_label。"
msgid ""
"There is @count item that can be merged from %source_label to "
"%target_label"
msgid_plural ""
"There are @count items that can be merged from %source_label to "
"%target_label"
msgstr[0] "有@count个条目可被从 %source_label合并到 %target_label"
msgstr[1] "有@count个条目可被从 %source_label合并到 %target_label"
msgid "Workspace selection"
msgstr "工作区选择"
msgid "Medium 8:7"
msgstr "中等 8:7"
msgid "Responsive 3x2"
msgstr "响应式 3x2"
msgid ""
"The field that is going to be used as the RSS item link for each row. "
"This must either be an internal unprocessed path like \"node/123\" or "
"a processed, root-relative URL as produced by fields like \"Link to "
"content\"."
msgstr "这个字段将被用作每行的RSS条目链接。这必须是一个内部未处理路径，比如“node/123”这样的，或者是由字段生成的已处理的相对于根目录的URL，比如“链接到内容”。"
msgid ""
"Recursive rendering detected when rendering entity %entity_type: "
"%entity_id, using the %field_name field on the "
"%parent_entity_type:%parent_bundle %parent_entity_id entity. Aborting "
"rendering."
msgstr ""
"检测到了递归呈现，在呈现实体 %entity_type: %entity_id "
"时, 使用了 %field_name "
"字段，在%parent_entity_type:%parent_bundle %parent_entity_id "
"实体上。 正在中止渲染。"
msgid "Heading type"
msgstr "标题类型"
msgid ""
"The @drupal installer requires that the %default-file file must not be "
"deleted or modified from the original download."
msgstr ""
"@drupal 安装程序要求不得删除或者修改 %default-file "
"的原始内容。"
msgid ""
"Field discovery failed for Drupal core version @core. Did this site "
"have the Field module installed? Error: @message"
msgstr "Drupal核心版本@core的字段发现失败。该站点是否安装了字段模块？错误：@message"
msgid ""
"Drupal 9 no longer uses the $settings['install_profile'] value in "
"settings.php and it should be removed."
msgstr ""
"Drupal 9不再使用 "
"settings.php文件中的$settings['install_profile'] "
"值，应该将其删除。"
msgid "@low_version_number to @high_version_number"
msgstr "@low_version_number 到 @high_version_number"
msgid "Drupal core security coverage"
msgstr "Drupal核心安全覆盖"
msgid ""
"Visit the release cycle overview for more "
"information on supported releases."
msgstr ""
"请访问发布周期概览，这里可以找到有关支持的发布版本的更多信息。"
msgid "Manage workspace"
msgstr "管理工作区"
msgid "Other workspaces:"
msgstr "其它工作区："
msgid "View all workspaces"
msgstr "查看所有工作区"
msgid "Not compatible"
msgstr "不兼容"
msgid "Requires Drupal core:"
msgstr "需要Drupal 核心:"
msgid "Covered until @end_version"
msgstr "被涵盖直到@end_version"
msgid "Coverage has ended"
msgstr "涵盖已结束"
msgid ""
"Update to @next_minor or higher "
"soon to continue receiving security updates."
msgstr ""
"尽快更新至 @next_minor "
"或更高版本，以继续接收安全更新。"
msgid "Covered until @date"
msgstr "涵盖到@date"
msgid ""
"Update to a supported minor as "
"soon as possible to continue receiving security updates."
msgstr ""
"尽快更新到支持的小版本上，以继续接收安全更新。"
msgid "Manages breakpoints and breakpoint groups for responsive designs."
msgstr "为响应式设计，管理断点和断点组。"
msgid "Allows users to comment on content."
msgstr "允许用户就内容进行评论。"
msgid "Allows users to translate configuration text."
msgstr "允许用户翻译配置文本。"
msgid ""
"Provides site-wide contact forms and forms to contact individual "
"users."
msgstr "提供全站联系表单和单个用户联系表单。"
msgid "Allows users to translate content."
msgstr "允许用户翻译内容。"
msgid ""
"Provides contextual links to directly access tasks related to page "
"elements."
msgstr "提供上下文链接，以直接访问与页面元素相关的任务。"
msgid "Logs system events in the database."
msgstr "在数据库中保存系统事件日志。"
msgid "Caches pages, including those with dynamic content, for all users."
msgstr "为所有用户，缓存页面，包括具有动态内容的页面。"
msgid "Provides a user interface for the Field module."
msgstr "为Field模块提供用户界面。"
msgid ""
"Defines a field type for image media and provides display "
"configuration tools."
msgstr "为图片定义一个字段类型，并提供显示配置工具。"
msgid "Allows users to configure available languages."
msgstr "允许用户配置可用的语言。"
msgid "Allows users to create menu links."
msgstr "允许用户创建菜单链接。"
msgid ""
"Users with sufficient access rights will be able to override these "
"options."
msgstr "具有足够访问权限的用户将能够覆写这些选项。"
msgid ""
"Caches pages for anonymous users and can be used when external page "
"cache is not available."
msgstr "为匿名用户缓存页面，并且可以在外部页面缓存不可用时使用。"
msgid ""
"Allows users to create search pages based on plugins provided by other "
"modules."
msgstr "允许用户根据其它模块提供的插件创建搜索页面。"
msgid "PHP APCu caching"
msgstr "PHP APCu 缓存"
msgid "Enabled (@size)"
msgstr "已启用 (@size)"
msgid ""
"Depending on your configuration, Drupal can run with a @apcu_size APCu "
"limit. However, a @apcu_default_size APCu limit (the default) or above "
"is recommended, especially if your site uses additional custom or "
"contributed modules."
msgstr ""
"根据您的配置，Drupal可以使用 @apcu_size APCu "
"运行。但是，建议使用 @apcu_default_size apcu "
"（默认值）或更高的限制，尤其是当您的网站使用其它自定义或第三方模块时。"
msgid "Memory available: @available."
msgstr "可用内存: @available."
msgid ""
"PHP APCu caching can improve your site's performance considerably. It "
"is highly recommended to have APCu installed on your server."
msgstr ""
"PHP APCu "
"缓存可以显著提高网站的性能。强烈推荐将APCu安装在您的服务器上。"
msgid "The version of Drupal you are trying to update from is too old"
msgstr "您尝试更新的Drupal版本太旧"
msgid "Unsupported schema version: @module"
msgstr "不支持的模式版本: @module"
msgid ""
"The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. "
"Update to an intermediate version first (last removed version: "
"@last_removed_version, installed version: @installed_version)."
msgstr ""
"已安装的 %module "
"模块版本太旧，无法更新。首先更新到一个中间版本（上次删除的版本：@last_removed_version，安装的版本：@installed_version）。"
msgid "Provides a user interface for creating and managing views."
msgstr "提供一个用户界面，用于创建和管理视图。"
msgid ""
"Explore recipes across every type of " "occasion, ingredient, and skill level.
" msgstr "" "探索各种场合、配料和技能水平的食谱。
" msgid "" "Explore recipes across every type of " "occasion, ingredient, and skill level
" msgstr "" "探索各种场合、配料和技能水平的食谱
" msgid "MariaDB" msgstr "MariaDB" msgid "MySQL, Percona Server, or equivalent" msgstr "MySQL、Percona Server或者其他同类产品" msgid "Required by the theme: @theme_names" msgid_plural "Required by the themes: @theme_names" msgstr[0] "被以下主题需要： @theme_names" msgstr[1] "被以下主题需要： @theme_names" msgid "@theme" msgstr "@theme" msgid "@theme (theme) (disabled)" msgstr "@theme (主题) (已禁用)" msgid "This theme requires the listed modules to operate correctly." msgstr "此主题需要列出的模块才正确运行。" msgid "" "Review the suggestions for resolving this " "incompatibility to repair your installation, and then re-run " "update.php." msgstr "" "查看有关解决这个不兼容性的建议，以修复你的安装，然后重新运行update.php。" msgid "Missing updates for: @module" msgstr "缺少更新：@module" msgid "" "The following module is installed, but it is incompatible with Drupal " "@version:" msgid_plural "" "The following modules are installed, but they are incompatible with " "Drupal @version:" msgstr[0] "下列模块已安装，但是它与Drupal @version不兼容:" msgstr[1] "下列模块已安装，但是它们与Drupal @version不兼容:" msgid "Incompatible module" msgid_plural "Incompatible modules" msgstr[0] "不兼容的模块" msgstr[1] "不兼容的模块" msgid "" "The following theme is installed, but it is incompatible with Drupal " "@version:" msgid_plural "" "The following themes are installed, but they are incompatible with " "Drupal @version:" msgstr[0] "下列主题已安装，但是它与Drupal @version不兼容:" msgstr[1] "下列主题已安装，但是它们与Drupal @version不兼容:" msgid "Incompatible theme" msgid_plural "Incompatible themes" msgstr[0] "不兼容的主题" msgstr[1] "不兼容的主题" msgid "" "The following module is installed, but it is incompatible with PHP " "@version:" msgid_plural "" "The following modules are installed, but they are incompatible with " "PHP @version:" msgstr[0] "下列模块已安装，但是它与PHP @version不兼容:" msgstr[1] "下列模块已安装，但是它们与PHP @version不兼容:" msgid "" "The following theme is installed, but it is incompatible with PHP " "@version:" msgid_plural "" "The following themes are installed, but they are incompatible with PHP " "@version:" msgstr[0] "下列主题已安装，但是它与PHP @version不兼容:" msgstr[1] "下列主题已安装，但是它们与PHP @version不兼容:" msgid "" "The following module is marked as installed in the core.extension " "configuration, but it is missing:" msgid_plural "" "The following modules are marked as installed in the core.extension " "configuration, but they are missing:" msgstr[0] "以下模块标在核心扩展配置中记为已安装，但它却不存在：" msgstr[1] "以下模块标在核心扩展配置中记为已安装，但它们却不存在：" msgid "Missing or invalid module" msgid_plural "Missing or invalid modules" msgstr[0] "缺失或无效的模块" msgstr[1] "缺失或无效的模块" msgid "" "The following theme is marked as installed in the core.extension " "configuration, but it is missing:" msgid_plural "" "The following themes are marked as installed in the core.extension " "configuration, but they are missing:" msgstr[0] "在核心扩展配置中，以下主题标记为已安装，但缺少该主题：" msgstr[1] "在核心扩展配置中，以下主题标记为已安装，但缺少这些主题：" msgid "Missing or invalid theme" msgid_plural "Missing or invalid themes" msgstr[0] "缺失或无效的主题" msgstr[1] "缺失或无效的主题" msgid "" "The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. " "Update to a version prior to @versions first (missing updates: " "@missing_updates)." msgid_plural "" "The installed version of the %module module is too old to update. " "Update first to a version prior to all of the following: @versions " "(missing updates: @missing_updates)." msgstr[0] "" "%module模块的版本太老了，以至于不能更新。首先更新到 " "@versions之前的版本 (缺少更新: @missing_updates)。" msgstr[1] "" "%module模块的版本太老了，以至于不能更新。首先更新到 " "以下所有版本之前的版本：@versions (缺少更新: " "@missing_updates)。" msgid "@module_name (missing)" msgstr "@module_name (缺失)" msgid "" "@module_name (incompatible with " "this version of Drupal core)" msgstr "" "@module_name (不兼容 当前 " "Drupal 内核)" msgid "" "@module_name (incompatible with " "version @version)" msgstr "" "@module_name (不兼容 版本 " "@version)" msgid "@module_name (disabled)" msgstr "@module_name (禁用的)" msgid "Unable to install @theme due to missing module dependencies." msgstr "由于缺少模块依赖项，无法安装@theme 。" msgid "Empty version" msgstr "空版本" msgid "Invalid version: @existing_version" msgstr "无效版本: @existing_version" msgid "Stable 9" msgstr "Stable 9" msgid "A base theme using Drupal 9.0.0's core markup and CSS." msgstr "一个使用Drupal 9.0.0核心标记和CSS的基本主题。" msgid "" "Ban visitors from one or more IP addresses from accessing and viewing " "your site." msgstr "" "禁止某个或多个 IP " "地址的访问者访问和查看您的站点。" msgid "Enter an IP address and click Add." msgstr "输入一个IP 地址 并单击添加。" msgid "" "You should see the IP address you entered listed under Banned IP " "addresses. Repeat the above steps to ban additional IP addresses." msgstr "您应该看到您输入的IP地址，它列在了禁止的IP地址下。重复上述步骤以禁止其它IP地址。" msgid "What types of data does a site have?" msgstr "网站有哪些类型的数据？" msgid "What is a content entity?" msgstr "什么是内容实体？" msgid "What is a field?" msgstr "什么是字段？" msgid "" "Within entity items, the data is stored in individual fields, " "each of which holds one type of data, such as formatted or plain text, " "images or other files, or dates. Fields can be added by an " "administrator on entity sub-types, so that all entity items of a given " "entity sub-type have the same collection of fields available, and they " "can be single-valued or multiple-valued. When you create or edit " "entity items, you are specifying the values for the fields on the " "entity item." msgstr "在实体条目中，数据存储在各个字段中，每个字段都包含一种类型的数据，如格式化文本或纯文本、图片或其它文件，或日期。管理员可以在实体子类型上添加字段，这样给定实体子类型的所有实体条目都具有相同的可用字段集合，并且它们可以是单值的，也可以是多值的。创建或编辑实体条目时，是在为实体条目上的字段指定值。" msgid "What is a reference field?" msgstr "什么是引用字段？" msgid "" "A reference field is a field that stores a relationship " "between an entity and one or more other entities, which may belong to " "the same or different entity type. For example, a Content " "reference field on a content type stores a relationship between " "one content item and one or more other content items." msgstr "引用字段是存储实体与一个或多个其它实体之间关系的字段，这些实体可能属于相同或不同的实体类型。例如，内容类型上的内容引用字段存储一个内容条目与一个或多个其它内容条目之间的关系。" msgid "What field types are available?" msgstr "有哪些字段类型可用？" msgid "" "The following field types are provided by the core system and core " "modules (many more are provided by contributed modules):" msgstr "以下字段类型由核心系统和核心模块提供（更多字段类型由第三方模块提供）：" msgid "" "Boolean, Number (provided by the core system): Stores true/false " "values and numbers" msgstr "布尔值，数字（由核心系统提供）：存储“真/假”的值和数字" msgid "" "Comment (provided by the core Comment module): Allows users to add " "comments to an entity" msgstr "评论（由核心评论模块提供）：允许用户向实体添加评论" msgid "Date, Timestamp (Datetime module): Stores dates and times" msgstr "日期，时间戳（日期时间模块）：存储日期和时间" msgid "Email (core system): Stores email addresses" msgstr "电子邮件（核心系统）：存储电子邮件地址" msgid "Link (Link module): Stores URLs and link text" msgstr "链接（Link 模块）：存储 URL 和链接文本" msgid "Telephone (Telephone module): Stores telephone numbers" msgstr "电话（电话模块）：存储电话号码" msgid "What is a formatter?" msgstr "什么是格式器？" msgid "" "A formatter is a way to display a field; most field types " "offer several types of formatters, and most formatters have settings " "that further define how the field is displayed. It is also possible to " "completely hide a field from display, and you have the option of " "showing or hiding the field's label when it is displayed." msgstr "格式器是显示字段的一种方式；大多数字段类型提供多种类型的格式器，大多数格式器都有进一步定义字段显示方式的设置。也可以从显示中完全隐藏字段，并且可以在显示字段时选择显示或隐藏字段的标签。" msgid "What is a widget?" msgstr "什么是小部件？" msgid "" "A widget is a way to edit a field. Some field types, such as " "plain text single-line fields, have only one widget available (in this " "case, a single-line text input field). Other field types offer choices " "for the widget; for example, single-valued List fields can " "use a Select or Radio button widget for editing. " "Many widget types have settings that further define how the field can " "be edited." msgstr "小部件是编辑字段的一种方式。某些字段类型，例如纯文本单行字段，只有一个小部件可用（在本例中，为单行文本输入字段）。其它字段类型为小部件提供了多种选择；例如，单值列表字段，可以使用选择或单选按钮小部件进行编辑。许多小部件类型，具有进一步定义如何编辑字段的设置。" msgid "Managing content structure overview" msgstr "管理内容结构总览" msgid "" "Besides the field modules listed in the previous section, there are " "additional core modules that you can use to manage your content " "structure:" msgstr "除了上一节中列出的字段模块外，还可以使用其它核心模块来管理你的内容结构：" msgid "Configure your system so that cron will run automatically." msgstr "配置您的系统，使定时任务自动运行。" msgid "What are cron tasks?" msgstr "什么是 cron 任务？" msgid "" "To ensure that your site and its modules continue to function well, a " "group of administrative operations should be run periodically. These " "operations are called cron tasks, and running the tasks is " "known as running cron. Depending on how often content is " "updated on your site, you might need to run cron on a schedule ranging " "from hourly to weekly to keep your site running well." msgstr "为了确保您的站点及其模块持续正常运行，应定期运行一组管理操作。这些操作被称为cron任务，运行这些任务被称为运行cron。根据网站上内容更新的频率，您可能需要从按时间表（从小时到周）运行cron，以保持网站正常运行。" msgid "What options are available for running cron?" msgstr "有哪些选项可用于运行定时任务？" msgid "" "If the core Automated Cron module is installed, your site will run " "cron periodically, on a schedule you can configure." msgstr "如果安装了核心的自动定时任务模块，您的站点将按照您配置的时间表定期运行定时任务。" msgid "" "You can set up a task on your web server to visit the cron " "URL, which is unique to your site, on a schedule." msgstr "" "您可以在web服务器上设立一个任务，以便按计划访问定时任务 " "URL，这个URL是您的网站所独有的。" msgid "" "You can also run cron manually, but this is not the recommended way to " "make sure it is run periodically." msgstr "您也可以手动运行定时任务，但这不是确保定期运行定时任务的推荐方法。" msgid "" "If you want to run cron right now, click Run cron and wait " "for cron to finish." msgstr "如果您想立即运行定时任务(cron)，请单击运行定时任务，并等待定时任务运行完成。" msgid "" "If you have a way to configure tasks on your web server, copy the link " "where it says To run cron from outside the site, go to. Set " "up a task to visit that URL on your desired cron schedule, such as " "once an hour or once a week. (On Linux-like servers, you can use the " "wget command to visit a URL.) If you configure an outside " "task, you should uninstall the Automated Cron module." msgstr "如果您可以在web服务器上配置任务，请复制定时任务URL链接，这个链接位于要从网站外部运行定时任务，请转到下面。设置一个任务，按照您想要的定时任务时间表访问该URL，例如每小时或每周访问一次。（在类似Linux的服务器上，可以使用wget命令访问URL。）如果配置外部任务，则应卸载自动化定时任务模块。" msgid "" "If you are not configuring an outside task, and you have the core " "Automated Cron module installed, select a schedule for automated cron " "runs in Cron settings > Run cron every. Click " "Save configuration." msgstr "" "如果您没有配置外部任务，并且安装了核心的自动定时任务模块，请在定时任务设置 " "> " "运行间隔中，选择自动运行定时任务的时间表。单击保存配置。" msgid "What is a module?" msgstr "什么是模块？" msgid "" "A module is a set of PHP, JavaScript, and/or CSS files that " "extends site features and adds functionality. A set of Core " "modules is distributed as part of the core software download. " "Additional Contributed modules can be downloaded separately " "from the Download & " "Extend page on drupal.org." msgstr "" "一个模块是一组PHP、JavaScript和/或CSS文件，用于扩展网站特性并添加功能。核心模块作为核心软件下载的一部分进行分发。其它第三方模块可以从drupal.org上的下载 " "& 扩展页面单独下载。" msgid "What is an Experimental module?" msgstr "什么是实验模块？" msgid "" "An Experimental module is a module that is still in " "development and is not yet stable. Using Experimental modules on " "production sites is not recommended." msgstr "实验模块是一个仍在开发中且尚未稳定的模块。不建议在生产站点使用实验模块。" msgid "What are installing and uninstalling?" msgstr "什么是安装和卸载？" msgid "" "Installing a core or downloaded contributed module means turning it " "on, so that you can use its features and functionality. Uninstalling " "means turning it off and removing all of its configuration. A module " "cannot be uninstalled if another installed module depends on it, or if " "you have created content on your site using the module -- you would " "need to delete the content and uninstall dependent modules first." msgstr "安装核心或已下载的第三方模块，意味着启用它，这样您就可以使用它的特性和功能。卸载意味着关闭它，并删除它的所有配置。如果另一个安装的模块依赖于某个模块，或者您使用该模块在网站上创建了内容，则无法卸载该模块——您需要先删除它的内容并卸载依赖它的模块。" msgid "Extending overview" msgstr "扩展总览" msgid "" "See the related topics listed below for help performing tasks related " "to extending the functionality of your site." msgstr "请参看下面所列的相关主题，以获取与扩展网站功能相关的任务的帮助。" msgid "Maintaining and troubleshooting overview" msgstr "维护和故障排除概览" msgid "" "Here are some tasks and hints related to maintaining your site, and " "troubleshooting problems that may come up on your site. See the " "related topics below for more information." msgstr "以下是一些任务和提示，关于维护您的网站以及排除网站上可能出现的问题。有关更多信息，请参看下面的相关主题。" msgid "Configure your site so that cron runs periodically." msgstr "配置您的站点，使定时任务周期运行。" msgid "" "If your site is not behaving as expected, clear the cache before " "trying to diagnose the problem." msgstr "如果您的网站没有按预期运行，请在尝试诊断问题之前先清除缓存。" msgid "" "There are several site reports that can help you diagnose problems " "with your site. There are also two core modules that can be used for " "error logging: Database Logging and Syslog." msgstr "有多个站点报告，可以帮助您诊断站点的问题。还有两个可用于错误日志记录的核心模块：数据库日志和系统日志。" msgid "" "Find the particular sub-type that you want to add the field to, and " "click Manage fields." msgstr "找到要添加字段的特定子类型，然后单击管理字段。" msgid "Click Add field." msgstr "单击添加字段。" msgid "" "The Label field should now be visible; enter a label for the " "field, which is used as the field label for both content editing and " "content display." msgstr "标签字段现在应该是可见的；输入字段的标签，该标签用作内容编辑和内容显示的字段标签。" msgid "Click Save and continue." msgstr "点击保存并继续。" msgid "" "On the next screen, enter a value for Allowed number of " "values. You can limit the field to one value per entity item, a " "set number of values, or set it to have unlimited values. Click " "Save field settings." msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，为允许的值数输入一个值。您可以将字段限制为每个实体条目一个值、一组值，也可以将其设置为不限值。单击保存字段设置。" msgid "" "On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for the field, which " "vary depending on what field type you are creating. For all fields, " "you can edit the Label, Help text (text to be " "displayed below the field on the content editing page), and " "Required field (to make it so a value must be entered in " "order to save the content when editing). You can also configure a " "default value for the field." msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，可以选择编辑字段的设置，这些设置因您创建的字段类型而异。对于所有字段，您可以编辑标签、帮助文本（在内容编辑页面上显示在字段下方的文本）和必填字段（为了在编辑时，必须输入一个值，才能保存内容）。您还可以配置字段的默认值。" msgid "" "Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the display " "of, and click Manage display in the Operations list." msgstr "找到你想要配置显示的特定子类型，然后单击操作列表中的管理显示。" msgid "Use the drag arrows to order the fields in your preferred order." msgstr "利用拖拽箭头按照所喜欢的顺序对字段进行排序。" msgid "" "Drag any fields that you do not wish to see in the display to the " "Disabled section." msgstr "对于你在显示中不希望看到的任何字段，可将其拖动到已禁用部分。" msgid "" "In the Label column, select the position for each field label " "in the display, or - Hidden - to hide a label. You can also " "choose - Visually Hidden- if you want the label's text to " "appear in the HTML page, so that screen readers and search engines can " "read it, but it will not be visible." msgstr "在标签列中，选择每个字段标签在显示中的位置，或选择-隐藏-以隐藏标签。如果您希望标签的文本显示在HTML页面中，以便屏幕阅读器和搜索引擎可以阅读，但不可见，您也可以选择-视觉隐藏-。" msgid "" "In the Format column, select the formatter for displaying " "each field." msgstr "在格式列中，为每个字段的显示，选择使用的格式器。" msgid "" "After selecting the desired formatters, click the settings gear in " "each row to change the settings for the formatter." msgstr "选择所需的格式器后，单击每行中的设置齿轮，以修改格式器的设置。" msgid "When you are done making changes, click Save." msgstr "完成更改后，单击保存。" msgid "" "Test the display for your entity sub-type by viewing an entity. If " "needed, return to these steps to further refine the display." msgstr "通过查看实体来测试实体子类型的显示。如果需要，请返回这些步骤以进一步优化显示。" msgid "" "Find the particular sub-type that you want to configure the editing " "form for, and click Manage form display in the " "Operations list." msgstr "找到要为其配置编辑表单的特定子类型，然后单击操作列表中的管理表单显示。" msgid "" "Drag any fields that you do not wish to see on the editing form to the " "Disabled section." msgstr "对于你不想在编辑表单上看到的任何字段，可将其拖到已禁用部分。" msgid "" "In the Widget column, select the widget for editing each " "field." msgstr "在小部件列中，为每个字段选择编辑时使用的小部件。" msgid "" "After selecting the desired widgets, click the settings gear in each " "row to change the settings for the widget." msgstr "选择所需的小部件后，单击每行中的设置齿轮以修改小部件的设置。" msgid "" "Test the editing form for your entity sub-type by editing or creating " "an entity. If needed, return to these steps to further refine the " "form." msgstr "通过编辑或创建实体，来测试实体子类型的编辑表单。如果需要，请返回这些步骤以进一步完善表单。" msgid "" "In Add a new field, select the type of reference field you " "want to add. The Reference section of the select list shows " "the most common types of reference field; choose Other... if " "the entity type you want to reference is not listed." msgstr "在添加新字段中，选择要添加的引用字段类型。选择列表的引用部分，显示了最常见的引用字段类型；如果你要引用的实体类型没有在这里列出，那么选择其它。" msgid "" "On the next screen, verify that the type of entity you want to " "reference is shown in Type of item to reference, or select it " "if not. Enter a value for Allowed number of values. You can " "limit the field to one value per entity item, a set number of values, " "or set it to have unlimited values. Click Save field " "settings." msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，验证要引用的实体类型是否显示在要引用的条目类型中，如果没有，则选择它。为允许的值数输入一个值。您可以将字段限制为每个实体条目一个值、一组值，也可以将其设置为不限值。单击保存字段设置。" msgid "" "On the next screen, optionally edit the settings for Label, " "Help text (text to be displayed below the field on the " "content editing page), and Required field (to make it so a " "value must be entered in order to save the content when editing)." msgstr "在下一个屏幕上，可选择编辑标签、帮助文本（要显示在内容编辑页面上的字段下方的文本）和必填字段的设置（在编辑时，必须输入值才能保存内容）。" msgid "" "In the Reference type section, you will usually want to limit " "the entity sub-types that can be referenced; for example, if you are " "creating a Content reference, you can check one or two " "Content type choices. The choices will be easier for content " "editors to scan if you also choose a sort value (normally the entity " "title or label field)." msgstr "在引用类型部分，您通常想要限制可以引用的实体子类型；例如，如果您正在创建一个内容引用，则可以选中一个或两个内容类型选项。如果您还选择了排序值（通常是实体的标题或标签字段），内容编辑将更容易查找这些选项。" msgid "Clear the data in the site cache." msgstr "清除站点缓存中的数据。" msgid "What is the cache?" msgstr "缓存是什么？" msgid "" "Some of the calculations that are done when your site loads a page " "take a long time to run. To save time when these calculations would " "need to be done again, their results can be cached in your " "site's database. There are internal mechanisms to clear " "cached data when the conditions or assumptions that went into the " "calculation have changed, but you can also clear cached data manually. " "When your site is misbehaving, a good first step is to clear the cache " "and see if the problem goes away." msgstr "网站加载页面时所做的一些计算，可能需要很长时间才能完成。在需要再次运行这些计算时，为了节省时间，可以将其结果缓存在网站的数据库中。当计算中的条件或假设发生变化时，有内部机制可以清除缓存的数据，但您也可以手动清除缓存的数据。当你的网站行为存在异常时，首先想到的是清除缓存，看看问题是否消失。" msgid "" "Click Clear all caches. Your site's cached data will be " "cleared." msgstr "单击清除所有缓存。您网站的缓存数据将被清除。" msgid "" "Put your site in maintenance mode to perform maintenance operations, " "and then return to normal mode when finished." msgstr "将您的站点置于维护模式以执行维护操作，然后在完成后返回正常模式。" msgid "What is maintenance mode?" msgstr "什么是维护模式？" msgid "" "When your site is in maintenance mode, most site visitors will see a " "simple maintenance mode message page, rather than being able to use " "the full functionality of the site. Users with Use the site in " "maintenance mode permission who are already logged in will be " "able to use the full site, and the log in page at /user will " "also be accessible to anyone." msgstr "当您的网站处于维护模式时，大多数网站访问者将看到一个简单的维护模式消息页面，而不是能够使用网站的完整功能。具有在维护模式下使用网站权限的用户，如果已经登录，则可以使用完整的网站，任何人都可以访问/user这个登录页面。" msgid "" "Check Put site into maintenance mode, optionally change the " "Message to display when in maintenance mode, and click " "Save configuration. Your site will be in maintenance mode." msgstr "选中将站点置于维护模式，可选择修改在维护模式下显示的消息，并单击保存配置。您的网站将处于维护模式。" msgid "Perform your maintenance operations." msgstr "执行你的维护操作。" msgid "" "Uncheck Put site into maintenance mode and click Save " "configuration. Your site will be back in normal operation mode." msgstr "取消选中将站点置于维护模式，然后单击保存配置。您的网站将恢复到正常运行模式。" msgid "" "Install a core module, or a contributed module that has already been " "downloaded." msgstr "安装核心模块，或已下载的第三方模块。" msgid "" "Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, " "to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to " "install." msgstr "在筛选框中输入模块名称或描述中的单词，以缩小模块列表。找到你要安装的模块。" msgid "" "Check the box next to the name of the module you want to install; you " "can also check more than one box to install multiple modules at the " "same time. If the checkbox is disabled for the module you are trying " "to install, expand the information to see why -- you may need to " "download an additional module that your module requires." msgstr "选中要安装的模块名称旁边的框；您还可以选中多个框，以便同时安装多个模块。如果要安装的模块的复选框被禁用，请展开信息查看原因——您可能需要下载模块所需的它模块。" msgid "" "Click Install at the bottom of the page. If you chose to " "install a module with dependencies that were not already installed, or " "if you chose an Experimental module, confirm your choice on the next " "page." msgstr "单击页面底部的安装。如果您选择安装具有尚未安装的依赖项的模块，或者选择了实验模块，请在下一页确认您的选择。" msgid "" "Wait for the module (or modules) to be installed. You should be " "returned to the Extend page with a message saying the module " "or modules were installed." msgstr "等待安装模块。您应该返回到扩展页面，并显示一条消息，说明模块已安装。" msgid "" "Enter a word from the module name or description into the filter box, " "to make the list of modules smaller. Locate the module you want to " "uninstall." msgstr "在筛选框中输入模块名称或描述中的单词，以缩小模块列表。找到要卸载的模块。" msgid "" "In the Description column, see if there are reasons that this " "module cannot be uninstalled. For example, you may have created " "content using this module (which you would need to delete first), or " "there may be another module installed that requires this module to be " "installed (you would need to uninstall the other module first)." msgstr "在描述列中，查看是否存在无法卸载此模块的原因。例如，您可能已经使用此模块创建了内容（您需要首先删除对应的内容），或者可能安装了另一个模块，它依赖于这个模块（您需要先卸载其它模块）。" msgid "" "If there are no reasons listed, the module can be uninstalled. Check " "the box in the Uninstall column, next to the module's name." msgstr "如果没有列出任何原因，则可以卸载该模块。选中模块名称旁边的卸载一列的复选框。" msgid "" "Click Uninstall at the bottom of the page. Verify the list of " "modules to be uninstalled and configuration to be deleted on the " "confirmation page, and click Uninstall." msgstr "单击页面底部的卸载。在确认页面上检查要卸载的模块列表和要删除的配置，然后单击卸载。" msgid "" "Wait for the module to be uninstalled. You should be returned to the " "Uninstall page with a message saying the module was " "uninstalled." msgstr "等待卸载模块。您应该返回到卸载页面，并显示一条消息，说明模块已卸载。" msgid "Run reports to learn about the status and health of your site." msgstr "运行报告以了解网站的状态和运行状况。" msgid "" "If you have the core Database Logging module installed, in the " "Manage administrative menu, navigate to Reports > " "Recent log messages to see a report of the error and " "informational messages your site has generated. You can filter the " "report by Severity to see only the most critical messages, if " "desired." msgstr "" "如果安装了核心的数据库日志模块，请在管理菜单管理下面，导航到报告 " "> " "最近日志消息，查看您的网站生成的错误的和信息性消息。如果需要，您可以按严重性过滤报告，以仅查看最关键的消息。" msgid "Click Add user." msgstr "单击添加用户。" msgid "" "Enter the Email address, Username, and " "Password (twice) for the new user." msgstr "为新用户输入电子邮件地址、用户名和密码（两次）。" msgid "Verify that the Roles checked for the new user are correct." msgstr "验证为新用户所选的角色是否正确。" msgid "" "If you want the new user to receive an email message notifying them of " "the new account, check Notify user of new account." msgstr "如果您希望新用户收到通知他们新帐户的电子邮件，请选中通知用户新帐户。" msgid "Optionally, change other settings on the form." msgstr "可选的，修改表单上的其它设置。" msgid "Click Create new account." msgstr "单击创建新帐户。" msgid "" "You will be left on the Add user page; repeat these steps if " "you have more user accounts to create." msgstr "您将留在添加用户页面；如果要创建更多的用户帐号，请重复这些步骤。" msgid "Create a new role." msgstr "创建一个新角色。" msgid "Click Add role." msgstr "单击添加角色。" msgid "" "Enter the desired Role name. If desired, click Edit " "to change the Machine name for the role." msgstr "输入所需的角色名称。如果需要，请单击编辑更改角色的机读名称。" msgid "" "Click Save. You should be returned to the Roles page " "and your new role should be in the role list." msgstr "单击保存。您应该返回到角色页面，并且您新加的角色应该显示在角色列表中。" msgid "What is a user?" msgstr "什么是用户？" msgid "" "A user is anyone accessing or viewing your site. Anonymous " "users are users who are not logged in, and Authenticated " "users are users who are logged in." msgstr "用户是指访问或查看您的网站的任何人。匿名用户是未登录的用户，而已认证用户是已登录的用户。" msgid "What is a role?" msgstr "什么是角色？" msgid "" "Roles are used to group and classify users; each user can be " "assigned one or more roles. There are also special roles for all " "anonymous and all authenticated users." msgstr "角色用于对用户进行分组和分类；每个用户可以被分配一个或多个角色。也有特殊的角色，比如所有的匿名用户，和所有的已认证用户。" msgid "What is a permission?" msgstr "什么是权限？" msgid "" "Granting a permission to a role allows users who have been " "assigned that role to perform an action on the site, such as viewing " "content, editing or creating a particular type of content, " "administering settings for a particular module, or using a particular " "function of the site (such as search)." msgstr "向角色授予权限，允许已分配该角色的用户在网站上执行一个动作，例如查看内容、编辑或创建特定类型的内容、管理特定模块的设置或使用网站的特定功能（如搜索）。" msgid "Overview of managing user accounts and visitors" msgstr "管理用户帐号和访问者概览" msgid "Modify the permissions for an existing role." msgstr "修改现有角色的权限。" msgid "" "Review the permissions for the role, paying particular attention to " "the permissions marked with Warning: Give to trusted roles only; " "this permission has security implications. Uncheck permissions " "that this role should not have, in the row of the permission and the " "column of the role; check permissions that this role should have." msgstr "查看角色的权限，特别注意标有警告：仅授予受信任的角色；此权限具有安全隐患的权限。在权限行和角色列中取消选中该角色不应具有的权限；选中此角色应具有的权限。" msgid "Click Save permissions." msgstr "点击保存权限。" msgid "Update or delete an existing user account." msgstr "更新或删除现有用户帐号。" msgid "" "Enter all or part of the user name or email address of the user " "account you want to update or delete, and click Filter. A " "short list of user accounts, including the account of interest, should " "be shown in the table; if not, modify the filter text until you can " "find the account of interest." msgstr "对于要更新或删除的用户帐号，输入它的全部或部分用户名或电子邮件地址，然后单击过滤。一个用户帐号的简短列表，里面包括了感兴趣的帐号，会在表格中显示出来；如果没有，请修改过滤文本，直到找到感兴趣的帐号为止。" msgid "" "Click Edit in the Operations area of the account of " "interest." msgstr "在感兴趣帐户的操作区域中，单击编辑。" msgid "" "To delete the user account, scroll to the bottom and click Cancel " "account. Select what you want to happen to the user's content on " "the next screen, and click Cancel account." msgstr "要删除用户帐户，请滚动到底部，然后单击取消帐户。在下一个屏幕上选择您希望对用户内容进行的处理，然后单击取消帐户。" msgid "" "To update the user account, enter new values in the form and click " "Save." msgstr "要更新用户帐号，请在表单中输入新值，然后单击保存。" msgid "Programming languages" msgstr "编程语言" msgid "Media has been removed." msgstr "多媒体已被删除。" msgid "Olivero Utilities" msgstr "Olivero 实用程序" msgid "Enable mobile menu at all widths" msgstr "在所有屏宽下均启用移动菜单" msgid "Header site branding background color" msgstr "页头品牌背景色" msgid "Search by keyword or phrase." msgstr "使用关键字或短语搜索。" msgid "Nav Medium" msgstr "中等的Nav" msgid "Grid Medium" msgstr "中网格" msgid "Grid Max" msgstr "大网格" msgid "Olivero" msgstr "Olivero" msgid "olivero settings" msgstr "olivero 主题设置" msgid "" "Schema information for module %module was missing from the database. " "You should manually review the module updates and your database to " "check if any updates have been skipped up to, and including, " "%last_update_hook." msgstr "" "数据库中缺少模块%module的模式信息。您应该手动审查模块更新和你的数据库，以检查是否有任何更新被跳过，直到并包括 " "%last_update_hook。" msgid "" "Add, remove, or rearrange the fields on personal and site-wide contact " "forms." msgstr "在个人和全站联系表单上，添加、删除或重新排列对应字段。" msgid "What are the fields on contact forms?" msgstr "联系表单上的字段是什么？" msgid "" "Click Manage fields for the form you want to change the " "fields of, and add or remove one or more fields on the form." msgstr "对于想要更改其字段的表单，单击它的管理字段，添加或删除一个或多个字段。" msgid "" "Click Manage form display to change the order or " "configuration of the fields on the form." msgstr "单击管理表单显示，更改表单上字段的顺序或配置。" msgid "Configure personal contact forms for registered users on the website." msgstr "为网站上的注册用户配置个人联系表单。" msgid "" "In the Contact settings section, check/uncheck the box to " "enable/disable the contact form for new user accounts." msgstr "在联系设置部分，选中/取消选中该框，为新的用户帐号启用/禁用联系表单。" msgid "Click Save configuration." msgstr "点击保存配置。" msgid "" "Verify that permissions are correct for your site's roles, including " "the generic Anonymous user and Authenticated user. " "In order to use personal contact forms, users need both View user " "information (in the User section, which enables them to " "view user profiles) and Use users' personal contact forms (in " "the Contact section, which enables them to use contact forms " "if they can view user profiles)." msgstr "验证您网站上角色的权限是否正确，包括通用的匿名用户和已认证用户。为了使用个人联系表单，用户需要查看用户信息权限（在用户部分，使他们能够查看用户个人资料）和使用用户的个人联系表单权限（在联系部分，如果他们可以查看用户个人资料，则可以使用联系表单）。" msgid "Create a new site-wide contact form." msgstr "创建一个新的全站范围的联系表单。" msgid "Click Add contact form." msgstr "点击添加联系表。" msgid "" "Fill in the Label (title) for the form, Recipients, " "and optionally the other settings." msgstr "填写表单的标签（标题）、收件人以及其它设置（可选）。" msgid "" "Click Save. You should see your new contact form in the " "table, along with a link to view it." msgstr "单击保存。您应该在表格中看到您新建的联系表格，它带了查看详情的链接。" msgid "What are contact forms?" msgstr "什么是联络表？" msgid "" "There are two different types of contact forms provided by the core " "Contact module: personal contact forms, which allow users to contact " "other users on the site, and site-wide contact forms, which allow " "users to contact site managers or administrators. A site can have more " "than one site-wide contact form; each has its own fields to fill out, " "recipients, and URL; you can also change the fields that are shown on " "personal contact forms." msgstr "核心的联系模块提供了两种不同类型的联系表单：个人联系表单，允许用户联系网站上的其他用户；全站联系表单，用户联系网站负责人或管理员。一个站点可以有多个站点范围内的联系表单；每个都有自己要填写的字段、收件人和URL；您还可以更改个人联系表单上显示的字段。" msgid "" "Site visitors can email registered users on your site by using the " "personal contact form, without knowing or learning the email address " "of the recipient. When a user with the correct permissions is viewing " "another user's profile, the viewer will see a Contact tab or " "link, which leads to the personal contact form if the user whose " "profile is being viewed has their personal contact form enabled (this " "is a user account setting)." msgstr "网站访问者可以使用个人联系表单，向您网站上的注册用户发送电子邮件，而无需知道或了解收件人的电子邮件地址。当具有正确权限的用户正在查看另一个用户的个人资料时，如果对方启用了个人联系表单（这是用户帐户设置），他将看到一个联系标签或链接，，则该联系或链接将指向个人联系表单。" msgid "Contact form management tasks" msgstr "联络表管理任务" msgid "See the related topics below for specific tasks." msgstr "有关具体任务，请参阅下面的相关主题。" msgid "Click Edit for the site-wide form you want to be the default." msgstr "对于要用作默认的站点范围的表单，单击编辑。" msgid "Check Make this the default form and click Save." msgstr "选中使其成为默认表单，然后单击保存。" msgid "" "Click Save settings. You should be returned to the Manage " "fields page, with your new field in the list." msgstr "单击保存设置。您应该返回到管理字段页面，你新加的新字段将显示在列表中。" msgid "" "Whether to force the output to be an absolute link (beginning with " "http: or https:)" msgstr "是否强制输出为绝对链接（以http:或https:开头）" msgid "" "Whether to force this URL to point to a secure location (beginning " "with https:)" msgstr "是否强制此URL指向安全位置（以https:开头）" msgid "Checked %langcode translation for %project." msgstr "为 %project检查%langcode翻译." msgid "Downloaded %langcode translation for %project." msgstr "%langcode 为%project下载的 %langcode翻译." msgid "Importing %langcode translation for %project." msgstr "为%project导入%langcode翻译." msgid "Imported %langcode translation for %project." msgstr "为%project导入的%langcode翻译." msgid "" "It looks like you have content on your new site which may be " "overwritten if you continue to run this upgrade. The upgrade " "should be performed on a clean Drupal @version installation. For more " "information see the upgrade handbook." msgstr "" "如果您继续运行此升级，新网站上的内容可能会被覆盖。升级应该在干净的Drupal " "@version安装上执行。有关更多信息，请参阅升级手册。" msgid "" "An upgrade has already been performed on this site. To perform a new " "migration, create a clean and empty new install of Drupal @version. " "Rollbacks are not yet supported through the user interface. For more " "information, see the upgrading handbook." msgstr "" "已经在此网站上执行了升级。要执行新的迁移，请创建Drupal " "@version的干净且空的新安装。还不支持通过用户界面进行回滚。有关更多信息，请参看升级手册。" msgid "" "Upgrade a site by importing its files and the data from its database " "into a clean and empty new install of Drupal @version. See the Drupal site upgrades handbook for more information." msgstr "" "通过将网站的文件和数据从其数据库，导入到Drupal " "@version的干净且空的新站点来升级网站。有关更多信息，请参阅Drupal网站升级手册。" msgid "" "This empty Drupal @version installation you will import the old site " "to." msgstr "这个空的Drupal @version 安装，你将用于导入旧网站。" msgid "The menu name (= set name) for this shortcut link." msgstr "此快捷方式链接的菜单名称（=集合名称）。" msgid "" "There are errors with some installed themes. Visit the status report page for more information." msgstr "" "某些已安装的主题存在错误。有关更多信息，请访问状态报告页面。" msgid "" "There are errors with some installed modules. Visit the status report page for more information." msgstr "" "某些已安装的模块存在错误。有关更多信息，请访问 " "状态报告页面。" msgid "" "Display machine name must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, or " "underscores." msgstr "显示机读名字必须只能包含小写字母、数字或下划线。" msgid "" "Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but " "is missing from your site. More information about " "this error." msgstr "" "模块 " "%name在system.schema的键/值存储中有一个条目，但它在您的网站上不见了。 " "有关此错误的更多信息。" msgid "" "Module %name has an entry in the system.schema key/value storage, but " "is not installed. More information about this " "error." msgstr "" "模块 " "%name在system.schema的键/值存储中有一个条目，但尚未安装。 " "有关此错误的更多信息。" msgid "Missing required data for configuration: %config" msgstr "必要的配置数据缺失:%config" msgid "Search form (narrow)" msgstr "搜索表单(窄)" msgid "Search form (wide)" msgstr "搜索表单(宽)" msgid "What are breakpoints?" msgstr "什么是断点（breakpoints）？" msgid "" "Breakpoints are the point at which your site's content will respond to " "provide the user with the best possible layout to consume the " "information. A breakpoint separates the height or width of viewports " "(screens, printers, and other media output types) into steps. For " "instance, a width breakpoint of 40em creates two steps: one for widths " "up to 40em and one for widths above 40em. Breakpoints can be used to " "define when layouts should shift from one form to another, when images " "should be resized, and other changes that need to respond to changes " "in viewport height or width." msgstr "断点就是这样的点，在这些点上，使用断点信息，你的站点内容将作出响应以向用户提供尽可能好的布局。断点将视口（屏幕、打印机和其它介质输出类型）的高度或宽度分隔为多步。例如，40em的宽度断点创建两个步骤：一个用于40em以下的宽度，另一个用于超过40em的长度。断点可用于定义布局何时从一种形式切换到另一种形式，何时调整图片大小，以及需要响应视口高度或宽度变更的其它变更。" msgid "What are media queries?" msgstr "什么是媒体查询（media queries）？" msgid "" "Media queries are a formal way to encode breakpoints. For instance, a " "width breakpoint at 40em would be written as the media query " "\"(min-width: 40em)\". Breakpoints are really just media queries with " "some additional meta-data, such as a name and multiplier information." msgstr "" "媒体查询是对断点进行编码的一种正式方式。例如，40em处的宽度断点，写成媒体查询 " "\"(min-width: " "40em)\"。断点实际上只是带有一些附加元数据的媒体查询，例如名称和乘数信息。" msgid "What are resolution multipliers?" msgstr "什么是分辨率乘数？" msgid "What is a breakpoint group?" msgstr "什么是断点组？" msgid "Managing breakpoints and breakpoint groups overview" msgstr "管理断点和断点组概述" msgid "" "The Breakpoint module allows you to define breakpoints and " "breakpoint groups in YAML files. Modules and themes can use the API " "provided by the Breakpoint module to define breakpoints and " "breakpoint groups, and to assign resolution multipliers to " "breakpoints." msgstr "断点模块，允许您在YAML文件中定义断点和断点组。模块和主题可以使用断点模块提供的API来定义断点和断点组，并为断点分配分辨率乘数。" msgid "W3C standards for media queries" msgstr "媒体查询的 W3C 标准" msgid "What is a theme?" msgstr "什么是主题？" msgid "" "A theme is a set of files that define the visual look and " "feel of your site. The core software and modules that run on your site " "determine which content (including HTML text and other data stored in " "the database, uploaded images, and any other asset files) is displayed " "on the pages of your site. The theme determines the HTML markup and " "CSS styling that wraps the content. Several basic themes are supplied " "with the core software; additional contributed themes can be " "downloaded separately from the Download & " "Extend page on drupal.org, or you can create your own theme." msgstr "" "主题是一组定义网站视觉外观的文件。在您的网站上运行的核心软件和模块决定哪些内容（包括存储在数据库中的HTML文本和其它数据、上传的图片，和任何其它资产文件）显示在您的站点页面上。主题决定了用于包裹内容的HTML标签和CSS样式。核心软件提供了几个基本主题；其它第三方主题可以从drupal.org上的下载 " "& " "扩展页面单独下载，或者您可以创建自己的主题。" msgid "What is a base theme?" msgstr "什么是基主题？" msgid "What is a layout?" msgstr "什么是布局？" msgid "Changing site appearance overview" msgstr "修改网站外观概览" msgid "" "The core Field UI module provides a user interface for managing fields " "and their display on entities." msgstr "核心的字段UI模块提供了一个用户界面，用于管理实体上的字段及其显示。" msgid "" "The core Layout Builder module provides a more flexible user interface " "for configuring the display of entities." msgstr "核心布局构建器模块提供了非常灵活的用户界面，用于配置实体的显示。" msgid "What is site performance?" msgstr "什么是网站性能？" msgid "" "Site performance, in this context, refers to speed factors such as the " "page load time and the response time after a user action on a page." msgstr "在这种情况下，站点性能指的是速度因素，如页面加载时间和用户对页面执行操作后的响应时间。" msgid "What is caching?" msgstr "什么是缓存？" msgid "" "Caching is saving already-rendered HTML output and other calculated " "data for later use the first time it is needed. This saves time, " "because the next time the same data is needed it can be quickly " "retrieved instead of recalculated. Automatic caching systems also " "include mechanisms to delete cached calculations or mark them as no " "longer valid when the underlying data changes. To facilitate that, " "cached data has a lifetime, which is the maximum time before " "the data will be deleted from the cache (forcing recalculation)." msgstr "在第一次使用时，缓存是将已渲染的HTML输出和其它计算数据保存起来，以便以后使用。这节省了时间，因为下次需要相同的数据时，可以快速检索，而不是重新计算。自动缓存系统还包括删除缓存计算机制或在基础数据变更时将其标记为不再有效的机制。为了方便起见，缓存数据具有生命周期，这是一个缓存保存的最长时间，之后将被从缓存系统中删除数据（强制重新计算）。" msgid "What is file aggregation?" msgstr "什么是文件聚合？" msgid "" "Aggregation is when CSS and JavaScript files are merged together and " "compressed into a format that is much smaller than the original. This " "allows for faster transmission and faster rendering on the other end." msgstr "聚合是指CSS和JavaScript文件合并在一起，并压缩为比原始文件小得多的格式。这使得文件传输的更快，在客户端渲染的更快。" msgid "What can I do to improve my site's performance?" msgstr "我可以做什么来提高网站的性能？" msgid "Internal Page Cache module" msgstr "内部页面缓存模块" msgid "" "Caches pages requested by users who are not logged in (anonymous " "users). Do not use if your site needs to send different output to " "different anonymous users." msgstr "缓存未登录的用户（匿名用户）请求的页面。如果您的网站需要向不同的匿名用户提供不同的内容，请不要使用这个功能。" msgid "Internal Dynamic Page Cache module" msgstr "内部动态页面缓存模块" msgid "" "Caches data for both authenticated and anonymous users, with " "non-cacheable data in the page converted to placeholders and " "calculated when the page is requested." msgstr "为登录用户和匿名用户缓存数据，页面中不可缓存的数据将转换为占位符，并在请求页面时进行计算。" msgid "Big Pipe module" msgstr "Big Pipe 模块" msgid "" "Changes the way pages are sent to users, so that cacheable parts are " "sent out first with placeholders, and the uncacheable or personalized " "parts of the page are streamed afterwards. This allows the browser to " "render the bulk of the page quickly and fill in the details later." msgstr "修改页面发送给用户的方式，以便将可缓存部分与占位符一起先发送出去，然后再流式传输页面中不可缓存或个性化的部分。这使浏览器能够快速呈现页面的大部分内容，并在稍后补充详细信息。" msgid "Performance page settings" msgstr "性能页面设置" msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, if you navigate to " "Configuration > Development > " "Performance, you will find a setting for the maximum cache " "lifetime, as well as the ability to turn on CSS and JavaScript file " "aggregation." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面，如果导航到配置> " "开发> " "性能，您将找到最大缓存生命周期的设置，以及启用CSS和JavaScript文件聚合的功能。" msgid "Online documentation for the Internal Page Cache module" msgstr "内部页面缓存模块的在线文档" msgid "Online documentation for the Internal Dynamic Page Cache module" msgstr "内部动态页面缓存模块的在线文档" msgid "Online documentation for the BigPipe module" msgstr "BigPipe 模块的在线文档" msgid "What are the parts of a layout?" msgstr "布局由哪些部分组成？" msgid "" "Find the particular sub-type that you want to create a layout for, and " "click Manage display in the Operations list." msgstr "找到要为其创建布局的特定子类型，然后单击操作列表中的管理显示。" msgid "" "Under Layout options, check Use Layout Builder. You " "can also check the box below to allow each entity item to have its " "layout individually customized (if it is left unchecked, the site will " "use the same layout for all items of this entity sub-type)." msgstr "在布局选项下面，选中使用布局构建器。您也可以选中下面的框，以允许每个实体条目单独自定义其布局（如果未选中，则网站将对此实体子类型的所有条目使用相同的布局）。" msgid "" "Click Save. You will be returned to the Manage " "display page, but you will no longer see the table of fields of " "the classic display manager." msgstr "单击保存。您将返回到管理显示页面，此时您将看不到原有的经典显示管理器的字段表格。" msgid "" "Click Manage layout to enter layout management view. A " "default layout will be set up for you, with a single one-column " "section containing the fields on your entity sub-type." msgstr "单击管理布局进入布局管理界面。将会为您设置好一个默认布局，它仅带有一个单列区段，里面包含你的实体子类型的字段。" msgid "" "To remove the default section and start from an empty layout, find and " "click the Remove button for the default section, which looks " "like an X. Confirm by clicking Remove in the pop-up dialog." msgstr "要删除默认区段并从空布局开始，请找到并单击默认区段的删除按钮，该按钮看起来像一个X。在弹出对话框中单击移除进行确认。" msgid "" "Add new sections, each with one to four columns, to your layout. For " "instance, you might want a one-column section at the top, a two-column " "section in the middle, and then a one-column section at the bottom. To " "add a section, click Add section and click the desired number " "of columns. For multi-column sections, set the column width " "percentages and click Add section in the pop-up dialog." msgstr "在布局中添加新的区段，每个区段有一到四列。例如，您可能希望顶部为一列，中间为两列，然后底部为一列。要添加区段，请单击添加区段，然后单击所需的列数。对于多列区段，设置列宽百分比，然后在弹出对话框中单击添加区段。" msgid "" "In each section, click Add block to add a block. You will see " "a list of the blocks available on your site, plus a section called " "Content fields with a block for each field on your content " "item. Each block can be configured, if desired, with a Title, " "and for content field blocks, you can also configure the field " "formatter. Continue to add blocks to your sections until all the " "desired blocks and fields are displayed." msgstr "在每个区段中，单击添加区块以添加一个区块。您将看到网站上可用的区块列表，以及名为内容字段的部分，其中每个字段对应一个区块。如果需要，每个区块都可以配置标题，对于内容字段区块，还可以配置字段格式器。继续向区段中添加区块，直到所有所需的区块和字段都显示出来。" msgid "" "Verify your layout. You can check Show content preview to " "show a preview of what your layout will look like, or uncheck it to " "see the names of the fields and blocks in each section." msgstr "验证您的布局。您可以选中显示内容预览来显示布局的预览，或者取消选中它来查看每个区段中字段和区块的名称。" msgid "" "If needed, reorder the blocks by dragging them to new locations. If " "you hover over a block, a contextual menu will appear that will let " "you change the configuration of the block, remove the block, or " "Move blocks within the section using a more compact " "interface." msgstr "如果需要，可以通过将区块拖动到新位置来重新排列区块的顺序。如果您将鼠标悬停在区块上，将出现一个上下文菜单，它允许您修改区块的配置、删除区块，或在区段内移动块，这个菜单使用了非常紧凑的界面。" msgid "When you are satisfied with your layout, click Save layout." msgstr "如果您对布局感到满意，请单击保存布局。" msgid "Creating layout defaults" msgstr "创建布局默认值" msgid "Building Layouts Using the Layout Builder UI" msgstr "使用布局构建器UI构建布局" msgid "" "Install a core theme, or a contributed theme that has already been " "downloaded. Choose the default themes to use for the site and for " "administrative pages." msgstr "安装一个核心主题，或安装已下载的第三方主题。选择用于网站的默认主题，和用于管理页面的主题。" msgid "" "Locate the themes that you want to use as the site default theme and " "for administrative pages." msgstr "找到要用作网站默认的主题，和用于管理页面的主题。" msgid "" "For each of these themes, if the theme is in the Uninstalled " "themes section, click the Install link to install the " "theme. Wait for the theme to be installed (translations might be " "downloaded). You should be returned to the Appearance page." msgstr "对于这些主题中的每一个，如果主题位于已卸载的主题部分，请单击安装链接来安装主题。等待安装主题（可能会下载翻译）。完成后，您应该返回到外观页面。" msgid "" "Locate the theme that you want to be your default theme, which should " "now be in the Installed themes section. If it is not already " "labeled as the default theme, click the Set as " "default link." msgstr "找到要用作默认主题的主题，该主题现在应位于已安装的主题部分。如果尚未标记为默认主题，请单击设置为默认链接。" msgid "" "At the bottom of the page, select the Administration theme " "that you want to use on administrative pages. Click Save " "configuration if you selected a new theme." msgstr "在页面底部，选择要在管理页面上使用的管理主题。如果选择了新主题，请单击保存配置。" msgid "" "If you changed the default theme for your site, visit the site home " "page or another page on the non-administration part of your site and " "verify that the site is using the new theme. If you changed the " "administration theme, verify that the new theme is used on " "administrative pages." msgstr "如果您更改了网站的默认主题，请访问网站主页或网站非管理部分的其它页面，验证网站是否正在使用新主题。如果更改了管理主题，请验证新主题是否用于管理页面。" msgid "" "Uninstall a theme that was previously installed, but is no longer " "being used on the site." msgstr "卸载以前安装但现在不用的主题。" msgid "" "Locate the theme that you want to uninstall, in the Installed " "themes section." msgstr "在已安装的主题部分中，找到要卸载的主题。" msgid "" "The form has become outdated. Press the back button, copy any unsaved " "work in the form, and then reload the page." msgstr "该表单已经过期。请点击返回按钮，复制表单中所有没保存的内容，然后重新加载页面。" msgid "Configure one or more search pages." msgstr "配置一个或多个搜索页面。" msgid "" "Scroll down to the Search pages section. You will see a list " "of the already-configured search pages on your site." msgstr "向下滚动至搜索页面部分。您将在网站上看到已配置的搜索页面列表。" msgid "" "To configure an existing search page, click Edit. Or, to add " "a new search page, select the Search page type and click " "Add search page." msgstr "要配置已有的搜索页面，请单击编辑。或者，要添加新的搜索页面，请选择搜索页面类型，然后单击添加搜索页面。" msgid "" "Enter the desired Label name and URL Path for the " "search page." msgstr "为搜索页面输入所需的标签名称和URL路径。" msgid "" "For Content search pages, select the desired level of " "influence in ranking search results of the available Content " "ranking factors." msgstr "对于内容搜索页面，在可用内容排名因子中，选择所需的影响级别，它会影响搜索结果排名。" msgid "" "Click Save. You will be returned to the Search pages " "page." msgstr "单击保存。您将返回到搜索页面页面。" msgid "" "Verify that the correct search page is listed as Default in " "the Status column. If not, click Set as default in " "the Operations list for the correct search page." msgstr "验证是否在状态栏中，将正确的搜索页面列为默认。如果没有，请单击操作列表中的设置为默认，将其设置为正确的搜索页面。" msgid "" "Optionally, disable or delete any search pages that you do not want to " "have available on the site (disabling is temporary, while deleting is " "permanent)." msgstr "可选的，禁用或删除您不希望在网站上使用的任何搜索页面（禁用是临时的，而删除是永久的）。" msgid "" "Manage the search index, and make sure that the site is fully indexed " "for searching." msgstr "管理搜索索引，并确保网站已完全建立搜索索引。" msgid "What is the search index?" msgstr "什么是搜索索引？" msgid "" "Under Indexing throttle, select the Number of items to " "index per cron run. A smaller number will make cron faster and " "reduce the possibility of timeout; a larger number will make sure more " "of your site is indexed in fewer cron runs." msgstr "在索引阈值下，选择每次定时任务运行要索引的项数。一个较小的数字将使定时任务执行更快，并减少超时的可能性；更大的数字将确保在更少的定时任务运行中创建更多的站点索引。" msgid "" "Under Default indexing settings, enter the desired " "Minimum word length to index. Words smaller than this length " "will be dropped from both keywords when searching and content when " "indexing." msgstr "在默认索引设置下，输入所需的要索引的最小字长。小于此长度的单词，将在搜索时从关键字中删除，在索引时从内容中删除。" msgid "" "If your site uses Chinese, Japanese, or Korean languages, optionally " "check Simple CJK handling under Default indexing " "settings to provide some support for these languages." msgstr "如果您的网站使用了中文、日语或韩语，请选择默认索引设置下的简单CJK处理，以提供对这些语言的简单支持。" msgid "" "Click Save configuration, and you should be returned to the " "Search pages page." msgstr "单击保存配置，您将返回到搜索页面。" msgid "" "Click Re-index site if you have changed the indexing " "configuration, or later on, if you believe that the search index has " "been corrupted." msgstr "如果您更改了索引配置，或者您认为搜索索引已失效，请单击重新索引网站。" msgid "" "After waiting for cron to run several times, verify that the content " "has been fully indexed for searching. The overall status is listed " "under Indexing progress, and the status for each search page " "is shown in the Indexing progress column of the Search " "pages section." msgstr "在等待定时任务运行几次之后，验证内容是否已被完全索引，以进行搜索。在索引进度下面，列出了总体状态，每个搜索页面的状态显示在搜索页面部分的索引进度列中。" msgid "What are search pages?" msgstr "什么是搜索页面?" msgid "" "The core Search module organizes site search into pages. Each " "page allows users to search a particular type of content with a " "particular configuration. The configuration includes specifying a URL " "that starts with search, a name for the page, and additional " "options for some search page types." msgstr "核心的搜索模块，将网站搜索组织到页面中。每个页面都做了特定的配置，允许用户搜索特定类型的内容。配置包括指定以search开头的URL、页面名称，以及某些搜索页面类型的附加选项。" msgid "What modules provide site search?" msgstr "什么模块提供了站点搜索?" msgid "" "The core Search module provides the ability to configure search pages; " "search page types are provided by both core and contributed modules. " "The core modules that provide search page types are:" msgstr "核心的搜索模块提供了配置搜索页面的能力；搜索页面类型由核心模块和第三方模块提供。提供搜索页面类型的核心模块包括：" msgid "The Node module, for searching content pages" msgstr "节点模块, 用于搜索内容页面" msgid "The User module, for searching user profiles" msgstr "用户模块, 用于搜索个人资料" msgid "The Help module, for searching help topics" msgstr "帮助模块，用于搜索帮助主题" msgid "" "As an alternative to the core Search module's system of search pages, " "you can use contributed modules to provide site search. For example, " "the Apache " "Solr and Sphinx contributed " "modules use third-party technology to provide site search." msgstr "" "作为核心搜索模块的搜索页面系统的替代方案，您可以使用第三方模块来提供网站搜索。例如，Apache " "Solr和Sphinx，第三方模块使用第三方技术提供站点搜索。" msgid "What are the limitations of the core Search module?" msgstr "核心搜索模块的局限性是什么？" msgid "" "There are two main limitations of the core Search module. First, it is " "not appropriate for very large sites -- if you have a large site, look " "into other search technologies like Apache Solr. Second, the Node " "search page type only supports exact keyword matching, which is not " "the behavior that most users will expect. You can improve this by " "installing a language-specific stemming module for your language (such " "as Porter " "Stemmer for American English), which makes it so that, for " "example, a search for the word walk would match pages containing the " "words walk, walking, and walked." msgstr "" "核心的搜索模块主要有两个限制。首先，它不适合非常大的网站——如果你有一个大的网站，可以看看其他搜索技术，比如ApacheSolr。其次，节点搜索页面类型只支持精确的关键字匹配，这不是大多数用户所期望的行为。您可以通过为您的语言安装特定的分词模块（例如Porter " "Stemmer为美式英语），这使得例如，搜索单词walk，将匹配包含单词walk、walking和walked的页面。" msgid "What are the search permissions?" msgstr "什么是搜索权限？" msgid "" "Users with Use search permission can use the Search " "form block and Search page; this permission is required " "for any search configured in the core Search module." msgstr "具有使用搜索权限的用户，可以使用搜索表单区块和搜索页面；在核心的搜索模块中配置的任何搜索都需要这个权限。" msgid "" "In addition to Use search, View user information " "permission is needed for searching users." msgstr "除了使用搜索，还需要查看用户信息权限，才能搜索用户。" msgid "" "In addition to Use search, View published content " "permission is needed for searching content." msgstr "除了使用搜索外，还需要查看已发布内容权限，才能搜索内容。" msgid "" "Users with Use advanced search permission can use more " "complex search filtering when performing content searches." msgstr "具有使用高级搜索权限的用户，在执行内容搜索时，可以使用更复杂的搜索过滤功能。" msgid "Configuring site search overview" msgstr "配置站点搜索概览" msgid "" "Online " "documentation for the Search module" msgstr "" "搜索模块的在线文档" msgid "Document root for files" msgstr "文件根目录" msgid "Document root for public files" msgstr "公有文件根目录" msgid "Document root for private files" msgstr "私有文件根目录" msgid "Enables the mobile menu toggle at all widths." msgstr "在所有屏宽下均启用移动菜单切换器。" msgid "Configuring a previously-placed block" msgstr "配置一个以前放置的区块" msgid "Managing blocks" msgstr "管理区块" msgid "Placing a block" msgstr "放置区块" msgid "Managing height, width, and resolution breakpoints" msgstr "管理断点的高度、宽度和分辨率" msgid "Managing the fields of contact forms" msgstr "管理联系表格的字段" msgid "Configuring personal contact forms" msgstr "配置个人联系表" msgid "Creating a new contact form" msgstr "创建新联系表格" msgid "Managing contact forms" msgstr "管理联系表" msgid "Setting a default contact form" msgstr "设置默认联系表单" msgid "Using contextual links" msgstr "使用上下文连接" msgid "Changing the appearance of your site" msgstr "更改网站的外观" msgid "Managing content structure" msgstr "管理内容结构" msgid "Running and configuring cron" msgstr "运行和配置 cron" msgid "Extending and modifying your site functionality" msgstr "扩展和修改网站的功能" msgid "Maintaining and troubleshooting your site" msgstr "为你的网站维护和排除故障" msgid "Optimizing site performance" msgstr "优化站点性能" msgid "Making your site secure" msgstr "确保您的网站安全" msgid "Accessibility of the administrative interface" msgstr "管理界面的可访问性" msgid "Using the administrative interface" msgstr "使用管理界面" msgid "Adding a field to an entity sub-type" msgstr "向实体子类型添加字段" msgid "Configuring field display for an entity sub-type" msgstr "配置实体子类型的字段显示" msgid "Configuring the edit form for an entity sub-type" msgstr "为一个实体子类型配置编辑表单" msgid "Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type" msgstr "向实体子类型添加引用字段" msgid "Changing the layout for an entity" msgstr "更改实体的布局" msgid "Configuring site search" msgstr "配置站点搜索" msgid "Creating and using shortcut administrative links" msgstr "创建和使用快捷管理链接" msgid "Clearing the site cache" msgstr "清除站点缓存" msgid "Changing basic site settings" msgstr "修改基本站点设置" msgid "Configuring error responses, including 403/404 pages" msgstr "配置错误相应, 包括403/404页面" msgid "Enabling and disabling maintenance mode" msgstr "启用和禁用维护模式" msgid "Installing a module" msgstr "安装一个模块" msgid "Uninstalling a module" msgstr "卸载一个模块" msgid "Running reports on your site" msgstr "在你网站上运行报告" msgid "Installing a theme and setting default themes" msgstr "安装主题并设置默认主题" msgid "Uninstalling an unused theme" msgstr "卸载一个不用的主题" msgid "Creating a user account" msgstr "创建一个用户帐号" msgid "Adding a new role" msgstr "添加一个新角色" msgid "Managing user accounts and site visitors" msgstr "管理用户帐号和站点访问者" msgid "Modifying the permissions for a role" msgstr "修改一个角色的权限" msgid "Configuring how user accounts are created and deleted" msgstr "配置如何创建和删除用户帐号" msgid "Modifying or deleting a user account" msgstr "修改或删除用户帐号" msgid "Module Link" msgstr "模块链接" msgid "Mobile menu all widths" msgstr "全屏幕移动端菜单" msgid "Site branding background color" msgstr "站点品牌背景色" msgid "You haven’t created any frontpage content yet." msgstr "您还没有创建任何首页内容。" msgid "" "Drupal is an open source platform for building amazing digital " "experiences. It’s made, used, taught, documented, and marketed by " "the Drupal community. Our community " "is made up of people from around the world with a shared set of values, collaborating together in a " "respectful manner. As we like to say:" msgstr "" "Drupal是一个开源平台，用于构建令人惊叹的数字体验。它由drupal社区开发、使用、教授、编写文档和营销。我们的社区由来自世界各地的人组成，他们拥有一套共同的 " "价值观，以相互尊重的方式合作。正如我们喜欢说的：" msgid "Come for the code, stay for the community." msgstr "为代码而来，为社区而留。" msgid "There are a few ways to get started with Drupal:" msgstr "有几种方法可以开始使用 Drupal：" msgid "" "User Guide: Includes installing, " "administering, site building, and maintaining the content of a Drupal " "website." msgstr "" "用户指南：包括安装、管理、站点构建和维护 " "Drupal 网站的内容。" msgid "" "Create Content: Want to get right to " "work? Start adding content. Note: the information on " "this page will go away once you add content to your site. Read on and " "bookmark resources of interest." msgstr "" "创建内容：想网站正常工作吗？从添加内容开始。注意：将内容添加到网站后，此页面上的信息将消失。继续阅读并为感兴趣的资源添加书签。" msgid "" "Extend Drupal: Drupal’s core software " "can be extended and customized in remarkable ways. Install additional " "functionality and change the look of your site using addons " "contributed by our community." msgstr "" "扩展drupal：可以用非常灵活的方式，对drupal核心进行扩展和定制。使用我们社区提供的插件，可以安装附加功能并更改网站外观。" msgid "" "Bookmark these links to our active Drupal community groups and support " "resources." msgstr "将这些链接添加书签中，方便导航到我们活跃的Drupal社区小组和支持资源。" msgid "" "Upcoming Events: Learn and connect with " "others at conferences and events held around the world." msgstr "" "即将举办的活动：在世界各地举行的会议和活动中，学习并与他人建立联系。" msgid "" "Community Page: List of key Drupal " "community groups with their own content." msgstr "" "社区页面：主要drupal社区小组列表，里面包含他们各自的内容。" msgid "Migration failed with source plugin exception: @e in @file line @line" msgstr "迁移失败，源插件存在异常: @e 在 @file 中，行 @line" msgid "" "Display %display has set node/% as path. This will not produce what " "you want. If you want to have multiple versions of the node view, use " "Layout Builder." msgstr "%display显示使用node/%作为路径。由于节点模块已经提供了同样的路径，所以这个显示不会生效。如果要有多个版本的节点视图，请使用布局构建器。" msgid "" "See the documentation for PHP date formats." msgstr "" "浏览 PHP 日期时间格式化文档 ." msgid "" "A user-defined date format. See the PHP " "manual for available options." msgstr "" "用户定义的日期格式。参看PHP " "手册 ，查看可用选项。" msgid "Manage translations for any entity that the user can edit" msgstr "管理用户可以编辑的任何实体的翻译" msgid "" "The Filter module allows administrators to configure text formats. " "Text formats change how HTML tags and other text will be processed " "and displayed in the site. They are used to transform text, and " "also help to defend your website against potentially damaging input " "from malicious users. Visual text editors can be associated with text " "formats by using the Text Editor module. " "For more information, see the online " "documentation for the Filter module." msgstr "" "“过滤器”模块允许管理员配置文本格式。文本格式修改了HTML标签和其他文本在网站中的处理和显示方式。它们用于转换文本，也有助于保护您的网站免受恶意用户潜在的破坏性输入。可视化文本编辑器可以使用 " "文本编辑器模块与文本格式相关联。有关详细信息，请参看过滤器模块的在线文档。" msgid "" "There are four main types of data. Content is the information " "(text, images, etc.) meant to be displayed to website visitors. " "Configuration is data that defines how the content is " "displayed; some configuration (such as field labels) may also be " "visible to site visitors. State is temporary data about the " "state of your site, such as the last time the system cron " "jobs ran. Session is a subset of State information, related " "to users' interactions with the site, such as site cookies and whether " "or not they are logged in." msgstr "主要有四种类型数据。内容，是向网站访问者显示的信息（文本、图片等）。配置，是定义如何显示内容的数据；一些配置（例如字段标签）也可能对站点访问者可见。状态，是关于站点状态的临时数据，比如系统定时任务最近运行时间。会话，是状态信息的一个子集，主要用于用户与网站的交互，例如网站cookie以及他们是否已经登录。" msgid "" "List (Options module): Stores values chosen from pre-defined lists, " "where the values can be numbers or text; see section below for more on " "list fields." msgstr "列表（选项模块）：存储从预定义列表中选择的值，其中的值可以是数字或文本；有关列表字段的更多信息，请参阅下面的部分。" msgid "Reference (core system): Stores entity references; see section above" msgstr "引用（核心系统）：存储实体引用；参见上文" msgid "" "Text (Text module): Stores formatted and unformatted text; see section " "below for more on text fields." msgstr "文本（文本模块）：存储格式化和未格式化的文本；有关文本字段的更多信息，请参阅下面的部分。" msgid "What settings are available for List field types?" msgstr "哪些设置可用于列表字段类型？" msgid "" "List fields associate pre-defined keys (or value codes) with " "labels that the user sees. For example, you might define a " "list field that shows the user the names of several locations, while " "behind the scenes a location code is stored in the database. Each list " "field type corresponds to one type of stored key. For example, a " "List (integer) field stores integers, while the List " "(text) field stores text strings. Once you have chosen the field " "type, the main setting for a list field is the Allowed values " "list, which associates the keys with the labels." msgstr "列表字段将预定义键（或代码值）与用户看到的标签相关联。例如，您可以定义一个列表字段，该字段向用户显示多个位置的名称，而在后台，位置代码存储在数据库中。每个列表字段类型对应于一种存储的键的类型。例如，列表（整数）字段存储整数，而列表（文本）字段存储文本字符串。选择字段类型后，列表字段的主要设置为允许的值列表，该列表将键与标签关联了起来。" msgid "What types of Text fields are available?" msgstr "有哪些类型的文本字段可用？" msgid "" "There are several types of text fields, with different " "characteristics. Text fields can be either plain or " "formatted: plain text fields do not contain HTML, while " "formatted fields can contain HTML and are processed through text " "filters (these are provided by the core Filter module; if you " "have that module enabled, see the related topic below on filters for " "more information). Text fields can also be regular-length (with a " "limit of 255 characters) or long (with a very large character " "limit), and long formatted text fields can include a summary " "attribute. All possible combinations of these characteristics exist as " "text field types; for example, Text (plain) and Text " "(formatted, long, with summary) are two examples of text field " "types." msgstr "" "有几种类型的文本字段，具有不同的特征。文本字段可以是纯文本或格式化的：纯文本字段不包含HTML，而格式化的字段可以包含HTML，并通过文本过滤器进行处理（这些由核心过滤器模块提供；如果启用了该模块，请参阅下面关于过滤器的相关主题以获取更多信息）。文本字段也可以是规则长度（限制为255个字符）或长（限制为非常大的字符），并且长格式文本字段可以包括摘要属性。这些特征的所有可能组合都作为文本字段类型存在；例如，文本（纯文本）和文本（格式化的、长的、带摘要的）， " "这是是文本字段类型的两个示例。" msgid "What is a menu?" msgstr "什么是菜单？" msgid "" "A menu is a collection of menu links used to navigate a web " "site. Menus and menu links can be provided by modules or site " "administrators." msgstr "菜单是一个菜单链接的集合，用于网站导航。菜单和菜单链接可以由模块或站点管理员提供。" msgid "Managing menus overview" msgstr "管理菜单总览" msgid "" "The core Menu UI module provides a user interface for managing menus, " "including creating new menus, reordering menu links, and disabling " "links provided by modules. It also provides the ability for links to " "content items to be added to menus while editing, if configured on the " "content type. The core Custom Menu Links module provides the ability " "to add custom links to menus. Each menu can be displayed by placing a " "block in a theme region; some themes also can display a menu outside " "of the block system. See the related topics listed below for specific " "tasks." msgstr "核心的菜单UI模块，提供了一个用于管理菜单的用户界面，包括创建新菜单、重新排序菜单链接和禁用模块提供的链接。如果在内容类型上进行了配置，它还提供了在编辑时将指向内容条目的链接添加到菜单的功能。核心的自定义菜单链接模块提供了向菜单添加自定义链接的功能。每个菜单都有一个对应的区块，可以通过在主题区域中放置来显示；一些主题也可以在区块系统之外显示菜单。有关具体任务，请参阅下面所列的相关主题。" msgid "Enabling web services" msgstr "启用web服务" msgid "What is a web service?" msgstr "什么是web服务?" msgid "" "A web service allows your site to provide its content and data to " "other web sites and applications. Typically, the data is transported " "via HTTP " "in a serialized machine-readable format." msgstr "" "web服务允许您的网站将其内容和数据提供给其它网站和应用程序。通常，数据通过HTTP协议传输，采用串行化的机读格式。" msgid "What is serialization?" msgstr "什么是序列化?" msgid "" "Serialization is the process of converting complex data structures " "into text strings, so that they can be exchanged and stored. The " "reverse process is called deserialization. JSON and XML are " "the two most-commonly-used data serialization formats for web " "services." msgstr "序列化是将复杂的数据结构转换为文本字符串的过程，以便进行交换和存储。反向过程称为反序列化。JSON和XML是web服务中最常用的两种数据序列化格式。" msgid "What is HTTP Basic authentication?" msgstr "什么是HTTP基本身份验证?" msgid "" "HTTP " "Basic authentication is a method for authenticating requests by " "sending a user name and password along with the request." msgstr "" "HTTP基本身份验证，是一种通过在请求中发送用户名和密码来验证请求的方法。" msgid "What modules provide web services?" msgstr "哪些模块提供web服务？" msgid "JSON:API module" msgstr "JSON:API模块" msgid "RESTful Web Services module" msgstr "RESTful Web服务模块" msgid "Serialization module" msgstr "序列化模块" msgid "" "Provides a framework for adding specific serialization formats for " "other modules to use." msgstr "提供一个框架，用于添加特定的序列化格式，以供其它模块使用。" msgid "HTTP Basic Authentication module" msgstr "HTTP基本身份验证模块" msgid "There are also contributed modules that provide web services." msgstr "还有一些第三方模块提供了web服务。" msgid "Online documentation for the RESTful Web Services module" msgstr "RESTful Web 服务模块的在线文档" msgid "Online documentation for the JSON:API module" msgstr "JSON:API 模块的在线文档" msgid "Comparison of the RESTFul Web Services and JSON:API modules" msgstr "比较RESTFul Web 服务和 JSON:API 模块" msgid "Connecting text editors to text formats" msgstr "连接文本编辑器和文本格式" msgid "What is a text editor?" msgstr "什么是文本编辑器？" msgid "Managing text filters and text formats" msgstr "管理文本过滤器和文本格式" msgid "Configure text formats on the site." msgstr "在站点上配置文本格式。" msgid "What are text filters and text formats?" msgstr "什么是文本过滤器和文本格式？" msgid "" "A text filter is a processing step that can be applied to text, either " "to transform it in some way (such as converting URLs in the text into " "HTML links), or to defend against potentially-dangerous input from " "site users. A text format is an ordered sequence of text filters. Text " "filters are provided by modules; text formats are managed by the core " "Filter module." msgstr "文本过滤器是一个可以应用于文本的处理步骤，有两种用途，一是以某种方式对文本进行转换（例如将文本中的URL转换为HTML链接），二是防御来自网站用户的潜在危险输入。文本格式是一个有序的文本过滤器序列。文本过滤器由模块提供；文本格式由核心的过滤器模块管理。" msgid "" "Text fields that have \"formatted\" in the field type name, such as " "Text (formatted), use text formats. Users choose the text " "format when editing the field text; when the field text is shown on " "the site, it is processed by the chosen text format. Administrators " "can configure text formats and assign permissions for who can use each " "format. If the core Text Editor module is enabled, administrators can " "also associate visual editors with text formats." msgstr "字段类型名称中包含“格式化的”文本字段，如文本（格式化的），使用文本格式。用户在编辑字段文本时选择文本格式；当字段文本显示在网站上时，它将按照所选的文本格式进行处理。管理员可以配置文本格式，并为用户分配使用每种格式的权限。如果启用了核心文本编辑器模块，管理员还可以将可视化编辑器与文本格式相关联。" msgid "What text filters are available?" msgstr "有哪些文本过滤器可用？" msgid "Some of the more commonly used text filters are:" msgstr "一些更常用的文本过滤器包括：" msgid "" "Limits which HTML tags can be used; useful both for site security and " "enforcing site design." msgstr "限制可以使用的HTML标签；对站点安全和加强站点设计都很有用。" msgid "" "Line breaks in HTML source are displayed as horizontal spaces. This " "filter converts line breaks into HTML paragraph and line break tags." msgstr "HTML源代码中的换行符显示为水平空格。此过滤器将换行符转换为HTML段落和换行标签。" msgid "Takes plain URLs in text and turns them into HTML links." msgstr "找到纯文本URL并将其转换为HTML链接。" msgid "" "For text formats that allow HTML image tags, restricts images to URLs " "within this site." msgstr "对于允许HTML图片标签的文本格式，将图片限制为此网站内的URL。" msgid "" "Click Configure to configure an existing text format, or " "+ Add text format to create a new text format." msgstr "单击配置以配置现有的文本格式，或单击+添加文本格式以创建一个新的文本格式。" msgid "Enter the desired Name for the text format." msgstr "输入文本格式的名称。" msgid "" "Check the Roles that can use this text format. Some HTML tags " "allow users to embed malicious links or scripts in text. To ensure " "security, anonymous and untrusted users should only have access to " "text formats that restrict them to either plain text or a safe set of " "HTML tags. Improper text format configuration is a security " "risk." msgstr "检查可以使用此文本格式的角色。某些HTML标签允许用户在文本中嵌入恶意链接或脚本。为了确保安全，匿名和不受信任的用户使用的文本格式应受到限制，应该将其限制为纯文本或安全的HTML标签集。不正确的文本格式配置存在安全风险。" msgid "" "If the core Text Editor module is installed, see the related topic to " "connect a text editor to this text format." msgstr "如果安装了核心的文本编辑器模块，请参阅相关主题，将文本编辑器连接到此文本格式。" msgid "" "Under Enabled filters, check the text filters that you want " "to use." msgstr "在启用的过滤器下面，检查要使用的文本过滤器。" msgid "" "Under Filter processing order, drag the filters to the " "correct order. Choose the order carefully; for example, if you have a " "filter that results in a particular HTML tag being added to the text, " "that should run after a filter that restricts HTML tags, to avoid " "deleting the new tags the first filter added." msgstr "在过滤器处理顺序下，将过滤器拖动到正确的顺序。顺序选择要仔细；例如，如果您有一个过滤器，导致一个特定的HTML标记被添加到文本中，该过滤器应该在限制HTML标签的过滤器之后运行，以避免删除第一个过滤器添加的新标签。" msgid "" "Under Filter settings, verify and adjust the settings for " "each active filter that has configuration options." msgstr "在过滤器设置下，验证并调整每个活动过滤器的设置，如果具有配置选项的话。" msgid "" "Click Save configuration, which will return you to the " "Text formats and editors page." msgstr "单击保存配置，将返回文本格式和编辑器页面。" msgid "Repeat these steps if you have additional text formats to configure." msgstr "如果要配置其它文本格式，请重复这些步骤。" msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "Structure > Block layout." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > " "区块布局." msgid "Configure menu settings for a content type" msgstr "为内容类型配置菜单设置" msgid "" "For an existing content type, configure the available menus that will " "be shown as options on content editing screens; links to content items " "of this type can be added to these menus during editing." msgstr "对于现有的内容类型，配置哪些菜单可在内容编辑页面上作为选项可用；在编辑过程中，可以将指向此类内容条目的链接添加到这些菜单中。" msgid "" "Locate the content type you want to configure, and click Edit " "in the Operations list." msgstr "找到要配置的内容类型，然后点击操作列表中的编辑。" msgid "" "Under Menu settings, check the menus that you want to be " "available when editing a content item of this type." msgstr "在菜单设置下面，选中编辑此类型的内容条目时你希望可用的菜单。" msgid "" "Optionally, select the Default parent item, to put links to " "content items under a default location in the menu structure." msgstr "可选的，选择默认父项，将指向内容条目的链接放在菜单结构中的默认位置下。" msgid "Adding a link to a menu" msgstr "添加一个链接到菜单" msgid "" "Add a link to a menu. Note that you can also add a link to a menu from " "the content edit page if menu settings have been configured for the " "content type." msgstr "向菜单添加链接。请注意，如果已为内容类型配置了菜单设置，那么还可以从内容编辑页面向菜单添加链接。" msgid "" "Locate the desired menu and click Add link in the " "Operations list." msgstr "找到所需菜单，然后点击操作列表中的添加链接。" msgid "Enter the Menu link title to be displayed." msgstr "输入要显示的菜单链接标题." msgid "Enter the Link, one of the following:" msgstr "输入链接, 下列之一:" msgid "An internal path, such as /node/add" msgstr "一个内部路径, 比如 /node/add" msgid "A full external URL" msgstr "一个完整的外部URL" msgid "" "Start typing the title of a content item and select it when the full " "title comes up" msgstr "开始键入内容条目的标题，并在出现完整标题时将其选中" msgid "" "<nolink> to display the Menu link title as " "plain text without a link" msgstr "" "<nolink> 用于将菜单链接标题 " "显示为不带链接的纯文本" msgid "<front> to link to the front page of your site" msgstr "<front> 用于链接到你站点的首页" msgid "" "Make sure that Enabled is checked; if not, the menu link will " "not be displayed." msgstr "确保选中了已启用；否则，将不会显示菜单链接。" msgid "" "Optionally, enter a Description, which will be displayed when " "a user hovers over the link." msgstr "可选的，输入一个描述，当用户鼠标悬停在链接上时将显示它。" msgid "" "Optionally, check Show as expanded to automatically show the " "children of this link (if any) when this link is shown." msgstr "可选的，选中显示为展开，以在显示此链接时自动显示此链接的子级（如果有）。" msgid "" "Optionally, select the Parent link, if this menu link should " "be a child of another menu link." msgstr "可选的，如果此菜单链接应该是另一个菜单链接的子链接，则选择父链接。" msgid "" "Click Save. You will be returned to the Add link " "page to add another link." msgstr "点击保存。你将返回添加链接页面，以添加另一个链接。" msgid "" "Locate the menu you just added a link to and click Edit in " "the Operations list." msgstr "找到刚刚添加了一个链接的菜单，然后点击操作列表中的编辑。" msgid "" "Verify that the order of links is correct. If it is not, drag menu " "links until the order is correct, and click Save." msgstr "验证链接的顺序是否正确。如果不是，请拖动菜单链接，直到顺序正确，然后点击保存。" msgid "Creating a menu" msgstr "创建一个菜单" msgid "Create a new menu." msgstr "创建一个新菜单。" msgid "Click Add menu." msgstr "点击添加。" msgid "" "Enter the title for the menu, which is used as the default block title " "if the menu is displayed as a block. If desired, also edit the machine " "name of the menu, which is by default derived from the title." msgstr "输入菜单的标题，如果菜单显示为区块，则该标题将用作默认区块标题。如果需要，还可以编辑菜单的机器名称，默认情况下，该名称源自标题。" msgid "" "Enter an administrative summary, which is displayed on the " "Menus page." msgstr "输入管理摘要，该摘要将显示在菜单页面上。" msgid "" "If your site has more than one language, choose the language for the " "menu." msgstr "如果您的网站有多种语言，请为菜单选择语言。" msgid "" "Click Save. You will be on the menu editing page, ready to " "add links to the menu if the core Custom Menu Links module is " "installed; see related topics for further tasks." msgstr "点击保存。如果安装了核心的自定义菜单链接模块，您将进入菜单编辑页面，准备向菜单添加链接；有关进一步的任务，请参看相关主题。" msgid "Reordering and disabling menu links" msgstr "重排和禁用菜单链接" msgid "Disable menu links or change the order and hierarchy of menu links." msgstr "禁用菜单链接或修改菜单链接的顺序和层次结构。" msgid "Click Edit menu for the menu that you want to edit." msgstr "对于你想要编辑的菜单，点击它对应的编辑菜单链接。" msgid "" "Drag menu links into a new order, or check/uncheck Enabled to " "enable or disable menu links." msgstr "通过拖拽，按照需要调整菜单链接的顺序；或选中/取消选中已启用，以启用或禁用菜单链接。" msgid "Click Save to save your changes." msgstr "点击 保存来保存你的修改。" msgid "" "PHP " "date format codes reference" msgstr "" "PHP " "日期格式代码参考" msgid "[site:name]: The name of your website." msgstr "[site:name]: 你站点的名字。" msgid "[site:url]: The URL of your website." msgstr "[site:url]: 你站点的URL." msgid "Managing content listings (views)" msgstr "管理内容列表(views)" msgid "What is a view?" msgstr "什么是视图?" msgid "" "A view is a listing of items on your site; for example, a " "block showing the most recent comments, a page listing news items, or " "a list of registered users. The listings can be formatted in a table, " "grid, list, calendar, RSS feed, and other formats (some output formats " "may require you to install additional contributed modules)." msgstr "视图是您网站上的条目列表；例如，显示最新评论的区块、列出新闻条目的页面、或注册用户列表。列表的格式可为表格、网格、列表、日历、RSS种子和其它格式（某些输出格式可能需要安装附加的第三方模块）。" msgid "What are the components of a view?" msgstr "视图的组成部分是什么？" msgid "" "When you first create a view, you will specify what type of base " "data is being displayed in the view, which cannot be changed. " "After choosing a base data type, you can edit the following " "components, which allow you to specify which data to output, in what " "order, and in what format:" msgstr "当您第一次创建视图时，您将指定视图要显示的基本数据类型，一经指定，后续无法更改。选择基本数据类型后，可以编辑以下组件，这些组件允许您指定要输出的数据、显示的顺序和采用的格式：" msgid "" "Displays: whether the output goes to a page, block, feed, " "etc.; a single view can have multiple displays, each with different " "settings." msgstr "显示：输出采用的形式，比如页面、区块、种子等；一个视图可以包含多个显示，每个显示都有不同的设置。" msgid "" "Format: the output style for each display, such as content " "item, grid, table, or HTML list." msgstr "格式：每个显示的输出样式；例如，内容条目、网格、表格或HTML列表。" msgid "" "Fields: if the Format allows, the particular fields to " "display." msgstr "字段：如果格式允许的话，要显示的特定字段。" msgid "" "Filter criteria: criteria to limit the data to output, such " "as whether the content is published, the type of content, etc. Filters " "can be exposed to let users choose how to filter the data." msgstr "过滤标准：限制数据输出的标准；例如，内容是否发布、内容类型等。过滤标准可以暴露出来，让用户选择如何过滤数据。" msgid "" "Sort criteria: how to order the data. Sorting can also be " "exposed to users." msgstr "排序标准：如何对数据进行排序。排序也可以暴露给用户。" msgid "" "Header and Footer: content to display at the top or " "bottom of the view display." msgstr "头部和底部：在视图显示的顶部或底部显示的内容。" msgid "" "No results behavior: what to do if the filter criteria result " "in having no data to display." msgstr "无结果行为：如果筛选条件导致没有数据可显示，该怎么办。" msgid "" "Pager: how many items to display, and how to paginate if " "there are additional items to display." msgstr "分页器：一页要显示的条目数，以及如果有其它条目要显示，如何分页。" msgid "" "Advanced > Contextual filters: like regular " "filters, except the criteria come from the context, such as " "the current date, page the view is displayed on, etc." msgstr "高级>上下文过滤器：与常规过滤器类似，但条件来自上下文，例如当前日期、视图显示所在的页面等。" msgid "" "Advanced > Relationships: additional data to pull " "in and display, related in some way to the base data of the view (such " "as data about the user who created the content item)." msgstr "高级>关联关系：要拉入和显示的附加数据，以某种方式与视图的基本数据相关联（例如创建内容条目的用户的数据）。" msgid "" "Advanced > Exposed form: if you have exposed " "filters or sorts, how to display the form to the user." msgstr "高级>暴露的表单：如果您已经暴露了过滤器或排序，这个用来控制向用户显示的对应表单。" msgid "Managing views overview" msgstr "管理视图概览" msgid "" "The core Views module handles the display of views, and the core Views " "UI module allows you to create, edit, and delete views in the " "administrative interface. See the related topics listed below for " "specific tasks (if the Views UI module is installed)." msgstr "核心的视图模块处理视图的显示，核心的视图UI模块允许您使用管理界面来创建、编辑和删除视图。有关特定任务（如果已安装“视图”UI模块），请参看下面所列的相关主题。" msgid "Adding a new display to an existing view" msgstr "向已有视图添加一个新显示" msgid "" "Add a new display to an existing view. This will allow you to display " "similar data to an existing view, using similar settings, in a new " "block, page, feed, etc." msgstr "将一个新显示添加到已有视图中。在新的区块、页面、种子等显示里面，通过使用相似的设置，来显示相似的数据。" msgid "Under Displays, click Add." msgstr "在显示下面, 添加添加." msgid "" "In the pop-up list, click the link for the type of display you want to " "add; the most common types are Page and Block. The " "new display will be added to your view, and you will be editing that " "display." msgstr "在弹出列表中，单击要添加的显示类型的链接；最常见的类型是页面和区块。新的显示将添加到您的视图中，您将编辑该显示。" msgid "" "Optionally, click the link next to Display name and enter a " "new name to be shown for this display in the administrative interface." msgstr "可选的，点击显示名称旁边的链接，然后为显示输入一个新名字，在管理界面中会用到这个新名称。" msgid "Creating a new view" msgstr "创建一个新视图" msgid "Create a new view to list content or other items on your site." msgstr "创建一个新视图，以列出网站上的内容或其它条目。" msgid "Click Add view." msgstr "点击 添加视图." msgid "" "In the View name field, enter a name for the view, which is " "how it will be listed in the administrative interface." msgstr "在视图名称字段中，输入视图的名称，在管理界面中的列出视图时使用这个名称。" msgid "" "In View settings > Show, select the base data " "type to display in your view. This cannot be changed later." msgstr "在视图设置中>显示，选择要在视图中显示的基本数据类型。这一操作后续无法更改。" msgid "" "Optionally, select or enter filtering, sorting, and page/block display " "settings; these can be added or changed later." msgstr "可选地，选择或输入过滤、排序和页面/区块显示设置；这些可以稍后添加或更改。" msgid "" "Click Save and edit. Your view will be created; edit it " "following the steps in the related topics below." msgstr "点击保存并编辑。您的视图将被创建；请按照下面相关主题中的步骤进行编辑。" msgid "Editing an existing view display" msgstr "编辑一个已有的视图显示" msgid "" "Edit an existing view display, to modify what data is displayed or how " "it is displayed." msgstr "编辑现有视图显示，以修改要显示哪些数据或数据的显示方式。" msgid "Under Displays, click the display you want to edit." msgstr "在显示下面，点击你想要编辑的显示。" msgid "" "For sections containing lists (such as Fields and Filter " "criteria), to modify or delete an existing item, click the name " "of the item. To add a new item, click Add in the drop-down " "list. To change the order of items, click Rearrange in the " "drop-down list." msgstr "对于包含列表的部分（如字段和过滤标准），要修改或删除现有条目，请单击条目的名称。要添加新条目，请单击下拉列表中的添加。要更改条目的顺序，请单击下拉列表中的重新排列。" msgid "" "For sections containing individual settings (such as Title " "and Format), there are often two links for each setting. The " "first link shows the current value; click that link to change the " "value. If there is a second link called Settings, click that " "link to change the settings details. For example, if your " "Format is currently shown as Unformatted list, click " "Unformatted list to switch to using a Grid or " "Table format. Click Settings next to your format " "type to change the settings for your chosen format." msgstr "对于包含单独设置的部分（比如标题和格式），通常每个设置有两个链接。第一个链接显示当前值；单击该链接可以修改值。如果有第二个链接名为设置，请点击该链接修改设置详情。例如，如果你的格式当前显示为未格式化列表，点击未格式化列表切换到其它格式，比如使用网格或表格。点击格式类型旁边的设置，可以修改所选格式的设置。" msgid "" "When you have finished changing all the settings, verify that the " "display is correct by clicking Update preview. Return to " "editing settings if necessary." msgstr "当你修改完所有设置后，点击更新预览来验证显示是否正确。如有必要，返回继续编辑设置。" msgid "" "When you have verified the display, click Save. " "Alternatively, if you have made mistakes and want to discard your " "changes, click Cancel." msgstr "当你验证完显示后，点击保存。或者，如果你犯了错误并想放弃更改，请点击取消。" msgid "" "For accessibility and search engine optimization, all images that " "convey meaning on websites should have alternate text. Drupal also " "allows entry of title text for images, but it can lead to confusion " "for screen reader users and its use is not recommended. Image fields " "can be configured so that alternate and title text fields are enabled " "or disabled; if enabled, the fields can be set to be required. The " "recommended setting is to enable and require alternate text and " "disable title text." msgstr "为了可访问性和搜索引擎优化，所有在网站上传达含义的图片都应该有替代文本(alt)。Drupal还允许输入图片的标题文本(title)，但这可能会导致屏幕阅读器用户感到困惑，不建议使用它。可以配置图片字段，以便启用或禁用替代和标题文本字段；如果启用，则可以将字段设置为必填字段。建议的设置是启用和要求替代文本，并禁用标题文本。" msgid "" "This must be an internal path such as %add-node. You can also start " "typing the title of a piece of content to select it. Enter %front to " "link to the front page. Enter %nolink to display link text only. Enter " "%button to display keyboard-accessible link text only." msgstr "" "这必须是一个内部路径，例如%add-node。你也可以开始键入一条内容的标题来选择它。输入%front " "链接到首页。输入%nolink仅显示链接文本。输入%button仅显示键盘可访问的链接文本。" msgid "" "Start typing the title of a piece of content to select it. You can " "also enter an internal path such as %add-node or an external URL such " "as %url. Enter %front to link to the front page. Enter %nolink to " "display link text only. Enter %button to display keyboard-accessible " "link text only." msgstr "" "你可以先键入一条内容的标题，然后选择它。你还可以输入内部路径（如%add-node）或外部URL（如%url）。输入%front链接到首页。输入%nolink " "仅显示链接文本。输入 " "%button仅显示键盘可访问的链接文本。" msgid "" "It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that " "is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may " "allow execution of third-party code. Refer to oEmbed Security " "Considerations." msgstr "" "在frame标签中显示oEmbed内容时，如果使用与Drupal主站点同一域名的话，它有可能是不安全的，因为这可能允许执行第三方代码。请参看oEmbed安全注意事项。" msgid "" "It is potentially insecure to display oEmbed content in a frame that " "is served from the same domain as your main Drupal site, as this may " "allow execution of third-party code. You can specify " "a different domain for serving oEmbed content in the Media " "settings." msgstr "" "在frame标签中显示oEmbed内容时，如果使用与Drupal主站点同一域名的话，它有可能是不安全的，因为这可能允许执行第三方代码。您可以在“多媒体”设置中指定一个不同的域名，用来提供oEmbed内容。" msgid "" "If checked, users creating new media items in the media library will " "see a summary of their selected media items, and they will be able to " "insert their selection directly into the media field or text editor." msgstr "如果选中，在多媒体库中创建新多媒体条目的用户，将看到所选多媒体条目的摘要，并且可以将所选内容直接插入到多媒体字段或文本编辑器中。" msgid "" "A flag for whether the link should be rendered in menus. (1 = a " "disabled menu link that may be shown on admin screens, -1 = a menu " "callback, 0 = a normal, visible link)" msgstr "一个标记，用于指示是否应在菜单中呈现链接。（1=禁用菜单链接，可能显示在管理界面上，-1=菜单回调，0=正常可见链接）" msgid "Menu link language code." msgstr "菜单链接语言代码." msgid "Translation set id." msgstr "翻译集id。" msgid "Menu link ID of the source language menu link." msgstr "源语言菜单链接的菜单链接ID。" msgid "" "Users with the Administer menus and menu links permission can " "add, edit, and delete custom menus on the Menus " "page. Custom menus can be special site menus, menus of external " "links, or any combination of internal and external links. You may " "create an unlimited number of additional menus, each of which will " "automatically have an associated block (if you have the Block module installed). By selecting " "Edit menu, you can add, edit, or delete links for a given " "menu. The links listing page provides a drag-and-drop interface for " "controlling the order of links, and creating a hierarchy within the " "menu." msgstr "" "具有管理菜单和菜单链接权限的用户，可以在菜单页面上，添加、编辑和删除自定义菜单。自定义菜单可以是特殊的站点菜单、外部链接菜单或内部和外部链接的任何组合。您可以创建数量不限的附加菜单，每个菜单都将自动具有一个关联的区块（如果您安装了<block模块）。通过选择编辑菜单，您可以添加、编辑或删除给定菜单的链接。链接列表页面提供了一个拖放界面，用于控制链接的顺序，和创建菜单内部的层级结构。" msgid "Default parent link" msgstr "默认父链接" msgid "" "Choose the menu link to be the default parent for a new link in the " "content authoring form." msgstr "选择菜单链接作为内容创作表单中新链接的默认父级。" msgid "The selected menu link is not under one of the selected menus." msgstr "所选菜单链接不在任何一个所选菜单的下面。" msgid "" "Warning: There is currently 1 menu link in %title. It " "will be deleted (system-defined links will be reset)." msgid_plural "" "Warning: There are currently @count menu links in " "%title. They will be deleted (system-defined links will be reset)." msgstr[0] "警告:当前在%title中有1个菜单链接。它将被删除（系统定义的链接将被重置）。" msgstr[1] "" "警告:当前在%title中有@count " "个菜单链接。它将被删除（系统定义的链接将被重置）。" msgid "Drupal @version module name" msgstr "Drupal @version 模块名" msgid "Drupal @version machine name" msgstr "Drupal @version 机读名" msgid "The human-readable name of the mapping" msgstr "这个映射的用户可读名字" msgid "The machine name of the mapping" msgstr "这个映射的机读名字" msgid "The group this mapping belongs to" msgstr "这个映射所属的组" msgid "The mappings linked to the breakpoints group" msgstr "映射链接到了断点组" msgid "About searching" msgstr "关于搜索" msgid "" "You can display your shortcuts by enabling the Shortcuts " "block on the Blocks administration page. " "Certain administrative modules also display your shortcuts; for " "example, the core Toolbar module " "provides a corresponding menu link." msgstr "" "如果你要显示快捷方式， 那么可以通过在区块管理页面上启用快捷方式区块来实现。某些管理模块也会显示您的快捷方式；例如，核心工具栏模块提供了一个相应的菜单链接。" msgid "" "The new set is created by copying links from your default shortcut " "set." msgstr "新集合是通过复制默认快捷方式集合中的链接而创建的。" msgid "The new set is created by copying links from the %default set." msgstr "新集合是通过复制%default 集合中的链接创建的。" msgid "The menu.mlid primary key for this menu link (= shortcut link)." msgstr "这个菜单链接(=快捷方式链接)的menu.mlid主键。" msgid "Administer menus and menu links" msgstr "管理菜单和菜单链接" msgid "" "The menu is only visible if the menu link for the current page is at " "this level or below it. Use level 1 to always display this menu." msgstr "只有在当前页面的菜单链接在此级别或以下时，该菜单才可见。使用级别1始终显示此菜单。" msgid "Menu language." msgstr "菜单语言。" msgid "Menu i18n mode." msgstr "菜单国际化模式。" msgid "Administer roles and permissions" msgstr "管理角色和权限" msgid "Flood control blocked login attempt for uid %uid from %ip" msgstr "防洪控制阻止了来自%ip、uid %uid的登录尝试" msgid "Flood control blocked login attempt for uid %uid" msgstr "防洪控制阻止了来自uid %uid的登录尝试" msgid "Flood control blocked login attempt from %ip" msgstr "防洪控制阻止了来自 %ip的登录尝试" msgid "Menu link entry" msgstr "菜单链接条目" msgid "" "When providing a menu link as a tab, Drupal needs to know what the " "parent menu link of that tab will be. Sometimes the parent will " "already exist, but other times you will need to have one created. The " "path of a parent link will always be the same path with the last part " "left off. i.e, if the path to this view is foo/bar/baz, the " "parent path would be foo/bar." msgstr "当提供一个菜单链接作为标签时，Drupal需要知道该标签的父菜单链接是什么。有时父菜单链接已经存在，但有时你需要创建一个。父链接的路径将始终与最后一部分保留的路径相同。即，如果此视图的路径为foo/bar/baz，则父路径将为foo/bar。" msgid "Normal menu link" msgstr "普通菜单链接" msgid "If creating a parent menu link, enter the title of the link." msgstr "如果创建一个父菜单链接, 输入它的标题." msgid "If creating a parent menu link, enter the description of the link." msgstr "如果创建一个父菜单链接，输入该链接的描述." msgid "" "If the parent menu link is a tab, enter the weight of the tab. Heavier " "tabs will sink and the lighter tabs will be positioned nearer to the " "first menu link." msgstr "如果父菜单链接是一个标签，请输入标签的重量。较重的标签将下沉，较轻的标签将靠近第一个菜单链接。" msgid "Views cannot create normal menu links for paths with a % in them." msgstr "视图无法为包含%的路径创建普通菜单链接。" msgid "" "If \"Custom\", see the PHP docs for date formats. Otherwise, enter " "the number of different time units to display, which defaults to 2." msgstr "" "如果时\"自定义\", 有关日期格式，请参看 PHP 文档 " "。则，请输入要显示的不同时间单位的数量，默认为2。" msgid "Primary Branding Color" msgstr "主品牌颜色" msgid "A clean, accessible, and flexible Drupal front-end theme." msgstr "干净、可访问且灵活的 Drupal 前端主题。" msgid "Wide (1090)" msgstr "宽 (1090)" msgid "Olivero Medium" msgstr "Olivero中等" msgid "Content blocks" msgstr "内容区块" msgid "Failed to fetch available update data:" msgstr "抓取可用更新数据失败:" msgid "" "See PHP OpenSSL requirements in the Drupal.org " "handbook for possible reasons this could happen and what you can do to " "resolve them." msgstr "" "请参看Drupal.org手册中的PHP " "OpenSSL要求，了解可能发生这种情况的原因以及如何解决这些问题。" msgid "" "Check your local system logs for additional error " "messages." msgstr "" "查看你的本地系统日志，以获取其它错误消息。" msgid "Check your local system logs for additional error messages." msgstr "请检查您的本地系统日志，以了解其它错误消息。" msgid "Drupal update settings" msgstr "Drupal 更新设置" msgid "For security reasons, your upload has been rejected." msgstr "出于安全原因，您的上传已被拒绝。" msgid "Exporting your complete site configuration" msgstr "导出完整的站点配置" msgid "Click Export and save the archive file." msgstr "单击导出 并保存存档文件。" msgid "" "Select the Configuration type that you want to export, and " "then select the specific Configuration name to export." msgstr "选择您要导出的配置类型，然后选择要导出的特定的配置名字。" msgid "" "Use your browser to copy the text in the box marked Here is your " "configuration to the clipboard." msgstr "找到标记为这是您的配置的框，使用浏览器将其中的文本复制到剪贴板。" msgid "" "Paste the copied text into a plain-text editor on your computer or " "other device, and save it using the suggested file name below the text " "box." msgstr "将复制的文本粘贴到计算机或其它设备上的纯文本编辑器中，在文本框下方有建议的文件名，使用这个名字保存成文件。" msgid "Importing your complete site configuration" msgstr "导入完整的站点配置" msgid "" "Browse to find the Configuration archive that you want to " "import." msgstr "浏览以找到要导入的配置存档。" msgid "" "Click Upload. Your configuration archive will be unpacked and " "placed in the configuration synchronization directory, and you will be " "redirected to the Synchronize page." msgstr "点击上传。你的配置归档文件将被解压缩并放置在配置同步目录中，您将被重定向到同步页面。" msgid "" "Review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the " "active configuration, if any, and click Import all to import " "the changes." msgstr "" "Review the differences between your uploaded configuration and the " "active configuration, if any, and click Import all to import " "the changes.\r\n" "查看上传的配置与活动配置之间的差异（如果有），然后点击导入所有以导入变更。" msgid "Select the Configuration type that you want to import." msgstr "选择要导入的配置类型。" msgid "" "On your computer or other device, copy the YAML-format configuration " "that you want to import to the clipboard." msgstr "在您的计算机或其它设备上，将要导入的YAML格式的配置复制到剪贴板。" msgid "" "Paste the clipboard text into the box labeled Paste your " "configuration here." msgstr "" "将剪贴板文本粘贴到标记为在此处粘贴您的配置 " "区域。" msgid "Click Import." msgstr "点击导入。" msgid "Managing and deploying configuration" msgstr "管理和部署配置" msgid "What is the configuration system?" msgstr "什么是配置系统？" msgid "" "The configuration system provides the ability for administrators to " "customize the site, and to move and synchronize configuration changes " "between development sites and the live site. It does this in 2 ways:" msgstr "配置系统为管理员提供了自定义站点的能力，以及在开发站点和活动站点之间移动和同步配置变更的能力。它有两种方式：" msgid "Providing storage for configuration" msgstr "为配置提供存储" msgid "" "Providing a process in which configuration changes can be imported and " "exported between instances of the same site; for example, from \"dev\" " "to \"staging\" to \"live\"" msgstr "提供一个流程，在该流程中，可以在同一站点的实例之间导入和导出配置变更；例如，从“开发”到“备用”再到“生产”" msgid "What is configuration data?" msgstr "什么是配置数据？" msgid "" "Configuration data describes settings that define how your site " "behaves or is displayed. For example, when a site administrator " "updates settings using an administrative form, these settings are " "stored as configuration data. Configuration data describes settings as " "simple as a site name and as complex as a view or image style." msgstr "配置数据描述了定义网站行为或显示方式的设置。例如，当站点管理员使用管理表单更新设置时，这些设置将作为配置数据存储。配置数据描述的设置，简单的有网站名称，复杂的有视图或图像样式。" msgid "What kinds of configuration are there?" msgstr "有哪些配置？" msgid "Active configuration" msgstr "活动的配置" msgid "" "Active configuration is the current working configuration of a site. " "Storage of active configuration is defined by the site, and resides in " "the database by default." msgstr "活动配置是站点的当前工作配置。活动配置的存储由站点定义，默认情况下位于数据库中。" msgid "" "A simple configuration item is a group of settings, such as the " "settings for a module or theme. Each simple configuration item has its " "own unique structure." msgstr "简单配置项是一组设置，例如模块或主题的设置。每个简单的配置项都有自己独特的结构。" msgid "" "Configuration entities are user-defined configuration items grouped by " "type, such as views, image styles, and content types. Each " "configuration entity within a type has a similar structure." msgstr "配置实体是按类型（如视图、图像样式和内容类型）分组的用户定义的配置条目。一个类型中的每个配置实体都具有类似的结构。" msgid "" "Default configuration can be defined by a module, theme, or " "installation profile in its config/install or " "config/optional directories. Configuration is provided in " "YAML files (file extension .yml); YAML is a human-readable data " "serialization standard that is used by the core software for several " "purposes. Once the default configuration has been imported into the " "site's active configuration (through installing the extension), that " "configuration is owned by the site, not the extension. This means that " "future updates of the extension will not override the site's active " "configuration for that extension." msgstr "默认配置可以由模块、主题或安装轮廓(profile)在其config/install或config/optional目录中定义。配置在YAML文件中提供（文件扩展名为.yml）；YAML是一种人类可读的数据序列化标准，核心软件将其用于多种目的。将默认配置导入到站点的活动配置（通过安装扩展）后，该配置将归站点所有，而不是扩展所有。这意味着扩展未来更新时，不会覆写该扩展的站点活动配置。" msgid "What is configuration synchronization?" msgstr "什么是配置同步？" msgid "" "Configuration synchronization is the process of exporting and " "importing configuration to keep configuration synchronized between " "different versions of a site; for example, between a development site " "and the live site." msgstr "配置同步是导出和导入配置的过程，以保持站点不同版本之间的配置同步；例如，在开发站点和生产站点之间。" msgid "" "Each site has unique identifier, also called a UUID, which " "identifies the site to the system in any instance of the site, as long " "as the site instances have been reproduced as clones (cloning is when " "the codebase and database are copied to create a new site instance). " "When site instances are cloned, a \"dev\" instance of the site has the " "same UUID as the \"live\" instance. When site instances share the same " "UUID, configuration can be exported from one instance to another." msgstr "每个站点都有唯一的标识符，也称为UUID，它在站点的任何实例中用于向系统标识站点，只要站点实例是以克隆的方式复制的（克隆是指复制代码库和数据库以创建新的站点实例）。克隆站点实例时，站点的“开发”实例与“生产”实例具有相同的UUID。当站点实例共享相同的UUID时，可以将配置从一个实例导出到另一个实例。" msgid "" "The following list contains terms and concepts related to " "configuration synchronization:" msgstr "以下列表包含与配置同步相关的术语和概念：" msgid "Exported configuration" msgstr "导出配置" msgid "" "When configuration is exported, the active configuration is exported " "as a set of files in YAML format. When using the Configuration " "synchronization administrative UI, configuration can be exported " "as a full-export or single-item archive. This archive can then be " "imported into the destination site instance." msgstr "导出配置时，活动配置将导出为YAML格式的文件集合。使用配置同步管理界面时，配置导出分为两种形式，一种为完整导出，另一种单条目导出。这里导出的文件，后续可以导入到目标站点实例中。" msgid "Imported configuration" msgstr "导入配置" msgid "" "Imported configuration is configuration that has been exported from " "another instance of the site (the \"source\") and is now being " "imported into another site instance (the \"destination\"), thereby " "updating its active configuration to match the imported configuration " "data set." msgstr "导入的配置是从站点的另一个实例（“源”）导出的配置，现在正导入到另一个站点实例（“目标”）中，从而更新其活动配置以匹配导入的配置数据集。" msgid "" "The configuration sync directory location is set in the site's " "settings.php file. When configuration is exported, the active " "configuration is exported and described in YAML files which are stored " "in the configuration sync directory. After the first export, the " "system compares the site's active configuration with the configuration " "data in the sync directory and will only export active configuration " "items that are different than their counterparts in the sync " "directory." msgstr "配置同步目录位置可在站点的settings.php文件中设置。导出配置时，导出的是当前使用的配置，采用YAML文件格式，存储在配置同步目录中。第一次导出后，系统会将站点的活动配置与同步目录中的配置数据进行比较，并且只导出与同步目录下的对应项不同的活动配置项。" msgid "Managing configuration overview" msgstr "管理配置总览" msgid "" "Configuration management tasks, such as exporting or importing " "configuration and synchronizing configuration, can be done either " "through the administrative UI provided by the core Configuration " "Manager module or a command-line interface (CLI) tool. Defining a " "configuration sync directory path other than the default value " "requires read/write access to the site's settings.php file." msgstr "配置管理任务，如导出或导入配置和同步配置，可以通过核心的配置管理器模块提供的管理界面完成，或者通过命令行界面（CLI）工具来完成。如果定义的配置同步目录路径与默认值不同，那么需要具有对站点的settings.php文件进行读/写的访问权限。" msgid "" "Most modules and themes also provide settings forms for updating the " "configuration they provide. See the related topics listed below for " "specific tasks." msgstr "大多数模块和主题还提供设置表单，用于更新它们提供的配置。有关具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。" msgid "Managing media" msgstr "管理媒体" msgid "What are media items?" msgstr "什么是媒体项目？" msgid "What is the media library?" msgstr "什么是媒体库？" msgid "" "The media library is a visual user interface for managing and reusing " "media items. Add media items to content using Media reference fields " "and the Media library field widget." msgstr "多媒体库，是用于管理和重用多媒体条目的可视化用户界面。使用“多媒体引用”字段和“多媒体库”字段小部件，将多媒体条目添加到内容中。" msgid "What is an image style?" msgstr "什么是图片样式?" msgid "" "An image style is a set of processing steps, known as " "effects, that can be applied to images. Examples of effects " "include scaling and cropping images to different sizes. Responsive " "image styles can associate image styles with your theme's size " "breakpoints. This allows serving images sized for the browser width." msgstr "一个图片样式，是一组处理步骤(又称为效果的)集合，它可应用于图片。效果的示例，包括将图片缩放和裁剪为不同的大小。响应式图片样式可以将图片样式与主题的尺寸断点相关联。这允许提供大小与浏览器宽度相适应的图片。" msgid "Overview of managing media" msgstr "管理媒体总览" msgid "The following modules provide media-related functionality:" msgstr "以下模块提供与多媒体相关的功能：" msgid "Media items and media types are managed by the core Media module." msgstr "多媒体条目和多媒体类型的管理，由核心的多媒体模块负责。" msgid "" "The core Media module provides a Media reference field to add media to " "content entities. The core File and Image modules also provide " "reference fields. It is recommended to use the Media reference field " "because it is more versatile." msgstr "核心的多媒体模块提供了一个多媒体引用字段，用于将多媒体添加到内容实体。核心的文件和图片模块页提供了引用字段。建议使用多媒体引用字段，因为它更通用。" msgid "" "The core Media Library module provides the media library and the Media " "library field widget. With this module installed, the Media library " "field widget becomes the default widget for editing Media reference " "fields." msgstr "核心的多媒体库模块提供多媒体库和多媒体库字段小部件。安装此模块后，多媒体库字段小部件将成为编辑多媒体引用字段的默认小部件。" msgid "" "The core Image module provides a user interface for defining image " "styles. The core Responsive Image module provides responsive image " "styles. Using the core Breakpoint module, and a breakpoint-enabled " "theme, these responsive styles can serve images sized for the browser." msgstr "核心的图片模块，提供了用于定义图片样式的用户界面。核心的响应式图片模块提供响应式图片样式。使用核心的断点模块和一个支持断点的主题，这些响应式样式就可以提供适合浏览器大小的图片。" msgid "" "Media " "module" msgstr "" "多媒体模块" msgid "Adding an image style" msgstr "添加图像样式" msgid "Click Add image style." msgstr "单击添加图像样式。" msgid "" "Enter a descriptive Image style name, and click Create " "new style." msgstr "输入一个描述性的图像样式名字，然后点击创建新样式。" msgid "" "Under Effect, choose an effect to apply and click " "Add." msgstr "在效果下面，选择要应用的效果，然后点击添加。" msgid "" "Configure the effect on the next page. Most effects require some " "additional configuration after they are added. For example, for the " "Crop effect, enter the Width and Height to " "crop the image to, and choose the Anchor point. Click Add " "effect." msgstr "在下一页上配置效果。大多数效果在添加后，都需要一些额外的配置。例如，对于裁剪效果，输入要将图片裁剪到的宽度和高度，然后选择锚点位置。点击添加效果。" msgid "" "Repeat the previous two steps until all of the effects have been " "added." msgstr "重复前两个步骤，直到添加完所有效果为止。" msgid "" "Drag to change the order of the effects. Then click Save to " "save the new order." msgstr "通过拖动可以修改效果的顺序。然后单击保存保存新顺序。" msgid "" "The image style can now be used to format a field containing an image " "in your layouts or traditional field displays. It can also be used as " "part of a responsive image style. See related topics below for more " "information." msgstr "现在，在你的布局或传统字段显示中，图片样式可用于格式化包含图片的字段。它也可以用作响应式图片样式的一部分。有关更多信息，请参看下面的相关主题。" msgid "Adding a new media type" msgstr "添加一个新的多媒体类型" msgid "" "If there is not already a media type for the type of media you want to " "use on your site, click Add media type." msgstr "如果你要在网站上使用的媒体类型，尚未支持，请点击添加多媒体类型。" msgid "" "Enter a Name and Description for your media type, " "and select the Media source." msgstr "为你的多媒体类型输入名字和描述，然后选择多媒体源。" msgid "" "For most media sources, there is additional information that will need " "to be stored with your media item, in a field on your media type. " "Under Media source configuration, select an existing field to " "re-use to store this information, or select - Create - to " "create a new field." msgstr "对于大多数多媒体源，都有附加信息要与多媒体条目一起存储，将其存在你的多媒体类型的一个字段中。在媒体源配置下面，选择一个可重用的已有字段以存储此信息，或选择-创建-来创建一个新字段。" msgid "" "Note the types of metadata in the Field mapping section that " "can be mapped to fields on your media type." msgstr "请注意字段映射部分中的元数据类型，它可以映射到多媒体类型上的字段。" msgid "" "Optionally, add additional fields for the metadata noted above or for " "other information that you want to store to your media type by " "clicking on Manage fields (see related topic below)." msgstr "可选的，通过单击管理字段，为上面提到的元数据或要存储到多媒体类型的其它信息，添加附加字段（请参看下面的相关主题）。" msgid "" "If you have added metadata fields, click Edit. Under " "Field mapping, select the fields you added for each piece of " "metadata information." msgstr "如果你已添加了元数据字段，请点击编辑。在字段映射下面，为每条元数据信息选择你添加的字段。" msgid "" "You can now use this media type by adding a Media reference field to " "any content entity sub-type. See related topic below." msgstr "通过向任何内容实体子类型添加“多媒体引用”字段，你现在可以使用这个多媒体类型了。请参看下面的相关主题。" msgid "Migrating, updating, and upgrading" msgstr "迁移、更新和升级" msgid "What are updating, upgrading, and migrating?" msgstr "什么是更新、升级、和迁移?" msgid "" "Updating is the process of changing from one minor version of " "the software to a newer version, such as from version 8.3.4 to 8.3.5, " "or 8.3.5 to 8.4.0. Starting with version 8.x, you can also update to " "major versions 9, 10, and beyond if your add-on modules, themes, and " "install profiles are compatible. Upgrading is the process of " "changing from an older major version of the software to a newer " "version, such as from version 7 to 8. Migrating is the " "process of importing data into a site." msgstr "更新，是从软件的一个小版本更改为较新版本的过程，例如从8.3.4版本到8.3.5版本，或从8.3.5版本到8.4.0版本。从8.x版本开始，如果你的附加模块、主题和安装轮廓(profile)兼容，您还可以更新到主版本9、10及更高版本。升级是将软件的较旧主版本更改为较新版本的过程，例如从版本7更改为版本8。迁移是将数据导入站点的过程。" msgid "" "To upgrade a site from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 or later, keeping the " "content and configuration the same, you will install the new version " "of the software and add-on modules and themes in a new site, and then " "migrate the content and other data from your old site into the new " "site." msgstr "" "要将网站从Drupal 6或7升级到Drupal " "8或更高版本，并保持内容和配置不变，你将在新网站中安装新版本的软件、附加模块和主题，然后将内容和其它数据从旧网站迁移到新网站。" msgid "Overview of Migrating" msgstr "迁移概览" msgid "Provides the underlying API for migrating data." msgstr "为迁移数据提供底层API." msgid "" "Upgrading " "Drupal" msgstr "" "升级Drupal" msgid "Migrating data for an upgrade using the user interface" msgstr "使用用户界面为升级迁移数据" msgid "" "Read the introduction and follow the Preparation steps on the " "page. Then click Continue." msgstr "阅读简介并按照页面上的准备步骤进行操作。然后点击继续。" msgid "" "Select the Drupal version of the source site. Also enter the database " "credentials and public and private files directories (private file " "directory is not available when migrating from Drupal 6). Click " "Review upgrade." msgstr "选择源站点的Drupal版本。同时输入数据库凭证以及公开和私有文件目录（从Drupal6迁移时，私有文件目录不可用）。点击审查升级。" msgid "" "If the next page you see contains a message about conflicting content, " "that means that the site where you are running the upgrade is not " "empty. If you continue, you will lose the data in the site. If that is " "acceptable, click the button to continue; if not, start these steps " "over in a new, clean Drupal site." msgstr "如果在下一页，你看到里面有一个关于内容冲突的消息，这表示你正在运行升级的网站不是空的。如果你要继续，你将丢失站点中的数据。如果可以接受的话，请点击按钮继续；如果不可接受，请在一个新的、干净的Drupal站点中重新开始这些步骤。" msgid "" "On the What will be upgraded? page, review the list of " "modules whose data will not be upgraded. If that list is not empty and " "you want to migrate the data from those modules, you will need to " "download contributed modules and/or install core or contributed " "modules, and start these steps over." msgstr "在什么将被升级页面上，查看数据不会升级的模块列表。如果该列表不为空，并且你希望从这些模块迁移数据，那么你需要下载第三方模块，和/或安装核心模块或第三方模块，然后重新开始这些步骤。" msgid "" "When the list of modules that will and will not be upgraded meets your " "expectations, click Perform upgrade and wait for the upgrade " "to complete. You will see a message about the number of upgrade tasks " "that were successful or failed, and you can review the upgrade message " "log by clicking the link on the results page." msgstr "当\"将被升级\"和\"将不被升级\"的模块列表符合你的期望时，点击执行升级并等待升级完成。你将看到一条消息，里面包含了升级成功或失败的任务数，你可以通过点击结果页面上的链接查看升级消息日志。" msgid "" "Upgrading " "from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 (and newer)" msgstr "" "从Drupal " "6 或 7 升级到 Drupal 8 (及最新版本)" msgid "Configuring a responsive image style" msgstr "配置一个响应式图像样式" msgid "Click Add responsive image style." msgstr "点击 添加响应式图片样式." msgid "Enter a descriptive Label for your style." msgstr "为你的样式输入一个描述性的 标签." msgid "" "Select a Breakpoint group from the groups defined by your " "installed themes and modules." msgstr "选择一个断点组，从已安装的主题和模块定义的组中选择。" msgid "" "On the next page, locate the fieldsets for the breakpoints provided by " "the selected Breakpoint group." msgstr "在下一页上，找到所选断点组提供的断点的字段集。" msgid "" "For each breakpoint that you want to use, expand the corresponding " "fieldset. Select the Select a single image style. radio " "button under Type for the breakpoint, and select the " "Image style to use for images when that breakpoint is in " "effect. Repeat this step for the rest of the breakpoints you want to " "use." msgstr "对于要使用的每个断点，展开相应的字段集。为断点选择选择单个图片样式单选按钮（位于类型下），并选择在该断点生效时为图片使用的图片样式。对要其它你要使用的断点，重复此步骤。" msgid "Click Save" msgstr "点击保存" msgid "" "You can now use this responsive image style to format a field " "containing an image, in your layouts or traditional field displays. " "See related topics below for more information." msgstr "现在，您可以在布局或传统字段显示中，使用这个响应式图片样式来格式化包含图片的字段。有关更多信息，请参看下面的相关主题。" msgid "Human name of the parent node type." msgstr "父节点类型名称。" msgid "Machine name of the parent node type." msgstr "父节点类型机器名。" msgid "@title sub-navigation" msgstr "@title 子导航" msgid "Moving content between workflow states" msgstr "在工作流状态之间移动内容" msgid "Who can change workflow states?" msgstr "谁可以更改工作流状态？" msgid "Click Edit to edit the entity." msgstr "单击编辑 以编辑实体。" msgid "" "At the bottom of the page, select the new workflow state under " "Change to: and click Save." msgstr "在页面底部，在修改为:下面，选择的新工作流状态，然后点击保存。" msgid "Who can configure a workflow?" msgstr "谁可以配置工作流?" msgid "Make a plan for the new workflow:" msgstr "为新的工作流制定一个计划:" msgid "" "Decide which workflow states you need; for example, Concept, " "Review, and Final." msgstr "决定你需要哪些工作流状态；例如，概念、评审和最终。" msgid "Decide on the settings for each state:" msgstr "确定每个状态的设置：" msgid "Label: the state name" msgstr "标签：状态名" msgid "" "Published: if checked, when content reaches this state it " "will be made visible on the site (to users with permission)." msgstr "已发布：如果选中，当内容达到此状态时，它将在网站上可见（对有权限的用户）。" msgid "" "Default revision: if checked, when content reaches this state " "it will become the default revision of the content; published content " "is automatically the default revision." msgstr "默认修订本：如果选中，当内容达到此状态时，它将成为内容的默认修订本；已发布的内容自动成为默认修订。" msgid "Decide which state content should be created in." msgstr "决定创建内容时选用哪个状态。" msgid "" "Decide on the list of allowed transitions between states. For example, " "you might want a transition between Concept and " "Review. Each transition has a label; for example, the Concept " "to Review transition might be labeled \"Review concept\"." msgstr "决定在状态之间允许的转换列表。例如，您可能希望在概念和评审之间有一个转换。每个转换都有一个标签；例如，从概念到评审的转换可能被标记为“评审概念”。" msgid "Click Add workflow." msgstr "点击添加工作流。" msgid "" "Enter a name in the Label field, select Content " "moderation from the Workflow type field, and click " "Save." msgstr "在标签字段中输入一个名字，从工作流类型字段中选择内容审核，然后点击保存。" msgid "" "Verify that the States list matches your planned states. You " "can add missing states by clicking Add a new state. You can " "edit or delete states by clicking Edit or Delete " "under Operations (if the Delete option is not " "available, you will first need to delete any Transitions to " "or from this state)." msgstr "验证状态列表是否与你计划的状态相匹配。你可以通过点击添加新状态，来添加缺失的状态。您可以通过点击操作下面的编辑或删除，来编辑或删除状态（如果delete选项不可用，你将首先需要删除任何与此状态关联的（从/到）转换）。" msgid "" "Verify that the Transitions list matches your plan. You can " "add missing transitions by clicking Add a new transition. You " "can edit or delete transitions by clicking Edit or " "Delete under Operations." msgstr "验证转换列表是否与你计划的相匹配。你可以通过点击添加新转换，来添加缺失的转换。你可以通过点击操作下面的编辑或删除，来编辑或删除转换。" msgid "" "Check the entity subtypes that you want to apply the workflow to. For " "example, you might choose to apply your workflow to the Page " "content type, but not to Article." msgstr "选中要将工作流应用到的实体子类型。例如，您可以选择将工作流应用于页面内容类型，但不应用于文章。" msgid "" "Under Workflow settings, select the Default moderation " "state for new content." msgstr "在工作流设置下面，为新内容选择默认审核状态。" msgid "Click Save to save your workflow." msgstr "点击保存以保存工作流。" msgid "" "Optionally (recommended), create a view for your custom workflow, to " "provide a page for content editors to see what content needs to be " "moderated. You can do this if the Views UI module is installed, by " "following the steps in the related Creating a new view topic " "listed below under Related topics. When creating the view, " "under View settings > Show, select the revision " "data type you configured the workflow for, and be sure to display the " "Workflow State field in your view." msgstr "" "可选的（推荐），为你自定义的工作流创建一个视图，用来提供一个页面给内容编辑，方便他们查看需要审核的内容。如果安装了视图UI模块，则可以实现这个功能；在相关主题下面，找到创建新视图主题，按照里面的步骤操作即可。创建视图时，在视图设置/em> " "> " "显示下面，选择为其配置工作流的修订本数据类型，并确保在视图中显示工作流状态字段。" msgid "Managing content moderation workflows" msgstr "管理内容审核工作流" msgid "What is a content moderation workflow?" msgstr "什么是内容审核工作流?" msgid "" "On some sites, new content and content revisions need to be " "moderated. That is, they need to pass through several " "states before becoming visible to site visitors. The " "collection of states and the definition of the transitions between " "states is known as a workflow. For example, new content might " "start out in a Draft state, and then might need to pass " "through several Review states before it becomes " "Published on the live site." msgstr "在一些网站上，新内容和内容修订本需要进行审核。也就是说，它们需要经过几个状态才能被网站访问者看到。状态的集合和状态之间转换的定义被称为工作流。例如，新内容可能以草稿状态开始，然后可能需要通过几个审阅状态，然后才能在生产网站上成为已发布。" msgid "Overview of content moderation workflows" msgstr "内容审核工作流概览" msgid "" "The core Content Moderation module allows you to expand on core " "software's \"unpublished\" and \"published\" states for content. It " "allows you to have a published version that is live, but have a " "separate working copy that is undergoing review before it is " "published. This is achieved by using workflows to apply different " "states and transitions to entities as needed." msgstr "核心的内容审核模块，允许你扩展核心软件内容的“未发布”和“已发布”状态。它允许你有一个在用的已发布版本，但有一个单独的工作副本，在发布之前对它进行审查。通过使用工作流，根据需要将不同的状态和转换应用于实体，来实现这一功能。" msgid "" "The core Workflows module allows you to manage workflows with states " "and transitions." msgstr "核心的工作流模块允许您管理具有状态和转换的工作流。" msgid "" "See the related topics listed below for specific tasks and background " "information." msgstr "有关具体任务和背景信息，请参看下面所列的相关主题。" msgid "On-line documentation about Content Moderation" msgstr "关于内容审核的在线文档" msgid "" "If %identifier is a valid account, an email will be sent with " "instructions to reset your password." msgstr "如果%identifier是一个有效的帐户，那么将向其发送一封电子邮件，其中包含重置密码的说明。" msgid "" "@language translation was not added. To add a translation, you must " "modify the configuration." msgstr "没有添加@language翻译。若要添加翻译，你必须要修改配置。" msgid "No page is specified" msgstr "没有指定页面" msgid "Provide markup for the area using any available text format." msgstr "使用任何可用的文本格式为文本域提供标记。" msgid "Provide markup for the area with minimal filtering." msgstr "使用最小过滤为文本域提供标记。" msgid "" "You may enter data from this view as per the \"Available global token " "replacements\" above. You may include the following allowed HTML tags: " "@tags"
msgstr "可以根据上面的“可用全局令牌置换”，从这个视图输入数据。你可以使用以下允许的HTML标签：@tags"
msgid ""
"You may include the following allowed HTML tags with these "
"\"Replacement patterns\": @tags"
msgstr "你可以使用下面允许的HTML标签，结合这些“置换模式”：@tags"
msgid "There are no @entity_type_plural matching \"%value\"."
msgstr "无 @entity_type_plural 匹配 \"%value\"."
msgid ""
"Many @entity_type_plural are called %value. Specify the one you want "
"by appending the id in parentheses, like \"@value (@id)\"."
msgstr ""
"多个@entity_type_plural "
"都叫%value。通过将id附加在括号中来指定所需的那个，如\"@value "
"(@id)\"。"
msgid ""
"Multiple @entity_type_plural match this reference; \"%multiple\". "
"Specify the one you want by appending the id in parentheses, like "
"\"@value (@id)\"."
msgstr ""
"多个@entity_type_plural与这个引用匹配；\"%multiple\"。通过将id附加在括号中来指定所需的那个，如\"@value "
"(@id)\"。"
msgid ""
"The module '@module_name' is providing the database driver "
"'@driver_name'."
msgstr "'@module_name' 模块提供数据库驱动 '@driver_name'."
msgid ""
"Failed to connect to the server. The server reports the following "
"message: @message
For more help adding or " "updating code on your server, see the handbook." msgstr "" "无法连接服务器。 服务器报告了下列消息：@message
" "有关在服务器上添加或更新代码的更多帮助, 请参阅 " "手册。" msgid "" "HTML tables can be created with table headers and caption/summary " "elements." msgstr "可以创建HTML表格，里面带有表头和\"说明文字/摘要\"元素。" msgid "" "Alt text is required by default on images added through CKEditor (note " "that this can be overridden)." msgstr "默认情况下，通过CKEditor添加的图片，它的Alt文本是必填的（请注意，这可以被覆写）。" msgid "" "Semantic HTML5 figure/figcaption are available to add captions to " "images." msgstr "" "语义化的HTML5 " "figure/figcaption（图/图字幕）可用于为图片添加字幕。" msgid "This log is not persistent" msgstr "此日志不是永久性的" msgid "" "The Database Logging module logs may be cleared by administrators and " "automated cron tasks, so they should not be used for forensic logging. For forensic " "purposes, use the Syslog module." msgstr "" "数据库日志模块记录的日志，可能会由管理员和自动化定时任务清除，因此不应用于 " "审计日志。如果要用于审计，请使用Syslog模块。" msgid "Your upload has been renamed to %filename." msgstr "您的上传已经被重命名为 %filename." msgid "" "Separate extensions with a comma or space. Each extension can contain " "alphanumeric characters, '.', and '_', and should start and end with " "an alphanumeric character." msgstr "用逗号或空格分隔扩展名。每个扩展都可以包含字母数字字符，“.”，和“_”，并且应该以字母数字字符开头和结尾。" msgid "" "The list of allowed extensions is not valid. Allowed characters are " "a-z, 0-9, '.', and '_'. The first and last characters cannot be '.' or " "'_', and these two characters cannot appear next to each other. " "Separate extensions with a comma or space." msgstr "允许的扩展名列表无效。允许的字符为a-z、0-9、'.'、，和“_”。第一个和最后一个字符不能是“.”或“_”，并且这两个字符不能并排出现。用逗号或空格分隔扩展名。" msgid "" "Add %txt_extension to the list of allowed extensions to securely " "upload files with a %extension extension. The %txt_extension extension " "will then be added automatically." msgstr "" "将%txt_extension " "添加到允许的扩展名列表中，以安全的上传具有%extension扩展名的文件。然后将自动添加%txt_extension扩展名。" msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "Structure > @layout_link." msgstr "" "在管理（Manage） 菜单中，导航到结构 " ">页面 @layout_link。" msgid "" "Configure the block and click Save block; see " "@configure_topic for configuration details." msgstr "配置区块并单击保存区块；有关配置详细信息，请参阅@configure_topic。" msgid "Translating configuration" msgstr "翻译配置" msgid "" "For configuration entities, find the specific entity that you want to " "translate on the next page, and click Translate under " "Operations." msgstr "对于配置实体，请在下一页上找到要翻译的特定实体，然后单击操作下面的翻译。" msgid "" "Enter translations for the translatable text fields for the " "configuration item, and save." msgstr "对于配置条目的可翻译文本字段，为其输入翻译，然后保存。" msgid "Configuring content language settings and translation" msgstr "配置内容语言设置和翻译" msgid "" "Under Custom language settings, find the content entity types " "that should have customized language settings on your site. Check the " "box next to each one. A section will appear below the list with " "settings for that entity type." msgstr "在自定义语言设置下，找到你站点上应该具有“自定义语言设置“的内容实体类型。选中它们旁边的复选框。列表下方将显示一个区段，其中包含该实体类型的设置。" msgid "" "For each entity type you checked, in the settings section below check " "the boxes for each entity sub-type that should be " "Translatable on your site. If the entity type does not have " "sub-types, there is just one check box for the entity type as a whole." msgstr "对于你选中的每个实体类型，在下面的设置部分中，对于那些在你站点上应该是可翻译的实体子类型，选中它们对应的复选框。如果实体类型没有子类型，则整个实体类型只有一个复选框。" msgid "" "For each entity type or subtype, select the Default language. " "Also, if you want to have languages other than the default available " "when you create content, check Show language selector on create " "and edit pages." msgstr "对于每个实体类型或子类型，选择默认语言。此外，如果你希望在创建内容时使用其它语言，请选中在创建和编辑页面上显示语言选择器。" msgid "" "For each Translatable type or sub-type, look through the list " "of fields for the type or sub-type, and verify that only the fields " "that should be translatable are checked. For example, you would " "probably want to translate a Title field, but you might not " "want to translate a Start date field." msgstr "对于每个可翻译类型或子类型，查看该类型或子类型的字段列表，检查是否只选中了应该翻译的字段。例如，您可能希望翻译标题字段，但可能不希望翻译开始日期字段。" msgid "" "Click Save configuration when all of your changes are " "complete." msgstr "完成所有修改后，点击保存配置。" msgid "Working with languages and translations" msgstr "使用语言和翻译" msgid "What text can be translated in your site?" msgstr "网站中的哪些文本可以翻译？" msgid "There are three types of text that can be translated:" msgstr "有三种类型文本可被翻译：" msgid "" "User interface text that is provided by the core software, your " "install profile, themes, and modules is provided in English, but can " "be translated into other languages. You can also download translations " "that community-members have provided." msgstr "核心软件、安装轮廓(profile)、主题和模块提供的用户界面文本是英文的，但也可以翻译成其它语言。你还可以下载社区成员提供的翻译。" msgid "Working with languages overview" msgstr "使用语言概述" msgid "Adding a language" msgstr "添加语言" msgid "Add a language to your site." msgstr "为站点添加语言。" msgid "Click Add language." msgstr "点击添加语言。" msgid "" "If your language is in the Language name list, select it and " "click Add language." msgstr "如果您的语言在语言名称列表中，请选择它，然后点击添加语言。" msgid "" "If your language is not in the list, select Custom " "language... and enter the Language code, Language " "name, and Direction for the language. Click Add " "custom language." msgstr "如果您的语言不在列表中，请选择自定义语言...，并输入语言的语言代码、名称和方向。点击添加自定义语言。" msgid "Configuring language detection and selection" msgstr "配置语言检测和选择" msgid "" "Configure the methods used to decide which language will be used to " "display text on your site." msgstr "配置要使用的方法，这些方法用于判定将使用哪种语言来显示网站上的文本。" msgid "What is a language detection method?" msgstr "什么是语言检测方法?" msgid "" "A language detection method is a way for your site to decide what " "language should be used to display text. This decision is made by " "evaluating a series of detection methods for languages; the first " "detection method that gets a result will determine which language is " "used. If you have more than one language on your site, you can " "configure the detection methods that are used and the order they are " "evaluated, for both user interface text and content text. " "Configuration text always uses the interface text method, and most " "sites use the same detection methods for all types of text." msgstr "语言检测方法，是网站决定应使用何种语言显示文本的一种方法。这个决定是通过评估一系列针对语言的检测方法来做出的；第一个得到结果的检测方法将确定使用哪种语言。如果您的网站上有多种语言，则可以为用户界面文本和内容文本，配置所使用的检测方法及其执行的先后顺序。配置文本总是使用界面文本方法，大多数网站对所有类型的文本使用相同的检测方法。" msgid "What language detection methods are available?" msgstr "有哪些语言检测方法可用？" msgid "" "The available detection methods depend on what modules you have " "installed. Some of the most commonly-used language detection methods " "are:" msgstr "可用的检测方法取决于您安装的模块。一些最常用的语言检测方法是：" msgid "" "Use the language from the URL, which can either be in a path prefix " "like example.com/fr/page_path for French (fr) language, or in " "a domain like fr.example.com/page_path." msgstr "在URL中使用语言，分两种形式，一种采用路径前缀方式，以法语（fr）为例，example.com/fr/page_path；另一种方式使用子域名，fr.example.com/page_path。" msgid "For logged in users, use the language they have set in their profiles." msgstr "对于已登录的用户，使用他们在个人资料中设置的语言。" msgid "Use the language preferences from the user's browser." msgstr "使用用户浏览器中的语言首选项。" msgid "" "Use the language most recently selected from a Language " "switcher block." msgstr "使用最近从语言切换器区块中选择的语言。" msgid "" "Use the language from a session parameter or a request parameter; for " "example, adding ?language=fr to the end of the URL." msgstr "使用会话参数或请求参数中的语言；例如，在URL的末尾添加em>?language=fr。" msgid "" "Check the boxes to enable the desired language detection methods, and " "uncheck boxes for the methods you do not want to use." msgstr "选中复选框以启用所需的语言检测方法，对于不想使用的方法则取消选中对应的复选框。" msgid "Drag the methods to change their order, if desired." msgstr "如果需要，拖动方法以修改其顺序。" msgid "Click Save settings." msgstr "点击保存设置。" msgid "" "Click Configure on each enabled detection method and verify " "that its configuration is correct (or update the configuration if " "not)." msgstr "在每个启用的检测方法上点击配置，并验证其配置是否正确（如果不正确，则更新配置）。" msgid "Importing a translation file" msgstr "导入一个翻译文件" msgid "" "Import a file (.po extension) containing translations for user " "interface text." msgstr "导入一个包含用户界面文本翻译的文件 (.po 扩展名) ." msgid "" "Browse to find the Translation file you want to import. " "Select the language and check the desired import options." msgstr "浏览以查找要导入的翻译文件。选择语言并选中所需的导入选项。" msgid "Click Import and wait for your file to be imported." msgstr "点击导入， 等待导入你的文件." msgid "Translating user interface text" msgstr "翻译用户界面文本" msgid "" "Translate user interface text strings from English into a non-English " "language that is configured on your site." msgstr "网站上已做好配置，可将用户界面文本字符串从英语翻译为的非英语语言。" msgid "" "Using the filters, search for a string or set of strings that you want " "to translate; make sure to select the correct Translation " "language if you have more than one non-English language on your " "site." msgstr "使用过滤器，搜索要翻译的字符串或字符串集；如果您的网站上有多个非英语语言，请确保选择正确的翻译语言。" msgid "Enter new translations and click Save translations." msgstr "输入新的翻译并点击 保存翻译." msgid "" "Repeat these steps until all of the desired user interface text is " "translated for all languages on your site." msgstr "重复这些步骤，直到所有所需的用户界面文本，都完成了网站所有语言的翻译。" msgid "Checking interface translation status" msgstr "检查界面翻译状态" msgid "" "Check the current status of interface translations, and see if there " "are any updates available." msgstr "检查界面翻译的当前状态，看看是否有可用的更新。" msgid "" "Look at the Interface translation column in the language " "table, to find the percentage of user interface text that has been " "translated for each language." msgstr "查看语言表格中的界面翻译栏，以查找每种语言的用户界面文本翻译的百分比。" msgid "Optionally, click Check manually to update the report." msgstr "可选的，点击手动检查以更新报告。" msgid "" "View the report to find out if any languages have translation updates " "that you can download." msgstr "查看报告，了解是否存在语言有翻译更新可供下载。" msgid "" "You can use the Migration group of modules to perform the " "migration step of upgrading from Drupal 6 or 7 to Drupal 8 or later, " "as well as other migrations. These modules also provide APIs that can " "be used by programmers to write custom software for migrations. Here " "are the functions of the core migration modules:" msgstr "" "您可以使用迁移模块组执行从Drupal " "6或7升级到Drupal " "8或更高版本的迁移工作，以及其它迁移。这些模块还提供了API，程序员可以使用这些API编写用于迁移的自定义软件。以下是核心迁移模块的功能：" msgid "[user:account-name]: The user's account name." msgstr "[user:account-name]: 用户的帐号名字." msgid "" "Help search is not fully indexed. Some results may be missing or " "incorrect." msgstr "帮助搜索未完全索引。某些结果可能缺失或不正确。" msgid "If an upgrade has been performed on this site, you will be informed." msgstr "如果已在这个站点上执行了升级，那么你将会收到通知。" msgid "" "You need to enter the database credentials of the Drupal site that you " "want to upgrade. You can also include its files directory in the " "upgrade. For example local files, /var/www/docroot, or remote files " "http://www.example.com." msgstr "您需要输入想要升级的Drupal站点的数据库凭据。您还可以将其文件目录包括在升级中。例如本地文件\"/var/www/docroot\"或远程文件\"http://www.example.com\"。" msgid "" "If there is existing content on the site that may be overwritten by " "this upgrade, you will be informed." msgstr "如果此升级可能会覆盖网站上的现有内容，则系统会通知您。" msgid "" "Finally, a message is displayed about the number of upgrade tasks that " "were successful or failed." msgstr "最后，将显示一条消息，里面包含升级任务成功或失败数。" msgid "" "To import private files from your current Drupal site, enter a local " "file directory containing your site (e.g. /var/www/docroot). Leave " "blank to use the same value as Public files directory." msgstr "要从你的当前Drupal站点中导入私有文件，请输入一个包含站点的本地文件目录（例如/var/www/docroot）。保留为空，则使用与\"公开文件目录\"相同的值。" msgid "" "Add contributed modules to extend your site's " "functionality." msgstr "" "添加第三方模块以扩展你站点的功能。" msgid "Database driver provided by module" msgstr "由模块提供的数据库驱动" msgid "Error adding / updating" msgstr "错误 添加/ 更新" msgid "Added / updated %project_name successfully" msgstr "%project_name 添加/更新成功" msgid "View user email addresses" msgstr "查看用户电子邮件地址" msgid "" "Users without this permission will not have access to email addresses " "on user pages or other places where they might be shown, such as Views " "and JSON:API responses." msgstr "没有这个权限的用户，将无权访问电子邮件地址，比如在用户页面或其它可能显示它们的地方，例如视图和JSON:API响应。" msgid "The username or email address is invalid." msgstr "用户名或者电子邮件地址无效." msgid "" "Password reset form was submitted with an unknown or inactive account: " "%name." msgstr "密码重置表单是使用未知或非活动账号提交的: %name." msgid "Always show the default display" msgstr "始终显示默认显示" msgid "Publish workspace" msgstr "发布工作区" msgid "Publish %source_label workspace" msgstr "发布 %source_label 工作区" msgid "" "There are no changes that can be published from %source_label to " "%target_label." msgstr "没有从%source_label发布到%target_label的内容变更." msgid "Would you like to publish the contents of the %label workspace?" msgstr "你想要发布 %label 工作区的内容吗?" msgid "Publish workspace contents." msgstr "发布工作区内容." msgid "Successful publication." msgstr "成功发布." msgid "Publication failed. All errors have been logged." msgstr "发布失败. 已记录所有错误." msgid "" "There is @count item that can be published from %source_label to " "%target_label" msgid_plural "" "There are @count items that can be published from %source_label to " "%target_label" msgstr[0] "有@count 个条目，可以从 %source_label 发布到 %target_label" msgstr[1] "有@count 个条目，可以从 %source_label 发布到 %target_label" msgid "Publish @count item to @target" msgid_plural "Publish @count items to @target" msgstr[0] "发布 @count个条目到 @target" msgstr[1] "发布 @count个条目到 @target" msgid "Missing help topic %topic" msgstr "缺少帮助主题 %topic" msgid "Failed to fetch security advisory data:" msgstr "抓取安全建议数据失败:" msgid "" "See Troubleshooting the advisory feed for " "possible causes and resolutions." msgstr "" "参看安全建议的故障排查种子 " "，获取有关的可能原因和解决方案." msgid "" "Check your local system logs for additional error " "messages." msgstr "" "检查你的本地系统日志 " "，获取更多错误信息." msgid "Critical security advisories" msgstr "严重安全建议" msgid "" "The System module displays highly critical and time-sensitive security " "announcements to site administrators. Some security announcements will " "be displayed until a critical security update is installed. " "Announcements that are not associated with a specific release will " "appear for a fixed period of time. More " "information on critical security advisories." msgstr "" "系统模块向站点管理员显示高度关键和时间敏感的安全公告。有些安全公告会一致显示，直到安装了对应的关键安全更新。与特定版本无关的公告，将会显示一个固定的时间。有关关键安全警报的更多信息。" msgid "" "Only the most highly critical security announcements will be shown. View all security announcements." msgstr "" "只显示最关键的安全公告。查看所有安全公告。" msgid "" "(What are critical security " "announcements?)" msgstr "(什么是严重安全公告?)" msgid "Critical security announcements" msgstr "严重安全公告" msgid "Security advisory settings" msgstr "安全建议设置" msgid "Display critical security advisories" msgstr "显示严重安全建议" msgid "How often to check for security advisories, in hours" msgstr "检查安全建议的频率，以小时为单位" msgid "The security advisory JSON feed from Drupal.org could not be decoded." msgstr "来自 Drupal.org的安全建议 JSON 种子，无法被解码." msgid "" "[user:display-name]\n" "\n" "A request to cancel your account has been made at [site:name].\n" "\n" "You may now cancel your account on [site:url-brief] by clicking this " "link or copying and pasting it into your browser:\n" "\n" "[user:cancel-url]\n" "\n" "NOTE: The cancellation of your account is not reversible.\n" "\n" "This link expires in one day and nothing will happen if it is not " "used.\n" "\n" "-- [site:name] team" msgstr "" "[user:display-name]\r\n" "\r\n" "已在[site:name]上请求取消您的帐户。\r\n" "\r\n" "您现在可以通过单击此链接或将其复制粘贴到浏览器中来取消您在[site:url-brief]上的帐户：\r\n" "\r\n" "[user:cancel-url]\r\n" "\r\n" "注意：取消您的帐户是不可逆的。\r\n" "\r\n" "此链接将在一天后过期，如果不使用它，将不会发生任何事情。\r\n" "\r\n" "-- [site:name] 团队" msgid "The label of the link." msgstr "链接的标签." msgid "Pre-header" msgstr "Pre-header(紧随主题行之后的预览摘要)" msgid "Banner Top" msgstr "横幅顶部" msgid "Hero (full width)" msgstr "Hero（全屏）" msgid "Move content from %from state to %to state." msgid_plural "Move content from %from states to %to state." msgstr[0] "将内容从 %from 状态移动到 %to 状态。" msgstr[1] "将内容从 %from 状态移动到 %to 状态。" msgid "" "Your server does not support updating modules and themes from this " "interface. Instead, update modules and themes by uploading the new " "versions directly to the server, as documented in Extending Drupal." msgstr "" "你的服务器不支持通过这个界面来更新模块和主题。替代方案，通过将新版本直接上传到服务器来更新模块和主题，如扩展Drupal中所述。" msgid "" "Your server does not support adding modules and themes from this " "interface. Instead, add modules and themes by uploading them directly " "to the server, as documented in Extending " "Drupal." msgstr "" "你的服务器不支持通过这个界面来添加模块和主题。替代方案，通过将模块和主题直接上传到服务器来添加模块和主题，如扩展Drupal中所述。" msgid "" "Updating modules and themes requires @backends access " "to your server. See Extending Drupal for " "other update methods." msgid_plural "" "Updating modules and themes requires access to your server via one of " "the following methods: @backends. See Extending Drupal for other update methods." msgstr[0] "" "更新模块和主题需要@backends " "能够访问你的服务器。有关其它更新方法，请参看扩展Drupal。" msgstr[1] "" "更新模块和主题需要能够访问你的服务器，可通过下列方法之一: " "@backends。有关其它更新方法，请参看扩展Drupal。" msgid "" "Adding modules and themes requires @backends access " "to your server. See Extending Drupal for " "other methods." msgid_plural "" "Adding modules and themes requires access to your server via one of " "the following methods: @backends. See Extending Drupal for other methods." msgstr[0] "" "添加模块和主题需要@backends " "能够访问你的服务器。有关其它方法，请参看扩展Drupal。" msgstr[1] "" "添加模块和主题需要能够访问你的服务器，可通过下列方法之一: " "@backends。有关其它方法，请参看扩展Drupal。" msgid "Configuring comments" msgstr "配置评论" msgid "" "Configure a content entity type/subtype to allow commenting, using a " "comment type that you have configured. See @content_structure_topic " "for more about content entities and fields, and @comment_type_topic to " "configure a comment type." msgstr "为了配置一个内容实体类型/子类型可被评论，你需要使用你配置好的评论类型。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic；有关配置评论类型的，参看@comment_type_topic。" msgid "Who can configure comments?" msgstr "谁可以配置评论？" msgid "" "In order to follow these steps, the Field UI module must be installed. " "You'll need the Comment module's @comment_permissions_link " "permission, in order to change comment settings for a comment field. " "You'll also need to have the appropriate permission for adding fields " "to the entity type or subtype that the comments are attached to. For " "example, to add a comment field to content items provided by the Node " "module, you would need the Node module's Administer content " "types permission." msgstr "" "为了沿着这些步骤操作，必须要安装Field " "UI模块。你需要评论模块的@comment_permissions_link权限，才能修改评论字段的评论设置。你还需要具有适当权限，可将字段添加到评论所在的实体类型或子类型上。例如，要将评论字段添加到节点模块提供的内容条目上，您需要节点模块的管理内容类型权限。" msgid "" "Follow the steps in the related Adding a field to an entity " "sub-type topic to add a field of type Comments to the " "desired entity type or sub-type." msgstr "按照相关的将字段添加到实体子类型主题中的步骤，将评论类型的字段添加到所需的实体类型或子类型上。" msgid "" "On the first field settings page, choose the Comment type to " "use for this entity type or sub-type. You'll also notice that the " "Allowed number of values field cannot be changed for comment " "fields." msgstr "在第一个字段设置页面上，选择评论类型，用于这个实体类型或子类型。你还将注意到，评论字段的允许的值数字段不能更改。" msgid "" "On the next field settings page, enter the desired settings for the " "comment field:" msgstr "在接下来的字段设置页面上，为评论字段输入所需的设置：" msgid "" "Threading: whether or not the comments are collected by " "threads, with people able to reply to particular comments instead of " "to the content entity itself." msgstr "串列式：评论是否按主题串列在一起，这样用户可以回复特定的评论，而不是回复内容实体本身。" msgid "" "Comments per page: the maximum number of comments displayed " "on one page (a pager will be added if you exceed this limit)." msgstr "每页评论数：一页上显示的最大评论数（如果超过此限制，将添加分页）。" msgid "" "Anonymous commenting: whether or not anonymous commenters are " "allowed or required to leave contact information with their comments " "(only applies if anonymous users have permission to post comments)." msgstr "匿名评论：是否允许或要求匿名评论者在评论中留下联系信息（仅适用于匿名用户有权发布评论的情况）。" msgid "" "Show reply form on the same page as comments: whether the " "comment reply form is displayed on the same page as the comments. If " "this is not selected, clicking Reply will open a new page " "with the reply form." msgstr "在评论的同一页上显示回复表单：评论回复表单是否与评论显示在同一页。如果未选中此项，点击回复将打开一个包含回复表单的新页面。" msgid "" "Preview comments: whether previewing comments before " "submission is Required, Optional, or " "Disabled." msgstr "预览评论：提交前是否预览评论，必需的、可选的，还是禁用的。" msgid "" "Default value: each individual entity has its own comment " "settings, but here you can set defaults for the comment settings for " "this entity type or subtype. The comment settings values are:" msgstr "默认值：每个实体都有自己的评论设置，但你可以在此设置这个实体类型或子类型的评论设置的默认值。评论设置的值为：" msgid "Open: comments are allowed." msgstr "开放：允许评论。" msgid "" "Closed: past comments remain visible, but no new comments are " "allowed." msgstr "" "关闭:已有评论保持可见, " "但是不再允许新增评论." msgid "" "Hidden: past comments are hidden, and no new comments are " "allowed." msgstr "隐藏：隐藏已有评论，不允许新评论。" msgid "Online documentation for content comment settings" msgstr "内容评论设置的在线文档" msgid "Creating a comment type" msgstr "创建评论类型" msgid "" "Create a new comment type. See @comment_overview_topic for information " "about comments and comment types." msgstr "创建一个新的评论类型。有关评论和评论类型的信息，请参阅@comment_overview_topic。" msgid "Who can create a comment type?" msgstr "谁可以创建评论类型？" msgid "" "Users with the @comment_permissions_link permission " "(typically administrators) can create comment types." msgstr "" "具有@comment_permissions_link " "权限的用户(通常是管理员) 可以创建评论类型." msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "Structure > @comment_types_link." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > " "@comment_types_link." msgid "Click Add comment type." msgstr "点击添加评论类型。" msgid "" "In the Label field, enter a name for the comment type, which " "is how it will be listed in the administrative interface." msgstr "在＜em＞标签＜/em＞字段中，输入评论类型的名称，这就是它在管理界面中的显示方式。" msgid "" "In the Target entity type field, select the entity type to be " "commented on. See @content_structure_topic for more about content " "entities and fields." msgstr "" "在目标实体类型字段中，选择要评论的实体类型。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic " "。" msgid "Click Save. The comment type will be created." msgstr "点击保存。评论类型将被创建。" msgid "" "Optionally, if you have the core Field UI module installed you can " "follow the steps in the related topics to add fields to the new " "comment type, set up the editing form, and configure the display." msgstr "可选的，如果安装了核心的字段UI模块，则可以按照相关主题中的步骤将字段添加到新的评论类型，设置编辑表单，并配置显示。" msgid "Disabling comments" msgstr "禁用评论" msgid "" "Turn off commenting for a particular entity (see " "@content_structure_topic for more about content entities and fields). " "Note that if you want to turn off commenting for all entities of an " "entity type or subtype, you will need to edit the field settings for " "the comment field; see @comment_config_topic for more about " "configuring the comment field." msgstr "关闭特定实体的评论功能（有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic）。注意，如果要关闭实体类型或子类型的所有实体的评论功能，则需要编辑评论字段的字段设置；有关配置评论字段的更多信息，请参看@comment_config_topic。" msgid "Who can disable comments?" msgstr "谁可以禁用评论？" msgid "" "You will need the @comment_permissions_link permission in " "order to disable commenting. You will also need permission to edit the " "entity that the comments are on." msgstr "您需要@comment_permissions_link权限才能禁用禁用。您还需要具有“编辑评论所在实体”的权限。" msgid "" "Find the entity you want to disable comments for, and edit it. For " "example, to turn off comments on a content item, you could find it by " "navigating in the Manage administrative menu to " "Content, filtering to find the content item, and clicking " "Edit." msgstr "找到要禁用评论的实体，然后对它进行编辑。例如，要关闭内容条目上的评论，可以通过在管理菜单的管理下面，导航到内容，通过筛选以查找到内容条目，然后点击编辑。" msgid "Under Comment settings, select the desired comment setting:" msgstr "在评论设置下，选择所需的评论设置：" msgid "Save the entity." msgstr "保存实体" msgid "Moderating comments" msgstr "审核评论" msgid "Decide which comments are shown on the website." msgstr "决定哪些评论在网站上显示。" msgid "Who can moderate comments?" msgstr "谁可以审核评论？" msgid "" "Users with the @comment_permissions_link permission " "(typically administrators) can moderate comments. You will also need " "the Access the Content Overview page permission from the Node " "module (if it is installed) to navigate to the comment management " "page." msgstr "" "具有@comment_permissions_link权限的用户(通常为管理员) " "，可以审核评论。你还需要访问内容概览页面权限，这由节点模块提供 " "(如果已安装)，来导航到评论管理页面。" msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "Content > @comment_published_link. A list of all " "comments is shown." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到内容 > " "@comment_published_link. 这里显示所有评论列表." msgid "" "To unpublish comments, select one or more comments by checking the " "boxes on the left side (right side in right-to-left languages). Then " "select Unpublish comment from the Action select list " "and click Apply to selected items. If you select the " "Delete comment action, you can instead delete the unwanted " "comments." msgstr "若要取消发布评论，通过请选中左侧（对于从右到左语言则为右侧）的框，来选择一个或多个评论。然后从动作选择列表中选择取消发布评论，然后点击应用于所选条目。如果选择了删除评论动作，则可以删除不需要的评论。" msgid "" "To change the content of a comment click Edit from the " "dropdown button for a particular comment." msgstr "要修改评论的内容，请在它的下拉按钮中，点击编辑。" msgid "" "To publish comments that are not yet visible on the website, navigate " "to the @comment_unpublished_link tab. Select one or more " "comments by checking the boxes on the left side (right side in " "right-to-left languages). Then select Publish comment from " "the Action select list and click Apply to selected " "items." msgstr "若要发布在网站上尚不可见的评论，请导航到@comment_unpublished_link选项卡。通过选中左侧（从右到左语言则为右侧）的框，选择一个或多个评论。然后从动作选择列表中选择发布评论，然后点击应用于所选条目。" msgid "Online documentation for moderating comments" msgstr "关于审核评论的在线文档" msgid "Managing comments" msgstr "管理评论" msgid "What is a comment?" msgstr "什么是评论？" msgid "What is a comment type?" msgstr "什么是评论类型？" msgid "" "Comments are divided into comment types, which are the entity " "sub-types for the comment entity type. Each comment type has its own " "fields and its own form and display settings; each type can be used to " "comment on a single entity type. You can set up different comment " "types for different commenting purposes on your web site; for example, " "you might set up a comment type for recipes that has fields \"How did " "it taste?\" and \"Did the instructions work?\", and another comment " "type for blog entries that has only a generic comment body field." msgstr "评论划分为评论类型，它们是评论实体类型的实体子类型。每种评论类型都有自己的字段以及自己的表单和显示设置；每个类型都可以用于对单个实体类型进行评论。你可以在你的网站上，根据不同的评论目设置不同的评论类型；例如，您可以为食谱设置一个具有字段“味道如何？”和“说明有效吗？”的评论类型；为博客设置另一个评论类型，它只有通用评论正文字段。" msgid "What is moderation?" msgstr "什么是审核？" msgid "" "Moderation is a workflow where comments posted by some users " "on your site are verified before being published, to prevent spam and " "other bad behavior. The core software provides basic moderation " "functionality: you can configure permissions so that new comments " "posted by some user roles start as unpublished until a user with a " "different role reviews and publishes them. Contributed modules provide " "additional moderation and spam-reduction functionality, such as " "requiring untrusted users pass a CAPTCHA test before submitting " "comments and letting community members flag comments as possible spam. " "See @users_overview_topic for more about users, permissions, and " "roles." msgstr "审核是一个工作流，在该工作流中，某些用户在您的网站上提交了评论，在评论正式发布前会经过验证，以防止垃圾信息和其它不良行为。核心软件提供了基本的审核功能：您可以配置权限，以便某些用户角色可以提交新评论，开始状态为未发布，直到具有不同角色的用户审核并发布它们。第三方模块提供了额外的审核和反垃圾功能，例如要求不受信任的用户在提交评论之前先通过验证码测试，并允许社区成员将评论标记为疑似垃圾信息。有关用户、权限和角色的更多信息，请参看@users_overview_topic。" msgid "Overview of managing comments" msgstr "评论管理总览" msgid "The core Comment module provides the following functionality:" msgstr "内核评论模块提供以下功能：" msgid "Posting comments" msgstr "发表评论" msgid "" "Creating comment types; the core Field UI module allows you to attach " "fields to comment types and attach comment reference fields to other " "entities so that people can comment on them." msgstr "创建评论类型；核心的字段UI模块允许您将字段附加到评论类型，并将评论引用字段附加到其它实体，以便人们可以对它们进行评论。" msgid "Configuring commenting" msgstr "配置评论" msgid "Moderating comments as discussed above" msgstr "审核评论，如上文所述" msgid "What is quick editing?" msgstr "什么是快速编辑？" msgid "" "Click the contextual links Edit button on the toolbar (in " "most themes, it looks like a pencil). Contextual Edit links " "with the same icon will appear all over your page." msgstr "点击工具栏上的上下文链接编辑按钮（在大多数主题中，它看起来像一个铅笔）。带有相同图标的上下文编辑链接将显示在你的整个页面上。" msgid "" "Find the contextual link for the part of the page you want to edit. " "For example, if you want to edit the settings for a block, the link " "should be in the top-right corner of the block, or top-left for " "right-to-left languages." msgstr "查找要编辑的页面部分的上下文链接。例如，如果要编辑区块的设置，则该链接应位于区块的右上角，对于从右到左的语言，链接应位于左上角。" msgid "Make your edits and submit the form." msgstr "进行编辑并提交表单。" msgid "" "The core administrative interface has built-in compliance with many " "accessibility standards so that most pages are accessible to most " "users in their default state. However, certain pages become more " "accessible to some users through the use of a non-default or improved " "interface. These interfaces include:" msgstr "核心管理界面内置遵从许多可访问性标准，因此大多数用户都可以在默认状态下访问大多数页面。然而，通过使用非默认或改进的界面，某些页面对某些用户来说变得更容易访问。这些界面包括：" msgid "Enabling inline form errors" msgstr "启用内联表单错误" msgid "" "Errors that occur when you submit a form, such as not filling in a " "required field, are sometimes difficult for users to understand and " "locate. In order to make these errors easier to find, the best " "practice is to put a summary of the errors at the top of the form " "page. To make them easier to understand, the best practice is to " "display error messages with the form fields they are related to. Both " "of these practices are implemented by the core Inline Form Errors " "module." msgstr "提交表单时会出现的错误，例如未填写必填字段，有时用户很难理解和定位它。为了更容易查找这些错误，最佳做法是将错误摘要放在表单页面的顶部。为了使它们更容易理解，最佳做法是将错误消息显示在关联的表单字段旁边。核心的内联表单错误模块，为你实现了这两种最佳实践。" msgid "What administrative interface components are available?" msgstr "有哪些管理界面组件可用？" msgid "" "Accessibility features, to enable all users to perform administrative " "tasks. See @accessibility_topic for more information." msgstr "可访问性，使所有用户都能执行管理任务。有关更多信息，请参看@accessibility_topic。" msgid "What are the sections of the administrative menu?" msgstr "管理菜单的哪些部分？" msgid "" "The administrative menu, which you can navigate by visiting " "@admin_link on your site or by using an administrative " "toolbar, has the following sections (some may not be available, " "depending on which modules are currently installed on your site, and " "your permissions):" msgstr "管理菜单，您可以通过访问站点上的@admin_link来导航，或通过使用管理工具栏，它包含以下部分（有些部分可能不可用，具体取决于站点上当前安装的模块以及您的权限）：" msgid "" "Content: Find, manage, and create new pages; manage " "comments and files." msgstr "内容：查找、管理和创建新页面；管理评论和文件。" msgid "" "Structure: Place and edit blocks, set up content " "types and fields, configure menus, administer taxonomy, and configure " "some contributed modules." msgstr "结构：放置和编辑区块、设置内容类型和字段、配置菜单、管理分类以及配置一些第三方模块。" msgid "" "Appearance: Switch between themes, install themes, " "and update existing themes." msgstr "外观：在主题之间切换、安装主题和更新现有主题。" msgid "Extend: Update, install, and uninstall modules." msgstr "扩展：更新、安装和卸载模块。" msgid "" "Configuration: Configure the settings for various " "site functionality, including some contributed modules." msgstr "配置：配置各种站点功能的设置，包括一些第三方模块。" msgid "People: Manage user accounts and permissions." msgstr "人员：管理用户帐户和权限。" msgid "" "Reports: Display information about site security, " "necessary updates, and site activity." msgstr "报告：显示有关网站安全、必要更新和网站活动的信息。" msgid "Help: Get help on using the administrative interface." msgstr "帮助：获取有关使用管理界面的帮助。" msgid "" "Install the core modules mentioned above to use the corresponding " "aspect of the administrative interface. See the related topics listed " "below for more details on some aspects of the administrative " "interface." msgstr "安装上面提到的核心模块，以使用管理界面的相应方面。有关管理界面某些方面的更多详细信息，请参看所列的相关主题。" msgid "Creating a content item" msgstr "创建一个内容条目" msgid "" "Create and publish a content item. See @content_overview_topic for " "more about content types and content items." msgstr "创建并发布内容条目。有关内容类型和内容条目的更多信息，请参看@content_overview_topic。" msgid "Who can create content?" msgstr "谁可以创建内容?" msgid "" "Users with the @content_permissions_link permission can visit " "the Content page as described in this topic. Each content " "type has its own create permissions. For example, to create content of " "type Article, a user would need the Article: Create new content " "permission. In addition, users with the Bypass content access " "control or Administer content permission can create " "content items of all types. Some contributed modules change the " "permission structure for creating content." msgstr "具有@content_permissions_link权限的用户，可以访问内容页面，如本主题所述。每种内容类型都有自己的创建权限。例如，要创建文章类型的内容，用户需要\"文章:创建新内容\"权限。此外，具有绕过内容访问控制或管理内容权限的用户可以创建所有类型的内容。一些第三方模块修改了创建内容的权限结构。" msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "@content_link." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面, " "导航到@content_link." msgid "Click Add content." msgstr "点击 添加." msgid "" "If there is more than one content type defined on your site that you " "have permission to create, click the name of the type of content you " "want to create." msgstr "如果你的网站上，定义了多个你有权创建内容的内容类型，请单点要创建内容的类型名字。" msgid "" "On the content edit form, enter the Title of your content, " "which will show as the page title when the content item is displayed " "on a page, and also as the label for the content item in " "administration screens." msgstr "在内容编辑表单上，输入内容的标题，当内容条目显示在页面上时，该标题将显示为页面标题，同时在管理界面中用作内容条目的标签。" msgid "" "Fill in the other fields shown on the edit form for this specific " "content type." msgstr "为这个特定内容类型，填写编辑表单上显示的其它字段。" msgid "" "Leave the Published field checked to publish the content " "immediately, or uncheck it to make it unpublished. Unpublished content " "is generally not shown to non-administrative site users." msgstr "选中已发布字段，会立即发布内容；或取消选中该字段，可使其未发布。未发布的内容通常只会显示给网站的管理用户。" msgid "Optionally, click Preview to preview the content." msgstr "可选的, 点击预览按钮来预览内容." msgid "Click Save. You will see the content displayed on a page." msgstr "" "点击 保存. " "你可以看到内容显示在了一个页面上." msgid "Creating a content type" msgstr "创建一个内容类型" msgid "" "Create a new content type. See @content_overview_topic for more about " "content types." msgstr "" "创建一个新的内容类型. " "更多关于内容类型的信息，参看See @content_overview_topic." msgid "Who can create a content type?" msgstr "谁可以创建内容类型?" msgid "" "Users with the @content_permissions_link permission " "(typically administrators) can create new content types." msgstr "" "具有@content_permissions_link权限的用户 " "(通常为管理员)，可以创建新的内容类型." msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "Structure > @content_types_link." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > " "@content_types_link." msgid "Click Add content type." msgstr "点击 添加内容类型." msgid "" "In the Name field, enter a name for the content type, which " "is how it will be listed in the administrative interface." msgstr "在名字字段中，输入内容类型的名字，它将用于管理界面的内容类型列表中。" msgid "" "Optionally, enter a Description for the content type. You may " "also want to adjust some of the settings in the vertical tabs section " "of the edit page." msgstr "可选的，为内容类型输入一个描述。您可能还想调整一些设置，可在页面的垂直选项卡部分进行。" msgid "" "Click Save and manage fields. Your content type will be " "created, and assuming you have the core Field UI module installed, you " "will be taken to the Manage fields page for the content type. " "(If you do not have the core Field UI module installed, the button " "will say Save instead.)" msgstr "单击保存并管理字段。您的内容类型将被创建，假定您已经安装了核心的字段UI模块，您将进入内容类型的管理字段页面。（如果您没有安装核心的字段UI模块，则按钮将显示为保存。）" msgid "" "If you have the core Field UI module installed, follow the steps in " "the related topics to add fields to the new content type, set up the " "editing form, and configure the display." msgstr "如果安装了核心的字段UI模块，请按照相关主题中的步骤，将字段添加到新的内容类型中，设置编辑表单并配置显示。" msgid "Editing a content item" msgstr "编辑一个内容条目" msgid "" "Find a content item and edit it, or update a group of content items in " "bulk. See @node_overview_topic for more about content types and " "content items." msgstr "查找内容条目并对其进行编辑，或批量更新一组内容条目。有关内容类型和内容条目的更多信息，请参看@node_overview_topic。" msgid "Who can find and edit content?" msgstr "谁可以查找并编辑内容?" msgid "" "Users with the @content_permissions_link permission can use " "the Content page to find content. Each content type has its " "own edit permissions. For example, to edit content of type Article, a " "user would need the Article: Edit own content permission to " "edit an article they created, or the Article: Edit any " "content permission to edit an article someone else created. In " "addition, users with the Bypass content access control or " "Administer content permission can edit content items of all " "types. Some contributed modules change the permission structure for " "editing content." msgstr "具有@content_permissions_link权限的用户可以使用内容页面查找内容。每种内容类型都有自己的编辑权限。例如，要编辑文章类型的内容，用户需要文章：编辑自己的内容权限才能编辑他们创建的文章，或者需要文章：编辑任何内容权限才能编辑其他人创建的文章。此外，具有绕过内容访问控制或管理内容权限的用户，可以编辑所有类型的内容条目。某些第三方模块更改了编辑内容的权限结构。" msgid "Optionally, use filters to reduce the list of content items shown:" msgstr "可选的，使用过滤器减少列表中要显示的内容条目：" msgid "Title: key word(s) from the title" msgstr "标题: 来自标题的关键字" msgid "Content type" msgstr "内容类型" msgid "Published status" msgstr "发布状态" msgid "Language" msgstr "语言" msgid "" "If you enter or select filter values, click Filter to apply " "the filters." msgstr "" "如果你输入或者选择过滤器的值，点击过滤器 " "以应用该过滤器." msgid "" "Optionally, sort the list by clicking a column header. Click again to " "reverse the order." msgstr "可选的，通过单击一列的头部对列表进行排序。再次单击可反转排序。" msgid "" "To edit the title or other field values for one content item, click " "Edit in the row of the content item. Update the values and " "click Save." msgstr "要编辑一个内容条目的标题或其它字段值，请点击内容条目行中的“编辑”。更新对应内容并点击保存。" msgid "" "A few types of edits can be done in bulk to multiple content items. " "For example, to publish several unpublished content items, check the " "boxes in the left column (right column in right-to-left languages) to " "select the desired content items. For Action, select the " "Publish content action. Click Apply to selected " "items to make the change. The other actions under Action " "work in a similar manner." msgstr "部分类型的编辑工作，可以通过批量操作多个内容条目来完成。例如，要发布多个未发布的内容条目，请选中左列（从右到左语言则为右列）中的框以选择所需的内容条目。对于动作，选择发布内容动作。点击应用于选中的条目以进行修改。动作下的其它动作，工作方式类似。" msgid "What is a content item?" msgstr "什么是内容条目?" msgid "" "A content item is a type of content entity for page-level " "content, which can have fields that store text, HTML markup, images, " "attached files, and other data. See @content_structure_topic for more " "about content entities and fields." msgstr "" "内容条目是一种用于页面级内容的内容实体，它可以包含字段，用来存储文本、HTML标记、图片、附加文件和其它数据。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic " "。" msgid "What is a content type?" msgstr "什么是内容类型?" msgid "" "Content items are divided into content types, which are the " "entity sub-types for the content item entity type; each content type " "has its own fields and display settings. For example, you might set up " "content types for pages, articles, recipes, events, and blog entries " "on your web site." msgstr "内容条目按内容类型划分，它们是内容实体类型的实体子类型；每种内容类型都有自己的字段和显示设置。例如，您可以为网站上的页面、文章、食谱、事件和博客设置对应的内容类型。" msgid "Overview of managing content" msgstr "管理内容概览" msgid "" "The core Node module allows you to define content types, and add and " "edit content items. The core Field UI module allows you to attach " "fields to each content type and manage the edit form and display for " "each content type. See the related topics listed below for specific " "tasks. Many other core and contributed modules and installation " "profiles provide pre-defined content types, modify the permission " "structure for content items, and provide other functionality." msgstr "核心的节点模块，允许您定义内容类型，以及添加和编辑内容条目。核心的字段UI模块，允许您将字段附加到每个内容类型，并管理每个内容类型的编辑表单和显示。对于具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。许多其它核心和第三方的模块和安装轮廓(profile)提供预定义的内容类型，修改了内容条目的权限结构，和提供其它功能。" msgid "Creating a URL alias for a content item" msgstr "为一个内容条目创建URL别名" msgid "" "Give a content item page a human- or SEO-friendly URL alias; you can " "follow similar steps to create an alias for a taxonomy term page. See " "@overview_topic for more about aliases." msgstr "为内容条目页面提供一个用户或SEO友好的URL别名；您可以按照类似的步骤为分类术语页面创建别名。有关别名的更多信息，请参看@overview_topic。" msgid "Who can create URL aliases?" msgstr "谁可以创建URL别名?" msgid "" "Users with the @path_permissions_link permission can create " "aliases. To follow the steps in this topic, you will also need " "permission to edit the content item." msgstr "具有@path_permissions_link权限的用户可以创建别名。若要执行本主题中的步骤，您还需要具有编辑内容条目的权限。" msgid "" "Locate and open the content edit form for the content item, or create " "a new content item (see related topics on creating and editing " "content)." msgstr "找到并打开内容条目的内容编辑表单，或创建新的内容条目（请参看有关创建和编辑内容的相关主题）。" msgid "" "Under URL alias on the edit form, enter the desired alias " "(for example, \"/about-us\"). Make sure the alias starts with a \"/\" " "character." msgstr "" "在编辑表单上的URL别名下，输入想要的别名（例如，“/about " "us”）。请确保别名以“/”字符开头。" msgid "" "Verify that the page can be visited with the new alias, for example " "https://example.com/about-us." msgstr "验证是否可以使用新别名访问页面，例如https://example.com/about-us。" msgid "Editing a URL alias" msgstr "编辑一个 URL 别名" msgid "" "Change an existing URL alias, to correct the path or the alias value. " "See @path_overview_topic for more about aliases." msgstr "修改现有的URL别名，以更正路径或别名值。有关别名的更多信息，请参看@path_overview_topic。" msgid "Who can manage URL aliases?" msgstr "谁可以管理URL别名?" msgid "" "Users with the @path_permissions_link permission can edit " "aliases." msgstr "具有@path_permissions_link权限的用户可以编辑别名。" msgid "" "In the Manage administration menu, navigate to " "Configuration > Search and metadata > " "@path_aliases_link. A list of all the site's aliases will " "appear." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理 下面, 导航到配置 " "> 搜索和元数据 > @path_aliases_link. " "你会看到站点的全部别名列表." msgid "" "Click Edit in the dropdown button for the alias that you " "would like to change." msgstr "" "点击下拉按钮中的 编辑 " "，用来编辑你想要修改的别名." msgid "" "Make the required changes and click Save. You will be " "returned to the URL alias list page." msgstr "进行所需更改，然后点击保存。您将返回到URL别名列表页面。" msgid "" "Note that you can also add new aliases from this page, for any path on " "your site." msgstr "注意，你可以在这个页面，为站点的任何路径，添加新的别名." msgid "Configuring aliases for URLs" msgstr "为URL配置别名" msgid "What is a URL?" msgstr "什么是URL?" msgid "" "URL is the abbreviation for \"Uniform Resource Locator\", which is the " "page's address on the web. It is the \"name\" by which a browser " "identifies a page to display. In the example \"Visit us at " "example.com.\", https://example.com would be the URL " "for the home page of your website. Users use URLs to locate content on " "the web." msgstr "" "URL是“统一资源定位器（Uniform Resource " "Locator）”的缩写，它是网络上页面的地址。它是浏览器用来识别要显示的页面的“名称”。在示例“访问我们example.com”中，https://example.com将是您网站主页的URL。用户使用URL来定位网络上的内容。" msgid "What is a path?" msgstr "什么是路径?" msgid "" "A path is the unique, last part of the URL for a specific function or " "piece of content. For example, for a page whose full URL is " "https://example.com/node/7, the path is node/7. Here " "are some examples of paths you might find in your site:" msgstr "路径是唯一的，它是特定功能或内容的URL的最后一部分。例如，对于完整URL为https://example.com/node/7的页面，对应路径为node/7。以下是您可能在网站中找到的一些路径示例：" msgid "node/7: Path to a particular content item." msgstr "node/7: 指向特定内容条目的路径." msgid "taxonomy/term/6: Path to a taxonomy term page." msgstr "taxonomy/term/6: 指向分类术语页面的路径." msgid "user/3: Path to a user profile page." msgstr "user/3: 指向用户个人资料页面的路径." msgid "What is an alias?" msgstr "什么是别名?" msgid "" "The core software allows you to provide more understandable URLs for " "pages on your site, which are called aliases. For example, if " "you have an \"About Us\" page with the path node/7, you can " "set up an alias of about so that your visitors will see it as " "https://www.example.com/about." msgstr "核心软件允许您为网站上的页面提供更易于理解的URL，这些页面被称为别名。例如，如果您有一个路径为node/7的“关于我们”页面，则可以设置about作为别名，这样访问者看到的就是https://www.example.com/about。" msgid "Overview of configuring paths, aliases, and URLs" msgstr "配置路径、别名、和URLs的概览" msgid "" "The core Path module provides the URL aliasing functionality. The " "contributed Pathauto module " "allows you to configure automatically-generated URL aliases for " "content items and other pages. See the related topics listed below for " "specific tasks." msgstr "" "核心的路径模块提供URL别名功能。第三方的 Pathauto模块允许您为内容项和其他页面配置自动生成的URL别名。有关特定任务，请参阅下面列出的相关主题。" msgid "Configuring taxonomy" msgstr "配置分类" msgid "" "Create a taxonomy vocabulary and add a reference field for that " "vocabulary to a content entity. See @taxonomy_overview_topic for " "information about taxonomy and @content_structure_topic for more on " "content entities." msgstr "" "创建分类词汇表，并为其添加一个引用字段到内容实体.有关分类的信息，参看@taxonomy_overview_topic，有关内容实体的信息参看 " "@content_structure_topic." msgid "Who can configure a taxonomy vocabulary?" msgstr "谁可以配置分类词汇表?" msgid "" "Users with the @taxonomy_permissions_link permission can " "configure a vocabulary. To add a field in the administrative " "interface, the core Field UI module must be installed, and you will " "also need the Administer fields permission for the entity you " "are adding the field to." msgstr "" "具有@taxonomy_permissions_link " "权限的用户可以配置词汇表. " "为了在管理界面添加字段, 需要启用核心的字段UI " "模块, " "另外对于要将字段添加到的实体，你还需要管理字段 " "权限." msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "Structure > @taxonomy_admin_link." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 结构 " "> @taxonomy_admin_link." msgid "Click Add vocabulary." msgstr "点击 添加词汇表." msgid "" "In the Name field, enter a name for the vocabulary (for " "example \"Ingredients\"), which is how it will be shown in the " "administrative interface. Optionally, add a description." msgstr "" "在名字字段, 为词汇表输入一个名字 " "(例如\"原料\"), 它将显示在管理界面中. 可选的, " "添加一个描述." msgid "" "Click Save. Your vocabulary will be created and you will see " "the page that lists all the terms in this vocabulary." msgstr "" "点击 保存. " "你的词汇表将会被创建，你将看到词汇表的术语列表页面，这个页面列出了该词汇表下面的所有术语." msgid "" "Optionally, click Add term to add a term to the new " "vocabulary. In the Name field, enter the term name (for " "example \"Butter\"). Click Save. You will receive a " "confirmation about the term you created. You may optionally continue " "to add more terms." msgstr "可选的，点击添加术语，来添加一个术语到新词汇表中。在名称字段中，输入术语名称（例如“黄油”）。点击保存。您将收到一个确认信息，显示您刚刚创建了一个术语。您可以选择继续添加更多术语。" msgid "" "If you have the Field UI module installed, follow the instructions on " "the related Adding a reference field to an entity sub-type " "topic to add a taxonomy reference field to the entity type of your " "choice. The settings page will allow you to choose the " "Vocabulary that you created as the vocabulary to reference." msgstr "如果您安装了字段UI模块，请按照相关的向实体子类型添加引用字段主题中的说明，向您选择的实体类型添加分类引用字段。在设置页面，您可以选择词汇表，这是您创建的用于引用的词汇表。" msgid "" "You may also want to configure the display and form display of the new " "field (see related topics)." msgstr "您可能还需要配置新字段的显示和表单显示（请参看相关主题）。" msgid "Managing taxonomy" msgstr "管理分类" msgid "What is taxonomy?" msgstr "什么是分类?" msgid "" "Taxonomy is used to classify website content. One common " "example of taxonomy is the tags used to classify or categorize posts " "in a blog website; a cooking website could use an ingredients taxonomy " "to classify recipes. Individual taxonomy items are known as " "terms (the blog tags or recipe ingredients in these " "examples); and a set of terms is known as a vocabulary (the " "set of all blog post tags, or the set of all recipe ingredients in " "these examples). Technically, taxonomy terms are an entity type and " "the entity subtypes are the vocabularies; see @content_structure_topic " "for more on content entities. Like other entities, taxonomy terms can " "have fields attached; for instance, you could set up an image field to " "contain an icon for each term." msgstr "分类用于对网站内容进行归类。分类的一个常见例子，是用于对博客网站中的帖子进行归类的标签；烹饪网站可以使用原料分类法食谱进行归类。单独的分类条目被称为术语（这些例子中的博客标签或食谱原料）；一组术语被称为词汇表（这些例子中，所有博客文章标签的集合，或所有食谱原料的集合）。从技术上讲，分类术语是一种实体类型，实体子类型是词汇表；有关内容实体的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。与其它实体一样，分类术语上可以附加字段；例如，您可以设立一个图片字段，用作单个术语的图标。" msgid "" "An individual vocabulary can organize its terms in a hierarchy, or it " "could be flat. For example, blog tags normally have a flat structure, " "while a recipe ingredients vocabulary could be hierarchical (for " "example, tomatoes could be a sub-term of vegetables, and under " "tomatoes, you could have green and red tomatoes)." msgstr "一个单独的词汇表可以按层级结构组织其术语，也可以使用扁平结构。例如，博客标签通常有一个扁平的结构，而食谱原料词汇表可能是分层的（例如，西红柿可以是蔬菜的一个子术语，在西红柿下面，你可以有绿色和红色的西红柿）。" msgid "" "Taxonomy terms are normally attached as reference fields to other " "content entities, which is how you can use them to classify content. " "When you set up a taxonomy reference field, you can let users enter " "terms in two ways:" msgstr "分类术语通常作为引用字段附加到其它内容实体，就是通过这种方式，使用它们对内容进行分类的。设置分类引用字段时，用户输入术语的方式有两种：" msgid "New terms can be created right on the content editing form." msgstr "新的术语可以直接在内容编辑表单上创建." msgid "Fixed list of terms" msgstr "固定的术语列表" msgid "" "The list of terms is curated and managed outside the content editing " "form, and users can only select from the existing list when editing " "content." msgstr "术语列表的策划和管理，位于内容编辑表单之外，用户在编辑内容时只能从现有列表中进行选择。" msgid "Overview of managing taxonomy" msgstr "分类管理概览" msgid "" "The core Taxonomy module allows you to create and edit taxonomy " "vocabularies and taxonomy terms. The core Field UI module provides a " "user interface for adding fields to entities, including the taxonomy " "reference field, and configuring field editing and display. See the " "related topics listed below for specific tasks." msgstr "核心的分类模块允许您创建和编辑分类词汇表和分类术语。核心的字段UI模块提供了一个用户界面，用于向实体添加字段，包括分类引用字段，以及配置字段编辑和显示。有关具体任务，请参看下面列出的相关主题。" msgid "" "Page settings, Block settings, etc.: settings " "specific to the display type, such as the URL for a page display. Most " "display types support an Access setting, where you can choose " "a Permission or Role that a user must have in order to see the view." msgstr "页面设置、区块设置等：这些是特定于显示类型的设置，例如页面显示的URL。大多数显示类型都支持访问设置，在该设置中，您可以选择用户必须具有的权限或角色，用以查看视图。" msgid "What are bulk operations?" msgstr "什么是批量操作?" msgid "Adding a bulk operations form to a view" msgstr "向视图添加批量操作表单" msgid "Who can edit views?" msgstr "谁可以编辑视图?" msgid "" "The core Views UI module will need to be installed and you will need " "@views_permissions permission in order to edit a view." msgstr "需要安装核心的视图UI模块，并且您需要@views_permissions权限才能编辑视图。" msgid "" "In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to " "Structure > @views. A list of all views is shown." msgstr "" "在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 结构 " "> @views. 这里会显示所有视图列表." msgid "" "If there is not already an Operations bulk form in the " "Fields list for the view, click Add in the " "Fields section to add it. (The exact name of the bulk form " "field will vary, and may contain keywords like \"bulk update\", \"form " "element\" or \"operations\" -- not to be confused with operations " "links, which are applied to each item in a row.) If the bulk " "operations field already exists, click the field name to edit its " "settings." msgstr "如果视图的字段列表中还没有批量操作表单，请点击字段部分中的添加按钮来添加它。（批量表单字段的确切名称会有所不同，可能包含“批量更新”、“表单元素”或“操作”等关键字——不要与操作链接混淆，后者应用于一行中的单个条目。）如果批量操作字段已存在，请点击字段名称以编辑其设置。" msgid "" "Check the action(s) you want to make available in the Selected " "actions list and click Apply (all displays)." msgstr "检查你想要放到选定的动作列表中的动作，然后点击应用（所有显示）。" msgid "" "Verify that the Access settings for the view are at least as " "restrictive as the permissions necessary to perform the bulk " "operations. People with permission to see the view, but who don't have " "permission to do the bulk operations, will experience problems." msgstr "验证视图的访问设置，对于执行批量操作，至少需要添加权限限制。有权查看视图但没有权限执行批量操作的用户，将会遇到问题。" msgid "" "Click Save. The action(s) will be available as bulk " "operations in the view." msgstr "单击保存。动作将在视图中用作批量操作。" msgid "" "Create and download an archive containing all your site's " "configuration, exported as YAML files. See @config_overview_topic for " "more information about configuration." msgstr "创建并下载一个包含所有站点配置的归档文件，导出为了YAML文件。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Export a single configuration item to a file. See " "@config_overview_topic for more information about configuration." msgstr "将单个配置项导出到文件中。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Import the complete configuration of your site from an archive file, " "such as one that was previously exported (see @export_full_topic). See " "@config_overview_topic for more information about configuration." msgstr "从归档文件中导入站点的完整配置，例如以前导出的文件（请参见@export_full_topic）。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Import a single configuration item in YAML format, such as one that " "was previously exported (see @export_single_topic). See " "@config_overview_topic for more information about configuration." msgstr "以YAML格式导入单个配置项，例如之前导出的配置项（请参见@export_single_topic）。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Translate your site configuration to another language. See " "@language_add_topic if you need to add a new language." msgstr "将您的网站配置翻译成其它语言。如果需要添加新语言，请参看@language_add_topic。" msgid "" "Find either the configuration entity type or the simple configuration " "item that you want to translate in the Label column of the " "list. Click List under Operations for a " "configuration entity, or Translate for simple configuration. " "(See @config_overview_topic to learn more about types of configuration " "and configuration entities.)" msgstr "在列表的标签列中，查找要翻译的配置实体类型或简单配置项。对于配置实体，点击操作下面列表；对于简单配置，点击翻译。（请参看@config_overview_topic，了解有关配置和配置实体类型的更多信息。）" msgid "" "The contact form will always have Subject and " "Message fields. If you want to add more fields, follow the " "steps in @adding_fields_topic." msgstr "联系表单将始终具有主题和消息字段。如果您想添加更多字段，请按照@adding_fields_topic中的步骤进行操作。" msgid "" "Change the workflow state of a particular entity. See " "@workflows_overview_topic for an overview of workflows, and " "@content_structure_topic for an overview of content entities." msgstr "修改特定实体的工作流状态。有关工作流的概述，请参看@workflows_overview_topic；有关内容实体的概述，则请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Create or edit a workflow with various workflow states (for example " "Concept, Archived, etc.) for moderating content. See " "@workflows_overview_topic for more information on workflows." msgstr "创建或编辑具有各种状态的工作流（例如概念、存档等），用以审核内容。有关工作流的更多信息，请参看@workflows_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Decide which roles should have permissions to make each transition; " "see @user_overview_topic for an overview of roles and permissions." msgstr "决定哪些角色具有执行转换的权限；有关角色和权限的概述，请参看@user_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Decide which entity types and subtypes the workflow should " "apply to. Only entity types that support revisions are possible to " "define workflows for. See @content_structure_topic for more " "information on content entities and fields." msgstr "决定对哪些实体类型和子类型应用工作流。只有支持修订本的实体类型才能定义工作流。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Configure language and translation settings for one or more content " "entity types (see @content_structure_topic for an overview of content " "entities). To do this, you must have at least two languages " "configured. Afterwards, you will have a Translate operation " "available for your content entities, either as a tab or link when you " "are viewing or editing content, or on content administration pages." msgstr "为一个或多个内容实体类型配置语言和翻译设置（有关内容实体的概述，请参看@content_structure_topic）。要执行此操作，必须至少配置两种语言。之后，对于您的内容实体，就可以看到一个翻译操作可用，在查看或编辑内容时，还是在内容管理页面上，都可以看到翻译操作对应的选项卡或链接。" msgid "" "A layout is a template that defines where blocks and other " "pieces of content should be displayed. The core Layout Discovery " "module allows modules and themes to register layouts, and the core " "Layout Builder module provides a visual interface for placing fields " "and blocks in layouts for entity sub-types and individual entity items " "(see @content_structure_topic for more on entities and fields)." msgstr "布局是一个模板，用于定义区块和其它内容的如何显示。核心的布局发现模块允许模块和主题注册布局，核心的布局构建器模块提供了一个可视化界面，用于在实体子类型和单个实体条目的布局中放置字段和区块（有关实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic）。" msgid "" "Core media items include audio, images, documents, and videos. You can " "add other media types, such as social media posts, through the use of " "contributed modules. Media items may be files located in your site's " "file system, or remote items referenced by a URL. Media items are " "content entities, and they are divided into media types (which are " "entity sub-types); media types can have fields. See " "@content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and " "fields." msgstr "核心多媒体条目包括音频、图片、文档和视频。您可以通过使用第三方模块添加其它多媒体类型，如社交多媒体帖子。多媒体条目可以是位于网站文件系统中的文件，也可以是URL引用的远程条目。多媒体条目是内容实体，它们被分为多媒体类型（即实体子类型）；多媒体类型可以有字段。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Content (blocks, content items, etc.) can be written in English or " "another language, and can be translated into additional languages. See " "@content_structure_topic to learn more about content." msgstr "内容（区块、内容条目等）可以用英语或其它语言编写，也可以翻译成其它语言。请参看@content_structure_topic了解有关内容的更多信息。" msgid "" "Many configuration items also include text that can be translated. " "Default configuration provided by your site's software is provided in " "English; you can also download community-provided translations. See " "@config_overview_topic to learn more about configuration." msgstr "许多配置项还包括可以翻译的文本。您的网站软件提供的默认配置是英文的；你也可以下载社区提供的翻译。有关配置的更多信息，请参看@config_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Exposes entities to other applications using a fully " "compliant implementation of the JSON:API Specification. See " "@content_structure_topic for more information on content entities and " "fields." msgstr "" "使用完全兼容JSON:API规范的实现，将 " "实体暴露给其它应用 " "。有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看 " "@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Configure a text format so that when a user is editing text and " "selects this text format, a text editor installed on your site is " "shown. Configure the text editor, such as choosing which buttons and " "functions are available. See @filter_overview_topic for more about " "text formats." msgstr "配置文本格式，以便当用户编辑文本并选择此文本格式时，显示安装在您的网站上的文本编辑器。配置文本编辑器，例如选择可用的按钮和功能。有关文本格式的更多信息，请参看@filter_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Follow the steps on @filter_overview_topic to add a new text format or " "configure an existing text format; when you reach the step about text " "editors, return to this topic." msgstr "按照@filter_overview_topic上的步骤添加新的文本格式或配置现有的文本格式；当您到达关于文本编辑器的步骤时，请返回到本主题。" msgid "" "Return to @filter_overview_topic to complete the text format " "configuration, and be sure to save the text format." msgstr "返回到@filter_overview_topic，以完成文本格式配置，并确保保存文本格式。" msgid "" "Add a field to an entity sub-type; see @content_structure_topic for an " "overview of entity types and sub-types, as well as an overview of " "field types." msgstr "" "向实体子类型添加字段；有关实体类型和子类型的概述以及字段类型的概述，请参看@content_structure_topic " "。" msgid "" "In Add a new field, select the type of field you want to add; " "see @content_structure_topic for an overview of field types." msgstr "在添加新字段中，选择要添加的字段类型；有关字段类型的概述，请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Configure the formatters used to display the fields of an " "entity sub-type, their order in the display, and the formatter " "settings. See @content_structure_topic for background information." msgstr "配置格式化器，用于显示实体子类型的字段，它们在显示中的顺序，以及格式化器的设置。更多背景信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Configure the widgets used to edit the fields of an entity " "sub-type, their order on the form, and the widget settings. See " "@content_structure_topic for background information." msgstr "配置用于实体子类型字段编辑的小部件，配置它们在表单上的顺序，以及小部件设置。更多背景信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Add an entity reference field to an entity sub-type; see " "@content_structure_topic for more information on entities and " "reference fields." msgstr "向实体子类型添加实体引用字段；有关实体和引用字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Check the indexing status of the Help search page. If it is not fully " "indexed, see @cron_topic about how to run Cron until indexing is " "complete." msgstr "检查帮助搜索页的索引状态。如果它没有完全索引，请参看@cron_topic，了解如何运行定时任务直到索引完成。" msgid "" "In the future, you can click Rebuild search index on this " "page, or @cache_topic, in order to force help topic text to be " "reindexed for searching. This should be done whenever a module, theme, " "language, or string translation is updated." msgstr "将来，您可以点击此页面上的重建搜索索引，或@cache_topic，以强制重新索引帮助主题文本以便搜索。每次更新模块、主题、语言或字符串翻译时，都应该执行此操作。" msgid "" "Add a new image style, which can be used to process and display " "images. See @media_topic for an overview of image styles." msgstr "添加新的图片样式，该样式可用于处理和显示图片。有关图片样式的概述，请参看@media_topic。" msgid "" "Configure an entity sub-type to have its fields displayed using a " "layout (see @content_structure_topic for more on entities and fields)." msgstr "配置一个实体子类型，使用布局来显示它的字段（有关实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic）。" msgid "" "A layout consists of one or more sections. Each section can " "have from one to four columns. You can place blocks, " "including special blocks for the fields on the entity sub-type, in " "each column of each section (see @block_overview_topic for more on " "blocks)." msgstr "布局由一个或多个区段组成。每个区段可以有一到四个列。您可以在每个区段的每一列中放置区块，包括实体子类型上字段的特殊区块（有关区块的更多信息，请参看@block_overview_topic）。" msgid "" "Add a new media type that can be referenced in Media reference fields; " "media types are a content entity type. See @media_topic for an " "overview of media items and media types, and @content_structure_topic " "for more information on content entities and fields." msgstr "添加一个新的多媒体类型，可在“多媒体引用”字段中引用它；多媒体类型是一种内容实体类型。有关多媒体条目和多媒体类型的概述，请参看@media_topic；有关内容实体和字段的更多信息，请参看@content_structure_topic。" msgid "" "Migrate data into a new, empty site, as part of an upgrade from an " "older version of Drupal. See @migrate_overview_topic for an overview " "of migrating and upgrading." msgstr "将数据迁移到一个新的空站点，作为Drupal旧版本升级的一部分。有关迁移和升级的概述，请参看@migrate_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Configure a responsive image style, which can be used to display " "images at different sizes on different devices. See @media_topic for " "an overview of responsive image styles, and @breakpoint_overview_topic " "for an overview of breakpoints." msgstr "" "配置一个响应式图片样式，可用于在不同设备上显示不同大小的图片。有关响应式图像样式的概述，请参看@media_topic " "，有关断点的概述，参看@breakpoint_overview_topic。" msgid "" "Select a Fallback image style to use when none of the other " "styles apply. See @image_style_topic if you need to add a new style." msgstr "选择一个兜底图像样式，以便在其它样式都不适用时使用。如果需要添加新样式，请参看@image_style_topic。" msgid "" "Follow the steps in @search_index_topic to make sure that the search " "index is updated." msgstr "按照@search_index_topic所列步骤，确保搜索索引已更新 ." msgid "" "The Content and Help search types provided by the " "core software pre-index their content and store the results in several " "database tables that are collectively called the search " "index. The process of indexing renders the content and breaks it " "up into words, which can then be matched more efficiently with keyword " "queries when users perform searches. Search indexing happens during " "cron runs; see @cron_topic for more information about cron." msgstr "核心软件提供的内容和帮助搜索类型，预先索引其内容，并将结果存储在多个数据库表中，这些表统称为搜索索引。索引过程呈现内容并将其分词，然后在用户执行搜索时，可以更有效地匹配关键字查询。搜索索引发生在定时任务运行期间；有关定时任务的更多信息，请参阅@cron_topic。" msgid "" "Follow the steps in @cron_topic to make sure a cron task has been " "configured." msgstr "" "按照 @cron_topic " "所列的步骤，确保配置好一个定时任务." msgid "" "In order to configure site search using the core Search module, you " "will need to configure one or more search pages. You will also need to " "verify or alter permissions so that the desired user roles can search " "the site. (See @user_overview_topic for more information about roles " "and permissions.) For content search, you will also need to make sure " "that the search index is configured and that the site is fully " "indexed. Finally, you may wish to place the Search form block " "on pages of your site, or add the search page to a navigation menu, to " "give users easy access to search. See the related topics listed below " "for specific tasks." msgstr "为了配置核心搜索模块提供的站点搜索，您需要配置一个或多个搜索页面。您还需要验证或更改权限，以便所需的用户角色可以搜索网站。（有关角色和权限的更多信息，请参看@user_overview_topic。）对于内容搜索，您还需要确保已配置搜索索引，并且网站已完全索引。最后，您可能希望将搜索表单区块放置在网站的页面上，或将搜索页面添加到导航菜单中，以便用户轻松进行搜索。有关具体任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题。" msgid "Clear the site cache. See @cache_topic for instructions." msgstr "清空站点缓存. 相关指南，参看@cache_topic." msgid "" "Uninstall a module. Your site should be in maintenance mode " "when you uninstall modules. See @maintenance_topic for details." msgstr "" "卸载一个模块. " "当你卸载模块时，你需要将站点置为维护模式 " ". 详情请参看@maintenance_topic." msgid "" "Follow the steps in @view_edit_topic to edit the other settings for " "the display." msgstr "按照@view_edit_topic的步骤，编辑显示的其它设置." msgid "" "Find the section whose settings you want to change, such as " "Format or Filter criteria. (See " "@views_overview_topic for more information.)" msgstr "" "找到你想要修改设置的部分, 比如 格式 " "或过滤标准. (更多信息，参看 @views_overview_topic " ".)" msgid "" "The core software allows you to configure workflows in which each " "transition has an associated permission that can be granted to a " "particular role. See @configuring_workflows_topic for more " "information." msgstr "" "核心软件允许你配置工作流，其中每个转换都具有一个关联权限，可将其授予特定角色。有关更多信息，请参看@configuring_workflows_topic " "。" msgid "" "Users with sufficient permissions can change the workflow state of a " "particular entity. See @changing_states_topic for more information." msgstr "" "具有足够权限的用户，可以修改特定实体的工作流状态. " "更多信息，参看@changing_states_topic." msgid "" "Remote oEmbed providers could not be retrieved due to error: @error. " "Using previously stored data. This may contain out of date " "information." msgstr "远程oEmbed提供者数据库无法获取数据，出现错误:@error。使用以前存储的数据。这可能包含过期的信息。" msgid "" "Remote oEmbed providers database returned invalid or empty list. Using " "previously stored data. This may contain out of date information." msgstr "远程oEmbed提供者数据库返回的列表无效或为空。使用以前存储的数据。这可能包含过期的信息。" msgid "Block type settings" msgstr "区块类型设置" msgid "@bundle_type is not @bundles or @last" msgstr "@bundle_type 不是 @bundles 或 @last" msgid "@bundle_type is not @bundle" msgstr "@bundle_type 不是 @bundle" msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove the @entity-type %label from the " "%region region?" msgstr "你确定想要从%region区域中删除 @entity-type %label ?" msgid "" "This will remove the block placement. You will need to place it again in order to undo this action." msgstr "" "这将删除区块放置。您需要 再次放置才能撤消此动作。" msgid "The @entity-type %label has been removed from the %region region." msgstr "@entity-type %label 已从 %region 区域移除。" msgid "Destination file \"%file\" exists" msgstr "目标文件 \"%file\" 已经存在" msgid "" "The file could not be uploaded because the destination " "\"%destination\" is invalid." msgstr "目标目录 \"%destination\" 无效，文件无法被上传。" msgid "" "For more information see the HTML " "Living Standard or use your favorite search engine to find other " "sites that explain HTML." msgstr "" "有关更多信息，请参看 HTML最新标准 " "或使用您喜爱的搜索引擎查找其它解释html的网站。" msgid "Converts an image to a format (such as JPEG)." msgstr "将图片转换为某种格式（如JPEG）。" msgid "" "Determines the content language from the request parameter named " "'language_content_entity'." msgstr "" "从名为 " "'language_content_entity'的请求参数中，判定内容语言." msgid "The source field definition for the %type media type is missing." msgstr "%type多媒体类型的源字段定义缺失." msgid "Author/owner name" msgstr "作者名字" msgid "Author/owner URL" msgstr "作者 URL" msgid "Media item default name" msgstr "多媒体条目默认名字" msgid "Thumbnail local URI" msgstr "缩略图本地URI" msgid "Resource source URL" msgstr "资源的源 URL" msgid "Resource width" msgstr "资源宽度" msgid "Resource height" msgstr "资源高度" msgid "Resource HTML representation" msgstr "资源的HTML表示" msgid "Defined on the Appearance Settings page." msgstr "定义在 外观设置 页面." msgid "Save and go to list" msgstr "保存并返回列表" msgid "" "Automatic updating of Drupal core is not supported. See the Updating Drupal guide for information on " "how to update Drupal core manually." msgstr "" "Drupal核心不支持自动升级。有关如何手动升级Drupal核心的信息，请参看Drupal升级指南。" msgid "Other permissions pages" msgstr "其它权限页面" msgid "" "The main Permissions page can be overwhelming, so each module that " "defines permissions has its own page for setting them. There are links " "to these pages on the Extend page. When " "editing a content type, vocabulary, etc., there is also a Manage " "permissions tab for permissions related to that configuration." msgstr "" "主“权限”页面可能会过于膨胀，因此每个定义权限的模块都有自己的设置权限的页面。在扩展页面上有指向这些页面的链接。在编辑内容类型、词汇表等的时候，还有一个管理权限的标签，用于管理与该配置相关的权限。" msgid "Account %name has been disabled." msgstr "帐号%name已被禁用." msgid "" "Delete the account and make its content belong to the %anonymous-name " "user. This action cannot be undone." msgstr "" "删除帐号并将它的内容归属于%anonymous-name. " "这个动作无法被撤销." msgid "Delete the account and its content. This action cannot be undone." msgstr "删除帐号和它的内容. 这个动作无法被撤销." msgid "" "To log in to this site, your browser must accept cookies from the " "domain %domain." msgstr "" "为了登录这个站点, 你的浏览器必须接受来自域名 " "%domain的cookies." msgid "Cancellation method" msgstr "Cancellation method" msgid "" "This view will be displayed by visiting this path on your site. You " "may use \"%\" or named route parameters like \"%node\" in your URL to " "represent values that will be used for contextual filters: For " "example, \"node/%node/feed\" or \"view_path/%\". Named route " "parameters are required when this path matches an existing path. For " "example, paths such as \"taxonomy/term/%taxonomy_term\" or " "\"user/%user/custom-view\"." msgstr "通过访问站点上的这个路径，这个视图就会显示出来。您可以在URL中使用“%”或命名的路由参数（如“%node”），来表示将用于上下文过滤器的值：例如，“node/%node/feed”或“view_path/%”。当此路径与现有路径匹配时，命名的路由参数是必须的。例如，诸如“taxonomy/term/%taxonomy_term”或“user/%user/custom-view”之类的路径。" msgid "Sort field identifier" msgstr "排序字段标识符" msgid "" "This will appear in the URL after the ?, as value of 'sort_by' " "parameter, to identify this sort field. Cannot be blank. Only letters, " "digits and the dot ('.'), hyphen ('-'), underscore ('_'), and tilde " "('~') characters are allowed." msgstr "这将出现在URL中?之后，作为“sort_by”参数的值，以标识这个排序字段。不能为空。只允许使用字母、数字和句点（'.'）、连字符（'-'）、下划线（'_'）和波浪号（'~'）字符。" msgid "This identifier is already used by %label sort handler." msgstr "这个标识已被%label排序处理器使用." msgid "Switch to this workspace" msgstr "切换到这个工作区" msgid "Workspace changes" msgstr "工作区变更" msgid "This workspace has no changes." msgstr "这个工作区没有变更." msgid "@entity_type_label: @entity_bundle_label" msgstr "@entity_type_label: @entity_bundle_label" msgid "Code Block" msgstr "代码区块" msgid "" "The CKEditor 5 module provides a highly-accessible, highly-usable " "visual text editor and adds a toolbar to text fields. Users can use " "buttons to format content and to create semantically correct and valid " "HTML. The CKEditor module uses the framework provided by the Text Editor module. It requires JavaScript " "to be enabled in the browser. For more information, see the online documentation for the CKEditor 5 module " "and the CKEditor 5 website." msgstr "" "CKEditor5模块提供了一个高度可访问、高度可用的可视化文本编辑器，并为文本字段添加了一个工具栏。用户可以使用按钮格式化内容，并创建语义正确有效的HTML。CKEditor模块使用文本编辑器模块提供的框架。它要求在浏览器中启用JavaScript。有关更多信息，请参看CKEditor 5模块的在线文档和CKEditor 5网站。" msgid "Enabling CKEditor 5 for individual text formats" msgstr "为单个文本格式启用 CKEditor 5" msgid "" "When CKEditor 5 is chosen from the Text editor drop-down " "menu, its toolbar configuration is displayed. You can add and remove " "buttons from the Active toolbar by dragging and dropping " "them. Separators and rows can be added to organize the buttons." msgstr "" "当从文本编辑器下拉菜单中选择CKEditor " "5时，它的工具栏配置就会显示出来。通过拖放的方式，你可以从活动工具栏中添加和删除按钮。可以添加分隔符和行来组织按钮。" msgid "Filtering HTML content" msgstr "过滤 HTML 内容" msgid "" "Unlike other text editors, plugin configuration determines the tags " "and attributes allowed in text formats using CKEditor 5. If using the " "Limit allowed HTML tags and correct faulty HTML filter, this " "filter's values will be automatically set based on enabled plugins and " "toolbar items." msgstr "与其它文本编辑器不同，在使用CKEditor5时，插件配置确定文本格式中允许的标签和属性。如果使用限制允许的HTML标签并更正错误的HTML过滤器，则此过滤器的值将根据启用的插件和工具栏项自动设置。" msgid "Developing CKEditor 5 plugins in Drupal" msgstr "在 Drupal 中开发 CKEditor 5 插件" msgid "" "See the online documentation for " "detailed information on developing CKEditor 5 plugins for use in " "Drupal." msgstr "" "更多关于在Drupal中开发CKEditor 5插件的信息，请参看在线文档。" msgid "" "The built in WYSIWYG editor (CKEditor 5) comes with a number of " "accessibility features. CKEditor 5 comes with built in keyboard shortcuts, which can be beneficial " "for both power users and keyboard only users." msgstr "" "内置的所见即所得编辑器（CKEditor5）具有许多辅助功能。CKEditor " "5内置支持键盘快捷键，这对超级用户和纯键盘用户都有好处。" msgid "" "To support multilingual page content, CKEditor 5 can be configured to " "include a language button in the toolbar." msgstr "" "为了支持多语言页面内容，可以配置CKEditor " "5，在其工具栏中包含一个语言按钮。" msgid "" "With CKEditor 5 this is a\n" " read-only field. The allowed HTML tags and attributes are " "determined\n" " by the CKEditor 5 configuration. Manually removing tags " "would break\n" " enabled functionality, and any manually added tags would be " "removed by\n" " CKEditor 5 on render." msgstr "" "对于CKEditor " "5，这是一个只读字段。允许的HTML标记和属性由CKEditor " "5配置决定。手动删除标签会破坏启用了功能，并且任何手动添加的标签都将在渲染时由CKEditor " "5删除。" msgid "CKEditor 5" msgstr "CKEditor 5" msgid "Text Format plus Text Editor pair using CKEditor 5" msgstr "文本格式 + 使用了CKEditor 5的文本编辑器" msgid "CKEditor 5 settings" msgstr "CKEditor 5 设置" msgid "Enabled Headings" msgstr "启用标题格式" msgid "Source Editing" msgstr "编辑源代码" msgid "Allowed Tag" msgstr "允许的标签" msgid "Button @name has been copied to the active toolbar." msgstr "按钮 @name 已复制到工具栏。" msgid "Button @name has been removed from the active toolbar." msgstr "按钮 @name 已从工具栏移除。" msgid "" "The Source Editing plugin was enabled to support tags and/or " "attributes that are not explicitly supported by any available CKEditor " "5 plugins." msgstr "" "源码编辑插件已启用，以支持任何可用的CKEditor " "5插件都不明确支持的标签和/或属性。" msgid "" "These are the headings that will appear in the headings dropdown. If a " "heading is not chosen here, it does not necessarily mean the " "corresponding tag is disallowed in the text format." msgstr "这些是将出现在标题下拉列表中的标题。如果此处未选择标题，并不一定意味着文本格式中不允许使用相应的标签。" msgid "Manually editable HTML tags" msgstr "人工编辑 HTML 标签" msgid "" "A list of HTML tags that can be used while editing source. It is only " "necessary to add tags that are not already supported by other enabled " "plugins. For example, if \"Bold\" is enabled, it is not necessary to " "add the<strong> tag, but it may be necessary to "
"add <dl><dt><dd> in a format that does "
"not have a definition list plugin, but requires definition list "
"markup."
msgstr ""
"编辑源码时可以使用的HTML标签列表。只需要添加其它已启用插件尚未支持的标签。例如，如果启用了“粗体”，则无需添加<strong>标签；如果一个格式没有定义列表插件，但又需要定义列表标记，此时就可以添加 "
"<dl><dt><dd>。"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar configuration"
msgstr "CKEditor 5工具栏配置"
msgid "Press the down arrow key to add to the toolbar."
msgstr "按向下键添加到工具栏"
msgid ""
"Move this button in the toolbar by pressing the left or right arrow "
"keys. Press the up arrow key to remove from the toolbar."
msgstr "按向左或向右箭头键可在工具栏中移动此按钮。按向上箭头键从工具栏中删除。"
msgid "Invalid toolbar value."
msgstr "无效的工具栏值。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 element"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 元素"
msgid "The following tag is not valid HTML: %provided_element."
msgstr "以下标记不是有效的 HTML 元素： %provided_element."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 enabled configurable plugins"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 启用的可配置插件"
msgid ""
"Configuration for the enabled plugin \"%plugin_label\" (%plugin_id) is "
"missing."
msgstr "已启用的插件 \"%plugin_label\" (%plugin_id)的配置缺失."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 fundamental text format compatibility"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 基本文本格式兼容性"
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 only works with HTML-based text formats. The "
"\"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) filter implies this text format "
"is not HTML anymore."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5 适用于基于HTML的文本格式. \"%filter_label\" "
"(%filter_plugin_id) 过滤器使得此文本格式不再是HTML."
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 needs at least the <p> and <br> tags to be "
"allowed to be able to function. They are not allowed by the "
"\"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) filter."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5至少需要 <p> 和<br> 签才能发挥作用. "
"\"%filter_label\" (%filter_plugin_id) 过滤器不允许使用它们."
msgid ""
"The current CKEditor 5 build requires the following elements and "
"attributes: @list@diff"
msgstr ""
"当前的CKEditor "
"5版本需要以下元素和属性：br>@list@diff"
msgid ""
"The current CKEditor 5 build requires the following elements and "
"attributes: @list@diff"
msgstr ""
"当前的CKEditor 5版本需要以下元素和属性：: "
"@list@diff"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar item conditions must be met"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 工具栏项的条件必须满足"
msgid "The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires image uploads to be enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏项需要启用图片上传."
msgid ""
"The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %filter filter to be "
"enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏项需要启用 %filter过滤器."
msgid ""
"The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %plugin plugin to be "
"enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏条目需要启用 %plugin插件."
msgid ""
"The %toolbar_item toolbar item requires the %plugins plugins to be "
"enabled."
msgstr "%toolbar_item 工具栏条目需要启用 %plugins插件."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar item"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 工具栏项"
msgid "The provided toolbar item %toolbar_item is not valid."
msgstr "无效的工具栏项 %toolbar_item。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 toolbar item dependency"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 工具栏条目依赖"
msgid "Depends on %toolbar_item, which is not enabled."
msgstr "被依赖的 %toolbar_item 尚未启用。"
msgid ""
"Move a button into the Active toolbar to enable it, or into "
"the list of Available buttons to disable it. Buttons may be "
"moved with the mouse or keyboard arrow keys."
msgstr ""
"将按钮移到有效工具栏 则会启用它, "
"移到可用按钮列表则会禁用它. "
"可以使用鼠标或键盘箭头键移动按钮."
msgid "PostgreSQL pg_trgm extension"
msgstr "PostgreSQL pg_trgm 扩展"
msgid "Not created"
msgstr "未创建"
msgid "Preview failed"
msgstr "预览失败"
msgid "Drupal Media toolbar"
msgstr "Drupal Media 工具栏"
msgid "Link media"
msgstr "链接多媒体"
msgid "Add %label effect to style %style"
msgstr "向样式 %style添加%label 效果"
msgid "Edit %label effect on style %style"
msgstr "在样式%style上编辑%label效果"
msgid "Maintenance mode Retry-After header settings"
msgstr "“重试后”标头设置的维护模式"
msgid "Minimum value for Retry-After header in seconds"
msgstr "“重试后”标头的最小值（秒）"
msgid "Maximum value for Retry-After header in seconds"
msgstr "“重试后”标头的最大值（秒）"
msgid ""
"The MySQL module provides the connection between Drupal and a MySQL, "
"MariaDB or equivalent database. For more information, see the online documentation for the MySQL module."
msgstr ""
"MySQL 模块提供了Drupal 与MySQL, MariaDB "
"或等价数据库之间的连接.更多信息, 参看 MySQL 模块的在线文档."
msgid ""
"The PostgreSQL module provides the connection between Drupal and a "
"PostgreSQL database. For more information, see the online documentation for the PostgreSQL module."
msgstr ""
"PostgreSQL模块提供了在Drupal和PostgreSQL数据库之间的连接. "
"更多信息,参看PostgreSQL模块的在线文档."
msgid ""
"The SQLite module provides the connection between Drupal and a SQLite "
"database. For more information, see the online "
"documentation for the SQLite module."
msgstr ""
"SQLite 模块提供了在Drupal和SQLite 数据库之间的连接 . "
"更多信息,参看 SQLite "
"模块的在线文档."
msgid "Deprecated modules found: %module_list."
msgstr "找到的废弃模块: %module_list."
msgid "Deprecated themes found: %theme_list."
msgstr "找到的废弃主题: %theme_list."
msgid "Database support for JSON"
msgstr "对JSON的数据库支持"
msgid "Non-stable modules"
msgstr "不稳定模块"
msgid "@lifecycle"
msgstr "@lifecycle"
msgid "View information on the @lifecycle status of the module @module"
msgstr "查看模块@module的 @lifecycle 状态信息"
msgid "Help for @module"
msgstr "@module的帮助"
msgid "Permissions for @module"
msgstr "@module的权限"
msgid "Configure @module"
msgstr "配置@module"
msgid ""
"Deprecated modules are modules that may be "
"removed from the next major release of Drupal core and the relevant "
"contributed module. Use at your own risk."
msgstr ""
"废弃的模块，在Drupal核心和相关第三方模块的后续主版本中，将会删除这些模块.使用时风险自负."
msgid ""
"Deprecated modules are modules that may be "
"removed from the next major release of this project. Use at your own "
"risk."
msgstr ""
"废弃的模块，在这个项目的后续主版本中，将会删除这些模块.使用时风险自负."
msgid ""
"Deprecated modules are modules that may be "
"removed from the next major release of Drupal core. Use at your own "
"risk."
msgstr ""
"废弃的模块，在Drupal核心的后续主版本中，将会删除这些模块.使用时风险自负."
msgid "The @name module is deprecated. (more information)"
msgstr "@name 模块已废弃. (更多信息)"
msgid "about the status of the @name module"
msgstr "有关@name 模块的状态"
msgid "The following module is experimental: @modules."
msgid_plural "The following modules are experimental: @modules."
msgstr[0] "下列模块是实验性的: @modules."
msgstr[1] "下列模块是实验性的: @modules."
msgid "Get the actual @label from a @label revision"
msgstr "从 @label修订本中获取实际的 @label"
msgid "Database connection supports the JSON type."
msgstr "数据库连接支持 JSON 类型"
msgid ""
"Database "
"connection does not support JSON."
msgstr ""
"数据库连接不支持 "
"JSON 类型。"
msgid "Media widget"
msgstr "媒体部件"
msgid ""
"Not all functionality may be available because some information could "
"not be retrieved."
msgstr "由于无法检索某些信息，因此可能无法使用所有功能。"
msgid "Allow the user to resize images"
msgstr "允许用户调整图像大小"
msgid "PostgreSQL has the pg_trgm extension enabled."
msgstr "PostgreSQL 启用了 pg_trgm 扩展."
msgid ""
"The pg_trgm PostgreSQL extension is not "
"present. The extension is required by Drupal 10 to improve performance "
"when using PostgreSQL. See Drupal database "
"server requirements for more information."
msgstr ""
"PostgreSQL的pg_trgm 扩展不存在. "
"这个扩展是Drupal "
"10必须的，它用于在使用PostgreSQL时提升性能. "
"更多信息，参看Drupal数据库服务器要求."
msgid "Drupal could not check for the pg_trgm extension: @error."
msgstr "Drupal 无法找到 pg_trgm 扩展: @error."
msgid "Alternative text override"
msgstr "替代文本覆写"
msgid "Override media image alternative text"
msgstr "覆写多媒体图片的替代文本"
msgid "Enter media caption"
msgstr "键入媒体标题"
msgid "Caption media"
msgstr "媒体标题"
msgid "Toggle caption off"
msgstr "关闭标题"
msgid "Toggle caption on"
msgstr "启用标题"
msgid "Post updating @extension"
msgstr "后序更新 @extension"
msgid "Press the down arrow key to activate"
msgstr "按向下箭头键以激活"
msgid "Decorative image"
msgstr "装饰性图片"
msgid "Add missing alternative text"
msgstr "添加缺少的替代文本"
msgid "Change image alternative text"
msgstr "改变图片替代文本"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid ""
"Source editing should only use otherwise unavailable tags and "
"attributes"
msgstr "源码编辑只有在其它插件都不支持的标签和属性上使用"
msgid ""
"The following @element_type(s) are already supported by enabled "
"plugins and should not be added to the Source Editing \"Manually "
"editable HTML tags\" field: %overlapping_tags."
msgstr "以下@element_type已被启用的插件支持，不应添加到源码编辑“手动可编辑的HTML标签”字段中：%overlapping_tags。"
msgid ""
"The following @element_type(s) are already supported by available "
"plugins and should not be added to the Source Editing \"Manually "
"editable HTML tags\" field. Instead, enable the following plugins to "
"support these @element_types: %overlapping_tags."
msgstr ""
"以下@element_type已被启用的插件支持，不应添加到源码编辑“手动可编辑的HTML标签”字段中。替代方案，启用以下插件来支持这些 "
"@element_types: %overlapping_tags 。"
msgid "There is no staged configuration."
msgstr "没有暂存配置."
msgid "The staged configuration is identical to the active configuration."
msgstr "暂存配置与活动配置相同。"
msgid ""
"The main way to change the overall appearance of your site is to "
"switch the default theme. The core Layout Builder and Layout Discovery "
"modules allow you to define layouts for your site's content, and the "
"core Breakpoint module helps themes change appearance for "
"different-sized devices. See the related topics listed below for "
"specific tasks."
msgstr "更改网站整体外观的主要方法是切换默认主题。核心布局构建器和布局发现模块允许您为网站内容定义布局，核心的断点模块帮助主题更改不同大小设备的外观。有关的具体任务，请参阅下面列出的相关主题。"
msgid "Using in-line (quick) settings editing"
msgstr "使用行内（快速）设置编辑"
msgid "Edit settings in place."
msgstr "原地编辑设置."
msgid ""
"The core Settings Tray module provides the ability to quickly edit "
"settings inline. It requires the core Contextual Links module in order "
"to expose the links that let you edit in place."
msgstr ""
"核心的设置托盘（ Settings "
"Tray）模块提供了在线快速编辑设置的功能。它依赖于核心的上下文链接模块，用以暴露允许您原地编辑的链接。"
msgid "Who can edit settings in place?"
msgstr "谁可以原地编辑设置?"
msgid ""
"In order to follow these steps to edit settings in place, the core "
"Settings Tray module must be installed. Also, either the core Toolbar "
"module or a contributed replacement must be installed. You will need "
"to have Use contextual links permission, as well as "
"permission to edit the particular content or settings."
msgstr "为了按照这些步骤就地编辑设置，必须安装核心的设置托盘模块。此外，必须安装核心的工具栏模块或相应的替代品。您需要拥有使用上下文链接的权限，以及编辑特定内容或设置的权限。"
msgid ""
"Find and visit a page on your site that has the settings that you "
"would like to edit."
msgstr "在如果你有要编辑的设置，可以在您的网站上查找并访问对应的页面."
msgid ""
"Click the link to open the contextual links menu, and click Quick "
"edit. An editing form for the settings should appear on the page."
msgstr "单击链接以打开上下文链接菜单，然后点击快速编辑。一个用于设置的编辑表单将会显示在页面上。"
msgid ""
"In-place or quick editing. In-place editing of configuration "
"is provided by the core Settings Tray module. See @settings_tray_topic "
"for more information."
msgstr ""
"原地或 快速 编辑. "
"原地编辑的配置由核心的配置托盘模块提供. "
"更多信息，参看 @settings_tray_topic."
msgid ""
"Exposes entities and other resources to other applications using a REST "
"implementation. Data is exchanged using a serialization format such as "
"JSON, and transferred using an authentication method such as HTTP "
"Basic Authentication."
msgstr ""
"使用REST实现，将实体和其它资源暴露给其它应用。使用JSON等序列化格式交换数据，并使用HTTP基本身份验证等身份验证方法传输数据。"
msgid "Image loading settings"
msgstr "图片加载设置"
msgid "Loading attribute"
msgstr "加载属性"
msgid "Image loading"
msgstr "图片加载"
msgid ""
"Lazy render images with native image loading attribute "
"(loading=\"lazy\"). This improves performance by allowing "
"browsers to lazily load images."
msgstr "使用原生图片加载属性(loading=\"lazy\")来延迟渲染图片。这通过允许浏览器延迟加载图片来提高性能。"
msgid "Lazy (loading=\"lazy\")"
msgstr "懒(loading=\"lazy\")"
msgid "Eager (loading=\"eager\")"
msgstr "即刻 (loading=\"eager\")"
msgid "Image loading attribute"
msgstr "图片加载属性"
msgid ""
"Select the loading attribute for images. Learn more "
"about the loading attribute for images."
msgstr ""
"为图片选择加载属性. 请参看有关图片加载属性的更多信息."
msgid ""
"Delays loading the image until that section of the page is visible in "
"the browser. When in doubt, lazy loading is recommended."
msgstr "延迟加载图片，直到页面的该部分在浏览器中可见为止。如果有疑问，建议延迟加载。"
msgid ""
"Force browsers to download an image as soon as possible. This is the "
"browser default for legacy reasons. Only use this option when the "
"image is always expected to render."
msgstr "强制浏览器即刻下载图片。由于传统原因，这是浏览器的默认设置。仅当始终期望渲染图片时才使用此选项。"
msgid "Image loading: @attribute"
msgstr "图片加载: @attribute"
msgid ""
"Your PHP installation is too old. Drupal requires at least PHP "
"%version. It is recommended to upgrade to PHP version %recommended or "
"higher for the best ongoing support. See PHP's version support "
"documentation and the Drupal PHP "
"requirements page for more information."
msgstr ""
"你的PHP安装太旧了。Drupal至少需要PHP "
"%version。建议升级到PHP %recommended "
"或更高版本，以获得最佳的持续支持。请参阅PHP的版本支持文档和 "
"Drupal "
"的PHP要求页面，了解更多信息。"
msgid ""
"It is recommended to upgrade to PHP version %recommended or higher for "
"the best ongoing support. See PHP's version support "
"documentation and the Drupal PHP "
"requirements page for more information."
msgstr ""
"推荐将PHP版本升级到 %recommended "
"或更高版本以获取后续的最佳支持. 参看PHP的支持版本文档和Drupal 的 PHP 要求 "
"页面，获取更多信息."
msgid "View information on the @lifecycle status of the theme @theme"
msgstr "查看主题@theme的 @lifecycle状态信息"
msgid "Allow reverse list"
msgstr "允许反向列表"
msgid "Allow start index"
msgstr "允许开始索引"
msgid "Allow the user to reverse an ordered list"
msgstr "允许用户反转有序列表"
msgid "Allow the user to specify the start index of an ordered list"
msgstr "允许用户指定有序列表起始序号"
msgid ""
"Check this handbook page for details about "
"compatibility issues of contrib modules."
msgstr ""
"查看这个手册页面，获取有关第三方模块兼容性问题详细信息."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Source Editing should never allow self-XSS."
msgstr "源码编辑不应允许 self-XSS."
msgid ""
"The following tag in the Source Editing \"Manually editable HTML "
"tags\" field is a security risk: %dangerous_tag."
msgstr ""
"源码编辑“手动可编辑的HTML标签”字段中的以下标签存在安全风险: "
"%dangerous_tag."
msgid "Enabled Alignments"
msgstr "启用对齐"
msgid "Alignment type"
msgstr "对齐方式"
msgid "Allow view mode override"
msgstr "允许覆盖查看模式"
msgid ""
"These are the alignment types that will appear in the alignment "
"dropdown."
msgstr "这些是将显示在对齐下拉列表中的对齐类型."
msgid "Allow the user to override the default view mode"
msgstr "允许用户覆盖默认查看模式"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "CKEditor 5 Media plugin in sync with filter settings"
msgstr "CKEditor 5 媒体插件与过滤器设置同步"
msgid ""
"The CKEditor 5 \"%cke5_media_plugin_label\" plugin's "
"\"%cke5_allow_view_mode_override_label\" setting should be in sync "
"with the \"%filter_media_plugin_label\" filter's "
"\"%filter_media_allowed_view_modes_label\" setting: when checked, two "
"or more view modes must be allowed by the filter."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5 \"%cke5_media_plugin_label\" "
"插件的\"%cke5_allow_view_mode_override_label\" 设置， "
"应该与\"%filter_media_plugin_label\" 过滤器的 "
"\"%filter_media_allowed_view_modes_label\" 设置保持一致: "
"选中时，过滤器必须允许两个或多个视图模式。"
msgid ""
"You can choose to send email only if a security update is available, "
"or to be notified about all newer versions. If there are updates "
"available of Drupal core or any of your installed modules and themes, "
"your site will always print a message on the status report page. If there is a security "
"update, an error message will be printed on administration pages for "
"users with permission to view update "
"notifications."
msgstr ""
"您可以选择仅在安全更新可用的情况下发送电子邮件，或者选择接收有关所有更新版本的通知。如果Drupal核心或您安装的任何模块和主题有可用的更新，您的网站将始终在 "
"状态报告页面上输出一条消息。如果有安全更新，则会在管理页面上为具有查看更新通知权限的用户输出一条错误消息。"
msgid "Congratulations and welcome to the Drupal community."
msgstr "祝贺并欢迎来到 Drupal 社区。"
msgid ""
"The %plugin plugin needs another plugin to create "
"@non_creatable_tag, for it to be able to create the "
"following attributes: @attributes_on_tag. Enable a plugin "
"that supports creating this tag. If none exists, you can configure the "
"Source Editing plugin to support it."
msgstr "%plugin插件依赖于另一个插件来创建@non_creatable_tag，以便能够创建以下属性：@attributes_on_tag。启用一个支持创建此标签的插件。如果不存在，您可以配置源码编辑插件来支持它。"
msgid "Olivero Color Scheme Settings"
msgstr "Olivero 配色方案设置。"
msgid ""
"These settings adjust the look and feel of the Olivero theme. Changing "
"the color below will change the base hue, saturation, and lightness "
"values the Olivero theme uses to determine its internal colors."
msgstr ""
"这些设置可以调整 "
"Olivero主题的外观。更改下面的颜色将更改Olivero主题用于确定其内部颜色的基本色调、饱和度和亮度值。"
msgid "Olivero Color Scheme"
msgstr "Olivero 配色方案"
msgid "Derivatives will be formed from this color."
msgstr ""
"Derivatives will be formed from this "
"color将从这种颜色形成衍生品."
msgid "Base Primary Color"
msgstr "基础原色"
msgid "@fieldName has changed to @fieldValue"
msgstr "@fieldName 已修改为 @fieldValue"
msgid "Unable to uninstall the %module module because: @reason."
msgstr "无法卸载 %module 模块，因为：@reason。"
msgid ""
"Unable to install the %theme theme since it requires the "
"%required_module module."
msgstr "无法安装 %theme 主题，因为需要 %required_module 模块。"
msgid ""
"If the Source button is available in the toolbar, users can "
"click this button to disable the visual editor and edit the HTML "
"source directly. After toggling back, the visual editor uses the HTML "
"tags allowed via plugin configuration (and not explicity disallowed by "
"filters) to format the text. Tags not enabled via plugin configuration "
"will be stripped out of the HTML source when the user toggles back to "
"the text editor."
msgstr "如果工具栏中的源码按钮可用，用户可以点击此按钮，以禁用可视化编辑器并直接编辑HTML源码。切换回来后，可视化编辑器使用插件配置允许的HTML标签（而不是过滤器明确不允许的标签）来格式化文本。当用户切换回文本编辑器时，未通过插件配置启用的标签将从HTML源码中剥离。"
msgid "@theme theme"
msgstr "@theme 主题"
msgid ""
"Resolve all issues below to continue the installation. For help "
"configuring your database server, see the installation "
"handbook, or contact your hosting provider."
msgstr ""
"解决以下所有问题以继续安装。有关配置数据库服务器的帮助信息，请参看 "
"安装手册，或联系您的主机提供商。"
msgid ""
"Updating to Drupal @current_major is only supported from Drupal "
"version @required_min_version or higher. If you are trying to update "
"from an older version, first update to the latest version of Drupal "
"@previous_major. (Drupal upgrade guide)"
msgstr ""
"只有Drupal版本 "
"@required_min_version或更高版本才支持升级到Drupal "
"@current_major。如果您试图从更早的版本进行升级，请首先升级到Drupal "
"@previous_major的最新版本。（Drupal升级指南）"
msgid "Migrating an Existing Text Format to CKEditor 5"
msgstr "将一个已有文本格式迁移到 CKEditor 5"
msgid ""
"When switching an existing text format to use CKEditor 5, an automatic "
"process is initiated that helps text formats switching to CKEditor 5 "
"from CKEditor 4 (or no text editor) to do so with minimal effort and "
"zero data loss."
msgstr ""
"当将现有的文本格式切换为使用CKEditor "
"5时，会启动一个自动过程，帮助文本格式从CKEditor "
"4（或无文本编辑器）切换到CKEditor "
"5，从而实现切换工作量的最少化和零数据丢失。"
msgid ""
"This process is designed for there to be no data loss risk in "
"switching to CKEditor 5. However some of your editor's functionality "
"may not be 100% equivalent to what was available previously. In most "
"cases, these changes are minimal. After the process completes, status "
"and/or warning messages will summarize any changes that occurred, and "
"more detailed information will be available in the site's logs."
msgstr ""
"这个过程的设计目标是，为了在切换到CKEditor "
"5时没有数据丢失的风险。但是，编辑器的某些功能可能与以前的功能不完全相同。在大多数情况下，这些变化是最小的。流程完成后，状态和/或警告消息将列出发生的任何更改，站点日志中将提供更详细的信息。"
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 will attempt to enable plugins that provide equivalent "
"toolbar items to those used prior to switching to CKEditor 5. All core "
"CKEditor 4 plugins and many popular contrib plugins already have "
"CKEditor 5 equivalents. In some cases, functionality that required "
"contrib modules is now built into CKEditor 5. In instances where a "
"plugin does not have an equivalent, no data loss will occur but "
"elements previously provided via the plugin may need to be added "
"manually as HTML via source editing."
msgstr "对于CKeditor5之前使用的插件，如果存在等价插件的话，在切换到CKEditor5时将尝试启用这些插件。所有核心的CKEditor4插件和许多流行的第三方插件都已经有了CKEditor5的等价插件。在某些情况下，一些需要第三方模块提供的功能，现在已内置到CKEditor5中。在没有等价插件的情况下，也不会发生数据丢失，但之前通过插件提供的元素可能需要通过源码编辑的方式手动添加为HTML。"
msgid ""
"Additional migration considerations for text formats with restricted "
"HTML"
msgstr "具有受限HTML的文本格式的其它迁移注意事项"
msgid ""
"The “Allowed HTML tags\" field in the “Limit allowed HTML tags and "
"correct Faulty HTML\" filter is now read-only"
msgstr "“限制允许的HTML标签和更正错误HTML”过滤器中的“允许的HTML标签”字段现在是只读的"
msgid ""
"This field accurately represents the tags/attributes allowed by a text "
"format, but the allowed tags are based on which plugins are enabled "
"and how they are configured. For example, enabling the Underline "
"plugin adds the <u> tag to “Allowed HTML tags\"."
msgstr "该字段准确地表示文本格式允许的标签/属性，但允许的标签是基于启用了哪些插件以及如何配置插件。例如，启用下划线插件，就在“允许的HTML标签”中添加<u>标签。"
msgid ""
"The <p> and <br > tags will be automatically added to your "
"text format."
msgstr ""
"<p> 和<br > "
"标签将被自动添加到你的文本格式."
msgid ""
"CKEditor 5 requires the <p> and <br > tags to achieve "
"basic functionality. They will be automatically added to “Allowed "
"HTML tags\" on formats that previously did not allow them."
msgstr ""
"CKEditor 5 需要 <p> 和 <br > "
"标签，来实现基本功能 . "
"对于以前不允许的格式，它们将自动添加到它们的“允许的HTML标签”中."
msgid ""
"Tags/attributes that are not explicitly supported by any plugin are "
"supported by Source Editing"
msgstr "对于那些没有插件明确支持的标签/属性,由源码编辑提供支持."
msgid ""
"When a necessary tag/attribute is not directly supported by an "
"available plugin, the \"Source Editing\" plugin is enabled. This "
"plugin is typically used for by passing the CKEditor 5 UI and editing "
"contents as HTML source. In the settings for Source Editing, "
"tags/attributes that aren't available via other plugins are added to "
"Source Editing's \"Manually editable HTML tags\" setting so they are "
"supported by the text format."
msgstr ""
"当一个必要的标签/属性，没有被一个可用插件直接支持时，将启用“源码编辑”插件。该插件通常用于绕过CKEditor "
"5 "
"UI，将内容做为HTML源码进行编辑。在源码编辑的设置中，无法通过其它插件支持的标签/属性，将添加到源码编辑“可手动编辑的HTML标签”设置中，以便文本格式支持这些标签/属性。"
msgid ""
"To maintain the capabilities of this text format, the CKEditor 5 migration did the "
"following:"
msgstr ""
"为了保持此文本格式的功能, CKEditor 5迁移 执行了以下操作:"
msgid ""
"To maintain the capabilities of this text format, the CKEditor 5 "
"migration did the following:"
msgstr ""
"为了保持这种文本格式的功能，CKEditor "
"5迁移做了以下操作:"
msgid "Enabled these plugins: (%plugins)."
msgstr "已启用这些插件： (%plugins)."
msgid ""
"Added these tags/attributes to the Source Editing Plugin's Manually editable HTML "
"tags setting: @tag_list"
msgstr ""
"向源码编辑插件的可手动编辑的HTML标签 "
"设置中，添加了这些标签/属性: @tag_list"
msgid ""
"Added these tags/attributes to the Source Editing Plugin's Manually "
"editable HTML tags setting: @tag_list"
msgstr ""
"向源码编辑插件的可手动编辑的HTML标签设置中，添加了这些标签/属性: "
"@tag_list"
msgid ""
"Additional details are available in your logs."
msgstr ""
"更多详情可在 你的日志中查看."
msgid "Additional details are available in your logs."
msgstr "更多详情可在你的日志中查看."
msgid ""
"Updating to CKEditor 5 added support for some previously unsupported "
"tags/attributes."
msgstr ""
"更新到CKEditor "
"5，添加了一些以前版本不支持的标签/属性."
msgid "A plugin introduced support for the following:"
msgstr "一个插件引入了对以下内容的支持:"
msgctxt "Ckeditor 5 tag list"
msgid "for"
msgstr "为"
msgid ""
"The @tag tag was added because it is required by CKEditor 5."
msgid_plural ""
"The @tag tags were added because they are required by CKEditor 5."
msgstr[0] ""
"添加了@tag标签，这是因为它是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgstr[1] ""
"添加了@tag标签，这是因为它们是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgid "The @tag tag was added because it is required by CKEditor 5."
msgid_plural "The @tag tags were added because they are required by CKEditor 5."
msgstr[0] "添加了@tag标签，这是因为它是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgstr[1] "添加了@tag标签，这是因为它们是CKEditor 5必须的."
msgid "The tag %tags;"
msgid_plural "The tags %tags;"
msgstr[0] "标签 %tags；"
msgstr[1] "标签 %tags；"
msgid "This attribute: %attributes;"
msgid_plural "These attributes: %attributes;"
msgstr[0] "属性：%attributes；"
msgstr[1] "属性：%attributes；"
msgid "The migration of %text_format to CKEditor 5 has been saved."
msgstr "%text_format到CKEditor 5的迁移已保存."
msgid "An error occurred during the execution of the Ajax response: !error"
msgstr "在执行Ajax响应期间发生错误: !error"
msgid ""
"Date range (Datetime range module): Stores time/date periods with a "
"start and an end"
msgstr ""
"日期范围（Datetime range "
"模块）：存储有开始和结束的时间/日期周期"
msgid ""
"Find the view that you would like to edit, and click Edit "
"from the dropdown button. Note that bulk operations work best in a "
"view with a Page display, and a Table format."
msgstr ""
"查找你想要编辑的视图, "
"从下拉按钮中点击编辑 . "
"注意，批量操作和页面显示、表格格式搭配使用，效果最佳."
msgid ""
"Note that anonymous users with this permission are able to edit any "
"content created by any anonymous user."
msgstr "注意，具有这个权限的匿名用户，可以编辑任何由其他匿名用户创建的内容."
msgid ""
"Note that anonymous users with this permission are able to delete any "
"content created by any anonymous user."
msgstr "注意，具有这个权限的匿名用户，可以删除任何由其他匿名用户创建的内容."
msgid ""
"The fallback image style is typically the smallest size image you "
"expect to appear in this space. The fallback image should only appear "
"on a site if an error occurs."
msgstr "兜底图像样式通常是您希望在此空间中显示的最小图片。只有在发生错误时，兜底图片才应显示在站点上."
msgid ""
"The %relationship_name relationship used in %handler_type %handler is "
"not present in the %display_name display."
msgstr ""
"用在 %handler_type %handler 的%relationship_name 关联关系不在 "
"%display_name 显示中."
msgid "Configure @type @current of @total: @item"
msgstr "配置 @type @current / @total: @item"
msgid ""
"Updates failed for the entity type %entity_type, for %entity_ids. "
"Check the logs."
msgstr ""
"更新失败，实体类型%entity_type, %entity_ids. "
"请检查日志."
msgid ""
"Unable to update %entity_type %view due to error @message %function "
"(line %line of %file). @backtrace_string" msgstr "" "无法更新 %entity_type %view ，由于存在错误 @message " "%function (行%line 在%file中).
@backtrace_string" msgctxt "Validation" msgid "Block content entity changed" msgstr "区块内容实体已更新" msgid "Style label" msgstr "样式标签" msgid "Style tag + classes" msgstr "样式标签 + 类" msgid "" "A list of classes that will be provided in the \"Style\" dropdown. " "Enter one or more classes on each line in the format: " "element.classA.classB|Label. Example: h1.title|Title. Advanced " "example: h1.fancy.title|Fancy title.
@required_attribute_name: @provided_element."
msgstr "以下标签缺少必要属性@required_attribute_name：@provided_element。"
msgid ""
"The following tag does not have the minimum of "
"@min_attribute_value_count allowed values for the required attribute "
"@required_attribute_name: @provided_element."
msgstr ""
"下列标签对于必填属性没有提供最小的@min_attribute_value_count "
"允许值\r\n"
" @required_attribute_name: "
"@provided_element."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Styles can only be specified for already supported tags."
msgstr "只能为已支持的标签指定样式."
msgid ""
"A style can only be specified for an HTML 5 tag. @tag is "
"not an HTML5 tag."
msgstr ""
"样式只能指定到 HTML 5 标签上. "
"@tag不是一个HTML5 标签."
msgid ""
"A style must only specify classes not supported by other plugins. The "
"@classes classes on @tag are already "
"supported by the enabled %plugin plugin."
msgstr ""
"样式只能指定其它插件不支持的类. "
"@tag上的@classes 类 "
"已经由%plugin插件提供了支持."
msgid ""
"A style must only specify classes not supported by other plugins. The "
"@classes classes on @tag are supported by "
"the %plugin plugin. Remove this style and enable that plugin instead."
msgstr "样式只能指定其它插件不支持的类。%plugin插件支持@tag上的@classes类。删除此样式并启用该插件。"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Unique label in list"
msgstr "列表中的唯一标签"
msgid "The label %label is not unique."
msgstr "标签 %label 不唯一。"
msgid ""
"The Text Editor module provides a framework that other modules (such "
"as CKEditor5 module) can use to provide "
"toolbars and other functionality that allow users to format text more "
"easily than typing HTML tags directly. For more information, see the "
"online documentation for the Text Editor "
"module."
msgstr ""
"文本编辑器模块提供了一个框架，其它模块（比如 ckeditor5模块）可以使用该框架来提供工具栏和其他功能，这些功能允许用户比直接键入HTML标签更容易地格式化文本。有关详细信息，请参看文本编辑器模块的在线文档。"
msgid ""
"To search help, you will need to install the core Search module, "
"configure a search page, and add a search block to the Help page or "
"another administrative page. (A search page is provided automatically, "
"and if you use the core Claro administrative theme, a help search "
"block is shown on the main Help page.) Then users with search "
"permissions, and permission to view help, will be able to search help. "
"See the Search module help page for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"若要搜索帮助，您需要安装核心搜索模块，配置搜索页面，并将搜索区块添加到帮助页面或其它管理页面。（搜索页面会自动提供，如果您使用核心的Claro管理主题，帮助搜索区块会显示在主帮助页面上。）然后，具有搜索权限和查看帮助权限的用户将能够搜索帮助。有关详细信息，请参看搜索模块帮助页面。"
msgid ""
"A base theme is a theme that is not meant to be used directly on a "
"site, but instead acts as a scaffolding for building other themes. The "
"core Stable 9 theme is one example; other base themes can be "
"downloaded from the Download & "
"Extend page on drupal.org."
msgstr ""
"基主题通常是指不在网站上直接使用的主题，而是充当构建其它主题的脚手架。核心的Stable "
"9 主题就是一个示例; 对于其它基主题，可在 drupal.org的下载& "
"扩展页面下载。"
msgid ""
"The core Filter, Responsive Image, and Path modules provide settings "
"and display options for entities and fields."
msgstr "核心的过滤器、响应式图片和路径模块为实体和字段提供了设置和显示选项。"
msgid ""
"A text editor is software (typically, a JavaScript library) that "
"provides buttons and other command mechanisms to make editing HTML "
"text easier. Some editors are called visual or WYSIWYG "
"(What You See Is What You Get) editors; these editors hide the "
"details of HTML from the user, and instead show formatted output on "
"the screen. The core Text Editor module provides a framework for "
"deploying text editors on your site. The core CKEditor 5 module "
"provides CKEditor 5, which is a widely-used JavaScript text editor "
"that creates clean and valid HTML; the module also enforces the HTML "
"tag restrictions in the associated text format. Various contributed "
"modules provide other editors; to install a new editor, besides "
"installing the module, you may need to download the editor library "
"from a third-party site."
msgstr ""
"文本编辑器是一种软件（通常是JavaScript库），它提供按钮和其他命令机制，使编辑HTML文本变得更容易。一些编辑器被称为可视化或WYSIWYG "
"(所见即所得）编辑器；这些编辑器向用户隐藏HTML的详细信息，而是在屏幕上显示格式化的输出。核心文本编辑器模块为在您的网站上部署文本编辑器提供了一个框架。核心的CKEditor5模块提供了CKeditor5集成，这是一个广泛使用的JavaScript文本编辑器，可以创建干净有效的HTML；该模块还在与其关联的文本格式中，添加了HTML标签限制。各种第三方模块提供了其它编辑器；要安装新的编辑器，除了安装模块外，您可能还需要从第三方网站下载编辑器库。"
msgid ""
"Select CKEditor 5 as the Text editor, or another "
"text editor that you have installed. The rest of these steps assume "
"you selected CKEditor 5."
msgstr ""
"选择CKEditor 5 作为文本编辑器, "
"或者选择其它你安装的文本编辑器. "
"后续步骤，假定你选择了 CKEditor 5."
msgid ""
"Under Toolbar configuration, drag buttons between "
"Available buttons and Active toolbar; only buttons "
"in Active toolbar will be shown to the user. Focusing or "
"hovering over a button will display a tooltip explaining what the "
"button does."
msgstr ""
"在工具栏配置下面, 可在 可用按钮 "
"和活动工具栏之间拖动按钮; "
"只有活动工具栏中的按钮才会显示给用户. "
"聚焦或悬停在按钮上会显示一个工具提示，用以解释按钮的作用."
msgid ""
"Drag buttons within Active toolbar to the desired order, and "
"group buttons by dragging them between group identifiers; drag a "
"new group identifier to the toolbar to add additional groups."
msgstr ""
"在活动工具栏中，可以拖动按钮，按照设计的顺序排列 "
", "
"以及通过在组标识符之间拖动来对按钮进行分组；将一个新的组标识符拖动到工具栏以添加新组。."
msgid ""
"If you add buttons that require configuration, the CKEditor 5 "
"plugin settings section will be visible, and provide their "
"respective configuration forms."
msgstr ""
"如果你添加的按钮需要配置, CKEditor 5 插件设置 "
"部分将会可见, 并提供按钮相关的配置表单."
msgid ""
"Click the link for your administrative theme (such as the core Claro "
"theme), near the top of the page, and verify that there is already a "
"search block for help located in the Help region. If not, follow the "
"steps in the related topic to place the Search form block in "
"the Help region. When configuring the block, choose Help as "
"the search page, and in the Pages tab under "
"Visibility, enter /admin/help to make the search "
"form only visible on the main Help page."
msgstr "在你的管理主题（如核心Claro主题）中，单击页面顶部附近的链接，并验证“帮助”区域中是否已存在帮助搜索区块。如果没有，请按照相关主题中的步骤将搜索表单区块放置在“帮助”区域中。配置区块时，选择帮助作为搜索页面，并在可见性设置下的页面选项卡中，输入/admin/Help，这样可使搜索表单仅在主帮助页面上可见。"
msgid ""
"Click the shortcut link to add the page to your shortcut list -- in "
"the core Claro administrative theme, the link looks like a star, and "
"is displayed next to the page title. However, if the page is already "
"in your shortcut set, clicking the shortcut link will remove it from "
"your shortcut set."
msgstr "单击快捷方式链接将页面添加到快捷方式列表中——在核心的Claro管理主题中，该链接看起来像一颗星星，显示在页面标题旁边。但是，如果该页面已在快捷方式集合中，则单击快捷方式链接会将其从快捷方式集合中删除。"
msgid ""
"The Shortcut module creates an add/remove link for each page on your "
"site; the link lets you add or remove the current page from the "
"currently-enabled set of shortcuts (if your theme displays it and you "
"have permission to edit your shortcut set). The core Claro "
"administration theme displays this link next to the page title, as a "
"gray or yellow star. If you click on the gray star, you will add that "
"page to your preferred set of shortcuts. If the page is already part "
"of your shortcut set, the link will be a yellow star, and will allow "
"you to remove the current page from your shortcut set."
msgstr "快捷方式模块为网站上的每个页面创建一个添加/删除链接；通过该链接，您可以在当前启用的快捷方式集合中，添加或删除当前页面（如果您的主题显示了该链接，并且您有权编辑快捷方式集合）。核心的Claro管理主题将此链接显示在页面标题旁边，显示为灰色或黄色星形。如果你点击灰色星形，你会将该页面添加到你选择的快捷方式集合中。如果该页面已经存在于快捷方式集合中，则链接将显示为黄色星形，它允许您从快捷方式集合中删除当前页面。"
msgid "Grid - Responsive"
msgstr "网格-响应式"
msgid "Maximum number of columns"
msgstr "最大列数"
msgid "Minimum cell width"
msgstr "最小单元宽度"
msgid "The maximum number of columns that will be displayed within the grid."
msgstr "网格中，可以显示的最大栏数."
msgid "Minimum grid cell width"
msgstr "最小网格单元宽度"
msgid ""
"The minimum width of the grid cells. If the grid container becomes "
"narrow, the grid cells will reflow onto the next row as needed."
msgstr ""
"单元格的最小宽度. 如果网格容器变窄, "
"单元格可根据需要重新排列到下一行."
msgid "Grid gutter spacing"
msgstr "网格槽间距"
msgid "The spacing between the grid cells."
msgstr "网格单元之间的间距."
msgid "Failed to download remote thumbnail file due to \"%error\"."
msgstr "下载远程缩略图文件失败，原因\"%error\"."
msgid "CKEditor 5 plugin settings"
msgstr "CKEditor 5插件设置"
msgid ""
"Enter a value like \"512\" (bytes), \"80 KB\" (kilobytes) or \"50 MB\" "
"(megabytes) in order to restrict the allowed file size. If left empty "
"the file sizes could be limited only by PHP's maximum post and file "
"upload sizes (current limit %limit)."
msgstr ""
"输入一个值，比如 \"512\" (比特), \"80 KB\" (千字节) or "
"\"50 MB\" (兆字节)，用以显示允许的文件大小 . "
"如果留为空，则会使用 "
"PHP的最大post和文件上传大小(当前限制为%limit)."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > People > @ban_link"
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"用户 > @ban_link"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @layout_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 结构 "
"> @layout_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > @export_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > @export_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > Export > "
"@single_export_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > 导出 > "
"@single_export_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > @import_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > @import_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"Configuration synchronization > Import > "
"@single_import_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > 配置同步 > 导入 > "
"@single_import_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @contact_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@contact_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > People > "
"@config_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 用户 > @config_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"People > @permission_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到用户 > "
"@permission_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administration menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > System > @cron_link. "
"Note the Last run time on the page."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理 下面, 导航到配置 "
"> 系统 > @cron_link. 注意该页面上的 "
"最后一次运行 时间."
msgid "What are security advisories?"
msgstr "什么是安全建议？"
msgid ""
"A security advisory is a public announcement about a reported security "
"problem in the core software. Contributed projects with a shield icon "
"and \"Stable releases for this project are covered by the security "
"advisory policy\" on their project page are also covered by Drupal's "
"security advisory policy. Security advisories are managed by the Drupal Security "
"Team."
msgstr ""
"安全警报是关于核心软件中报告的安全问题的公开公告. "
"对于第三方模块或主题，如果在项目页面，带了一个盾牌图标，\"此项目的稳定版本包含在安全警报政策中\". "
"安全警报的管理由 Drupal "
"安全小组负责."
msgid ""
"Security "
"advisory process and permissions policy"
msgstr ""
"安全警报流程和权限策略"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Content Authoring > "
"@overview_link. The Text editor column in the table "
"shows the text editor that is currently connected to each text format, "
"if any."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理 下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 内容写作 > @overview_link. 表格中的 "
"文本编辑器 "
"一栏，显示了当前与每种文本格式关联的文本编辑器 "
", 如果有的话."
msgid ""
"Navigate to the page for managing the entity sub-type you want to add "
"the field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the "
"Manage administrative menu, navigate to Structure "
"> @content_types_link."
msgstr ""
"导航到你想要添加字段的实体子类型的管理界面. "
"例如, 要向一个内容类型添加字段, 在管理菜单的 "
"管理 下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@content_types_link."
msgid ""
"Navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the "
"field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the "
"Manage administrative menu, navigate to Structure "
"> @content_types_link."
msgstr ""
"导航到实体类型的管理页面，你可以向它添加字段. "
"例如，如果想要给内容类型添加字段的话, "
"在管理菜单的 管理下面, 导航到 结构 "
"> @content_types_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Content Authoring > "
"@overview_link. If you do not have the core Text Editor "
"module installed, the menu link and page title will instead be "
"Text formats."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"内容写作 > @overview_link. "
"如果你没有安装核心的文本编辑器模块, "
"菜单链接和页面标题将会替换为 文本格式."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"@help_link. Verify that the search block is visible, and try "
"a search."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到@help_link. "
"验证搜索区块可见，并尝试一下搜索."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Media > @styles_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 多媒体 > @styles_link."
msgid ""
"Navigate to the page for managing the entity type you want to add the "
"field to. For example, to add a field to a content type, in the "
"Manage administrative menu, navigate to Structure "
"> @content_types_link."
msgstr ""
"导航到实体类型的管理页面，你可以向它添加字段. "
"例如，如果想要给内容类型添加字段的话, "
"在管理菜单的 管理下面, 导航到 结构 "
"> @content_types_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Reports > @translation_updates_link. This report "
"is only available if the core Update Status module is installed."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 报告 "
"> @translation_updates_link. "
"只有当核心的更新状态模块启用时，这个报告才可用."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @media_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@media_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @content_types_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@content_types_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administration menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @structure_menu_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@structure_menu_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administration menu, navigate "
"Structure > @structure_menu_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 结构 "
"> @structure_menu_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"@migrate_drupal_upgrade_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > @migrate_drupal_upgrade_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Media > @styles_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"多媒体 > @styles_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Search and Metadata > "
"@search_settings_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 搜索和元数据 > @search_settings_link."
msgid "Source connection"
msgstr "源连接"
msgid "- User defined -"
msgstr "- 用户定义的 -"
msgid ""
"Choose one of the keys from the $databases array or else select \"User "
"defined\" and enter database credentials."
msgstr ""
"从$databases数组中选择一个键，或者选择 "
"\"用户定义的\" 并输入数据库凭证."
msgid ""
"The email address is not made public. It will only be used if you need "
"to be contacted about your account or for opted-in notifications."
msgstr "电子邮件地址未公开。只有当需要联系您的帐户或选择加入通知时，才会使用它。"
msgid "Add HTML class"
msgstr "添加HTML 类"
msgid "Migration @id did not meet the requirements. @message"
msgstr "迁移 @id 没有达到必要条件. @message"
msgid ""
"Check the PHP GD "
"installation documentation if you want to add support."
msgstr ""
"请参看PHP GD "
"安装文档，如果你想要支持它的话."
msgid "@unsupported@interval placeholder to represent the formatted "
"time difference interval. E.g. @interval hence will be "
"displayed as 2 hours 5 minutes hence."
msgstr ""
"使用 @interval "
"占位符来表示格式化的时间差.例如. @interval "
"后 将会显示为 2 小时5 分钟后."
msgid ""
"Use the @interval placeholder to represent the formatted "
"time difference interval. E.g. @interval ago will be "
"displayed as 2 hours 5 minutes ago."
msgstr ""
"使用 @interval 占位符来表示格式化的时间差. "
"例如. @interval 前 将显示为 2 小时5 "
"分钟前."
msgid ""
"How many time units will be used in formatting the time difference. "
"For example, if '1' is selected then the displayed time difference "
"will only contain a single time unit such as '2 years' or '5 minutes' "
"never '2 years 3 months' or '5 minutes 8 seconds'."
msgstr ""
"在格式化时间差时，将会用到的时间单位数. 例如, "
"如果选择了 '1' , "
"那么显示的时间差将会只包含一个时间单位, 比如 '2 "
"年' 或者'5 分钟'，而不会是 '2 年3 个月' 或'5 分钟8 "
"秒'."
msgid ""
"How often to refresh the displayed time difference. The time "
"difference is refreshed on client-side, by JavaScript, without "
"reloading the page."
msgstr ""
"刷新显示的时间差的频率. "
"时间差的刷新在客户端进行, 由 JavaScript负责, "
"无需加载整个页面."
msgid "Fallback configuration"
msgstr "兜底配置"
msgid ""
"The configuration below is used as a fallback when JavaScript is not "
"available on the page."
msgstr "下面的配置用作兜底，当JavaScript在页面上不可用时."
msgid ""
"Select the date format to be used for the title and displayed on mouse "
"hover."
msgstr "选择要用于标题并在鼠标悬停时显示的日期格式."
msgid "- No tooltip -"
msgstr "- 没有工具提示 -"
msgid "Displayed as a time difference"
msgstr "显示为时间差"
msgid "Refresh every @interval"
msgstr "刷新每 @interval"
msgid "Disabled JavaScript format: @date_format"
msgstr "禁用的JavaScript 格式: @date_format"
msgid "Tooltip date format: @date_format"
msgstr "工具提示日期格式: @date_format"
msgid "Reference type: @entity_type"
msgstr "引用类型: @entity_type"
msgid "The submitted value %choice in the %name element is not allowed."
msgstr "在%name元素中提交的值 %choice非法."
msgid ""
"The image toolkit '@toolkit' failed processing '@operation' for image "
"'@image'. Reported error: @class - @message"
msgstr ""
"图片工具集 '@toolkit'对图片'@image'的处理操作 "
"'@operation'失败. 错误报告: @class - @message"
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Plugin exists"
msgstr "插件存在"
msgid "The '@plugin_id' plugin does not exist."
msgstr "'@plugin_id'插件不存在."
msgid "The '@plugin_id' plugin must implement or extend @interface."
msgstr "'@plugin_id'插件必须实现或者扩展接口 @interface."
msgid "Optimized assets files"
msgstr "优化的资产文件"
msgid "Public local optimized assets files served by the webserver."
msgstr "Web服务器提供的公开的本地优化资产文件."
msgctxt "Validation"
msgid "Valid mapping keys"
msgstr "有效的映射键"
msgid "'@key' is not a supported key."
msgstr "'@key' 是不受支持的键."
msgid "Numerically indexed arrays are not allowed."
msgstr "不允许使用数字索引数组."
msgid "Edit machine name"
msgstr "编辑机读名字"
msgid ""
"The Announcements module displays announcements from the Drupal "
"community. For more information, see the online documentation for the Announcements "
"module."
msgstr ""
"公告模块显示来自Drupal社区的公告.更多信息, 参看 公告模块的在线文档."
msgid "Accessing announcements"
msgstr "访问公告"
msgid "Displays announcements from the Drupal community."
msgstr "显示来自Drupal社区的公告."
msgid "View official announcements related to Drupal"
msgstr "查看有关Drupal的官方公告"
msgid "Community announcements"
msgstr "社区公告"
msgid "Announcements Settings"
msgstr "公告设置"
msgid "Cache announcements for max-age seconds."
msgstr "缓存公告的最长时间（秒）."
msgid "Cron interval for fetching announcements in seconds."
msgstr "抓取公告的定时间隔，单位秒."
msgid "Number of announcements that will be displayed."
msgstr "要显示的公告数."
msgid "The feed format is not valid."
msgstr "种子格式无效."
msgid ""
"An error occurred while parsing the announcements feed, check the logs "
"for more information."
msgstr "解析公告种子时发生错误, 更多信息请检查日志."
msgid "No announcements available"
msgstr "没有公告可用"
msgid "Allows banning visits from specific IP addresses."
msgstr "允许封禁来自特定IP地址的访问."
msgid "Provides an HTTP Basic authentication provider."
msgstr "提供一个 HTTP基本验证提供者."
msgid "Adding content blocks"
msgstr "添加内容区块"
msgid ""
"You can add content blocks, if the Block Content module is "
"installed. For more information, see the Block Content help page."
msgstr ""
"如果启用了 区块内容 "
"模块，那么你可以添加内容区块. 更多信息, 参看区块内容帮助文档."
msgid ""
"Allows users to configure blocks (containing content, forms, etc.) and "
"to place them in the regions of a theme."
msgstr ""
"允许用户配置区块 (比如，包含的内容、格式.) "
"，并将它们放置到主题的区域中."
msgid "Creating and managing block types"
msgstr "创建和管理区块类型"
msgid "Creating content blocks"
msgstr "创建内容区块"
msgid "Allows the creation of content blocks and block types."
msgstr "允许创建内容区块和区块类型."
msgid "Add content block"
msgstr "添加内容区块"
msgid ""
"Create and manage fields, forms, and display settings for your content "
"blocks."
msgstr "为你的内容区块创建和管理字段、表单、和显示设置."
msgid "Access the Content blocks overview page"
msgstr "访问内容区块概览页"
msgid "Get an overview of all content blocks."
msgstr "获取所有内容区块的概览."
msgid ""
"Maintain the block types of block content available and the fields "
"that are associated with those types."
msgstr "维护内容区块可用的区块类型和与这些类型关联的字段。"
msgid ""
"View, edit and delete all block content regardless of permission "
"restrictions."
msgstr "查看、编辑、删除所有区块内容，绕过所有权限限制."
msgid "Edit content block %label"
msgstr "编辑内容区块%label"
msgid "%type_name: Create new content block"
msgstr "%type_name: 创建新的内容区块"
msgid "%type_name: Edit content block"
msgstr "%type_name: 编辑内容区块"
msgid "%type_name: Delete content block"
msgstr "%type_name: 删除内容区块"
msgid "%type_name: View content block history pages"
msgstr "%type_name: 查看内容区块历史页面"
msgid "%type_name: Revert content block revisions"
msgstr "%type_name: 重置内容区块修订本"
msgid "%type_name: Delete content block revisions"
msgstr "%type_name: 删除内容区块修订本"
msgid "Edit %label block type"
msgstr "编辑%label区块类型"
msgid "Block type %label has been updated."
msgstr "区块类型%label 已被更新."
msgid "Block type %label has been added."
msgstr "区块类型%label已被添加."
msgid "Add %type content block"
msgstr "添加%type内容区块"
msgid "Content block ID"
msgstr "内容区块ID"
msgid "The content block ID."
msgstr "内容区块 ID."
msgid "The content block UUID."
msgstr "内容区块UUID."
msgid "The content block language code."
msgstr "内容区块语言代码."
msgid "The time that the content block was last edited."
msgstr "内容区块最近编辑时间."
msgid "content block"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "content blocks"
msgstr "内容区块"
msgid "block type"
msgstr "区块类型"
msgid "block types"
msgstr "区块类型"
msgid ""
"%label is used by 1 content block on your site. You can not remove "
"this block type until you have removed all of the %label blocks."
msgid_plural ""
"%label is used by @count content blocks on your site. You may not "
"remove %label until you have removed all of the %label content blocks."
msgstr[0] ""
"在你的站点上，%label被用于1个内容区块. 只有删除 "
"所有%label 区块后，你才能删除这个区块类型."
msgstr[1] ""
"在你的站点上，%label被用于@count个内容区块. "
"只有删除 所有%label "
"区块后，你才能删除这个区块类型."
msgid ""
"Block with uuid %uuid does not exist. Add content "
"block."
msgstr ""
"带有uuid %uuid 的区块不存在. 添加内容区块."
msgid "Input format of the content block/box content."
msgstr "内容区块的内容输入格式."
msgid "Add a content block."
msgstr "添加内容区块."
msgid "Provides the CKEditor 5 rich text editor."
msgstr "提供 CKEditor 5 富文本编辑器."
msgid "Language label"
msgstr "语言标签"
msgid "Images can only be uploaded."
msgstr "只可被上传的图片."
msgid "Images can only be added by URL."
msgstr "只可被通过URL添加的图片."
msgid ""
"A list of programming languages that will be provided in the \"Code "
"Block\" dropdown. Enter one value per line, in the format key|label. "
"Example: php|PHP."
msgstr ""
"可在\"代码区块\"下拉中使用的编程语言列表. "
"一行输入一个值，格式 key|label. 例如: php|PHP."
msgid ""
"Line @line-number does not contain a valid value. Enter a valid "
"language key followed by a pipe symbol and a label."
msgid_plural ""
"Lines @line-numbers do not contain a valid value. Enter a valid "
"language key followed by a pipe symbol and a label."
msgstr[0] ""
"行 @line-number没有包含有一个效值. "
"输入一个有效的语言键，后跟管道符号和标签."
msgstr[1] ""
"行 @line-numbers没有包含有一个效值. "
"输入一个有效的语言键，后跟管道符号和标签."
msgid "Allows importing and exporting configuration changes."
msgstr "允许导入和导出配置变更."
msgid ""
"Content Moderation allows you to apply Workflows to content, content blocks, and "
"other content entities, to provide more "
"fine-grained publishing options. For example, a Basic page might have "
"states such as Draft and Published, with allowed transitions such as "
"Draft to Published (making the current revision \"live\"), and "
"Published to Draft (making a new draft revision of published content)."
msgstr ""
"内容审核允许你将 工作流 "
"应用到内容、内容区块、和其它 内容实体, "
"以提供更细粒度的发布选项. 例如, "
"一个基本页面可能包含草稿和已发布两个状态 , "
"带有两种允许的转换 "
"，比如从草稿到已发布(使当前修订本“生效”), "
"和从已发布到草稿 "
"(对已发布的内容进行新的草稿修订)."
msgid ""
"Provides additional publication states that can be used by other "
"modules to moderate content."
msgstr ""
"提供了附加的发布状态, "
"可被其它模块使用，用来审核内容."
msgid ""
"The Content Translation module allows you to translate content, "
"comments, content blocks, taxonomy terms, users and other content entities. Together with the modules Language, Configuration Translation, and Interface Translation, it allows you to build "
"multilingual websites. For more information, see the online documentation for the Content "
"Translation module."
msgstr ""
"内容翻译模块，允许你对内容进行翻译， 包括内容, "
"评论, 内容区块, 分类术语, 用户和其它 内容实体. "
"联合相关模块 语言, 配置翻译, and 界面翻译, "
"组合起来就可以构建一个多语言网站. 更多信息, 参看 "
"内容翻译模块的在线文档."
msgid "Defines field types for storing dates and times."
msgstr "定义用来存储日期和时间的字段类型."
msgid ""
"When enabled, images can only be uploaded. When disabled, images can "
"only be added by URL."
msgstr ""
"当启用时，图片只能通过上传的方式创建. "
"当禁用时，图片只能通过URL创建."
msgid ""
"The Text Editor module provides a framework for managing editors. To "
"use it, you also need to install a text editor. This can either be the "
"core CKEditor5 module, which can be "
"installed on the Extend page, or a contributed "
"module for any other text editor. When installing a contributed text "
"editor module, be sure to check the installation instructions, because "
"you will most likely need to download an external library as well as "
"the Drupal module."
msgstr ""
"文本编辑器模块提供了一个管理编辑器的框架. "
"要使用它，您还需要安装一个文本编辑器. "
"这可以是核心的 CKEditor5 模块, "
"可在扩展页面安装它, "
"也可以是第三方模块提供的其它文本编辑器. "
"在安装第三方的文本编辑器模块时，请务必查看安装说明，因为您很可能在下载Drupal模块的同时，还需要下载外部依赖库."
msgid ""
"Provides a framework to associate text editors (like WYSIWYGs) and "
"toolbars with text formats."
msgstr "提供一个框架，用于将文本编辑器（如所见即所得）和工具栏与文本格式相关联。"
msgid "Text editors"
msgstr "文本编辑器"
msgid ""
"Ensures that the latest versions of images uploaded via a Text Editor "
"are displayed, along with their dimensions."
msgstr "通过文本编辑器上传的图片，确保显示最新版本及其相应尺寸."
msgid ""
"The website's content and configuration is managed using "
"entities, which are grouped into entity types. "
"Content entity types are the entity types for site content "
"(such as the main site content, comments, content blocks, taxonomy "
"terms, and user accounts). Configuration entity types are "
"used to store configuration information for your site, such as "
"individual views in the Views module, and settings for your main site "
"content types."
msgstr ""
"网站的内容和配置的管理工作，是通过使用 "
"实体来完成的, 这些实体又会按照 "
"实体类型进行分组. "
"内容实体类型是网站内容的实体类型 "
"(比如网站的主内容, 评论, 内容区块, 分类术语, "
"和用户帐号). "
"配置实体类型，用于站点的配置信息存储, "
"比如视图模块里面的单个视图, "
"和站点内容类型的配置."
msgid "Provides the capabilities to add fields to entities."
msgstr "提供了向实体添加字段的能力."
msgid ""
"Once you have created a field, you can use it again in other sub-types "
"of the same entity type. For instance, if you create a field for the "
"article content type, you can also use it for the page content type, "
"but you cannot use it for content blocks or taxonomy terms. If there "
"are fields available for re-use, after clicking Add field "
"from the Manage fields page, you will see a list of available "
"fields for re-use. After selecting a field for re-use, you can "
"configure the sub-type-level settings."
msgstr "创建字段后，可以在同一实体类型的其它子类型中再次使用该字段。例如，如果为文章内容类型创建了一个字段，也可以将其应用于页面内容类型，但不能将其用于内容区块或分类术语。如果有可重用的字段，在管理字段页面中单击添加字段后，您将看到可重用字段的列表。选择要重用的字段后，可以配置子类型级别的设置。"
msgid "Provide a pre-filled value for the editing form."
msgstr "为编辑表单提供一个预填的值."
msgid "You need to select a field type."
msgstr "你需要选择一个字段类型."
msgid ""
"You can re-use a field from other sub-types of the same entity type. "
"Re-using a field creates another usage of the same field storage."
msgstr ""
"可以重用同一实体类型的其它子类型中的字段. "
"重用一个字段，会创建对同一字段存储的另一种使用."
msgid "Filter by field or field type"
msgstr "按字段或者字段类型过滤"
msgid "Used in: @list"
msgstr "用在: @list"
msgid "Re-use"
msgstr "重用"
msgid "Reuse @field_name"
msgstr "重用 @field_name"
msgid "There was a problem reusing field %label: @message"
msgstr "重用字段%label存在一个问题: @message"
msgid "Single value"
msgid_plural "Multiple values: @cardinality"
msgstr[0] "单值"
msgstr[1] "多值: @cardinality"
msgid "Create a new field"
msgstr "创建一个新字段"
msgid ""
"Provides a field type for files and defines a \"managed_file\" Form "
"API element."
msgstr "为文件提供一个字段类型并定义一个\"managed_file\"表单元素."
msgid "Filters text content in preparation for display."
msgstr "在准备显示前过滤文本内容."
msgid "Lazy load images"
msgstr "延迟加载图片"
msgid ""
"Instruct browsers to lazy load images if dimensions are specified. Use "
"in conjunction with and place after the 'Track images uploaded via a "
"Text Editor' filter that adds image dimensions required for lazy "
"loading. Results can be overridden by <img "
"loading="eager">."
msgstr ""
"如果指定了尺寸，指示浏览器延迟加载图像. "
"与“通过文本编辑器跟踪上传的图像”过滤器结合使用并放在其后面，该过滤器添加了延迟加载所需的图像尺寸. "
"结果可被覆写 <img loading="eager">."
msgid "Generates help pages and provides a Help block with page-level help."
msgstr "生成帮助页面，并提供具有页面级别帮助的帮助区块."
msgid "What are content blocks?"
msgstr "什么是内容区块?"
msgid ""
"Content blocks are blocks whose content you can edit. You can define "
"one or more block types, and attach fields to each block "
"type. Content blocks can be placed just like blocks provided by other "
"modules."
msgstr ""
"内容块是可以编辑其内容的区块. "
"你可以定义一个或多个 区块类型, "
"并向区块类型追加字段. "
"内容区块可以像其它模块提供的区块一样放置."
msgid "Overview for managing blocks"
msgstr "管理区块概览"
msgid ""
"The Block module allows you to place blocks in regions of "
"your installed themes, and configure block settings. The Block "
"Content module allows you to manage block types and content "
"blocks. See the related topics listed below for specific tasks."
msgstr ""
"区块 模块，允许你在主题的区域中放置区块. "
"区块内容 "
"模块，允许你管理区块类型和内容区块. "
"对于特定任务，请参看下面所列的相关主题."
msgid "Creating a content block"
msgstr "创建一个内容区块"
msgid "Create a content block, which can later be placed on the site."
msgstr "创建一个内容区块，后面可将其放到站点上."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Content."
msgstr "在管理菜单的 管理下面 , 导航到内容."
msgid "Open the @library_link tab."
msgstr "打开@library_link 标签."
msgid ""
"Click Add content block. If you have more than one block type "
"defined on your site, click the name of the type you want to create."
msgstr ""
"点击 "
"添加内容区块.如果你的站点有多个区块类型, "
"点击你想要创建的类型名字."
msgid "Defining a block type"
msgstr "定义一个区块类型"
msgid "Define a block type and its fields."
msgstr "定义区块类型和它的字段."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @types_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理下面 ,, 导航到 结构 "
"> @types_link."
msgid "Click Add block type."
msgstr "点击添加区块类型."
msgid ""
"A comment is a piece of content, typically posted by a website "
"visitor, which provides discussion or commentary on other content like "
"blog posts and news articles. Comments are a type of content entity, "
"and can have fields that store text, HTML markup, and other data. "
"Comments are attached to other content entities via Comment fields. "
"See @content_structure_topic for more about content entities and "
"fields."
msgstr ""
"评论是一段内容，通常由网站访问者发布，提供对博客文章和新闻文章等其它内容的讨论或评论. "
"评论是一种内容实体, "
"可以包含字段，用以存储文本、HTML 片段, "
"和其它数据. "
"通过评论字段，可将评论附加到其它内容实体上. "
"更多关于内容实体和字段的信息，参看 "
"@content_structure_topic."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@config_translation_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理下面 ,, 导航到 配置 "
"> 区域和语言 > @config_translation_link."
msgid ""
"Both personal and site-wide contact forms will always have "
"Subject and Message fields. You can add additional "
"fields for users to fill out if desired. Note that if you want to "
"display other content on a form page, such as text or images, you can "
"use a content block."
msgstr "对于个人和站点范围的联系表单，都将包含主题和消息两个字段。如果需要，可以添加其它字段供用户填写。请注意，如果要在表单页上显示其它内容，如文本或图像，可以使用内容区块。"
msgid ""
"Users with content moderation permissions can change workflow "
"states. There are separate permissions for each transition. See "
"Permissions > @content_moderation_permissions_link to "
"configure content moderation permissions."
msgstr ""
"具有内容审核权限的用户可以修改工作流的状态 "
". 每个转换都有一个单独的权限. 参看权限 > "
"@content_moderation_permissions_link，来配置内容审核权限."
msgid ""
"Find the entity that you want to moderate in either the content "
"moderation view page, if you created one, or the appropriate "
"administrative page for managing that type of entity (such as the "
"administration page for content items; see @content_link)."
msgstr ""
"在内容审核视图页面（如果已创建）或用于管理该实体类型的适当管理页面（如内容条目的管理页面；请参见 "
"@content_link）中，查找要审核的实体。"
msgid ""
"Users with workflows permissions (typically administrators) "
"can configure workflows. See Permissions > "
"@workflows_permissions_link to configure workflows "
"permissions."
msgstr ""
"具有 工作流权限的用户 (通常为系统管理员) "
"，可以配置工作流.参看权限 > "
"@workflows_permissions_link页面，用以配置工作流权限."
msgid ""
"To implement your plan, in the Manage administrative menu, "
"navigate to Configuration > Workflow > "
"@workflows_link. A list of workflows is shown, including the "
"default workflow Editorial that you can adapt."
msgstr ""
"为了实现你的计划, 在管理菜单的管理 下面, "
"导航到 配置 > 工作流 > "
"@workflows_link.您将看到一个工作流列表，里面包含默认工作流编辑，你可以对它进行调整."
msgid ""
"Under This workflow applies to:, find the entity type that "
"you want this workflow to apply to, such as Content revisions, Content "
"block revisions, or Taxonomy term revisions. Click Select."
msgstr ""
"在这个工作流应用于:下面, "
"找到你想将这个工作流应用到的实体类型, "
"比如内容修订本, 内容区块修订本,或分类术语修订本. "
"点击选择."
msgid ""
"Follow the steps in @user_permissions_topic to assign permissions for "
"each transition to roles. The permissions are listed under the "
"@content_moderation_permissions_link section; there is one "
"permission for each transition in each workflow."
msgstr ""
"按照@user_permissions_topic所列的步骤，将每个转换的权限分配给角色. "
"权限列在@content_moderation_permissions_link "
"下面部分;每个工作流中的每个转换都有一个权限."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@translation_settings_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > @translation_settings_link."
msgid ""
"A content entity (or more commonly, entity) is an "
"item of content data, which can consist of text, HTML markup, images, "
"attached files, and other data. Content entities are grouped into "
"entity types, which have different purposes and are displayed "
"in very different ways on the site. Most entity types are also divided "
"into entity sub-types, which are divisions within an entity "
"type to allow for smaller variations in how the entities are used and "
"displayed. For example, the Content item entity type that "
"stores page-level content is divided into content type "
"sub-types; the Content block entity type has block "
"types; but the User entity type (for user profile "
"information) does not have sub-types."
msgstr "内容实体（或更常见的实体）是一项内容数据，可以由文本、HTML标记、图片、附加文件和其它数据组成。内容实体按实体类型分组，它们有不同的用途，在网站上以非常不同的方式显示。大多数实体类型还细分为实体子类型，这些子类型是实体类型内的划分，以允许在使用和显示实体的方式上有较小的变化。例如，存储页面级内容的内容条目实体类型使用内容类型来划分子类型；内容区块实体类型具有区块类型；但是用户实体类型（用于用户个人资料信息）不具有子类型。"
msgid ""
"Depending on the core and contributed modules that you currently have "
"installed on your site, the related topics below and other topics "
"listed on the main help page (see @help_link) will help you with tasks "
"related to content structure."
msgstr "根据您当前在网站上安装的核心模块和第三方模块，下面的相关主题以及主帮助页上列出的其它主题（请参见@help_link），将帮助您完成与内容结构相关的任务。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@languages_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > @languages_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"Languages > @detection_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > 语言 > @detection_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > User "
"interface translation > @import_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 配置 "
"> 区域和语言 > 用户界面翻译 > "
"@import_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@translate_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > @translate_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@language_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > @language_link."
msgid ""
"When users visit the main search page (see @search_link), they will "
"see the configured search pages that they have access to. Each search "
"page has a search form on it, and the page will display search results "
"after the user enters keywords into the form and clicks the search "
"button."
msgstr "当用户访问主搜索页面（请参见@search_link）时，他们将看到他们可以访问的配置的搜索页面。每个搜索页面上都有一个搜索表单，用户在表单中输入关键字并点击搜索按钮后，页面将显示搜索结果。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"@performance_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > @performance_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > System > "
"@information_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"系统 > @information_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@regional_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > @regional_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Region and language > "
"@datetime_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"区域和语言 > @datetime_link."
msgid ""
"In the Error pages section, enter the URL for your 403/404 "
"pages, starting after the site home page URL. For example, if your "
"site URL is https://example.com and your 404 page is "
"https://example.com/not-found, you would enter "
"/not-found."
msgstr "在错误页面部分，输入403/404页面的URL，从网站首页URL之后开始。例如，如果您的网站URL为https://example.com，并且您的404页面是https://example.com/not-found，则输入/notfound。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"@log_settings_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > @log_settings_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > Development > "
"@maintenance_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"开发 > @maintenance_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"@extend_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 "
"@extend_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Extend > @uninstall_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到扩展 > "
"@uninstall_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Reports > @status_link to see a report that "
"summarizes the health and status of your site. If there are any "
"warnings or errors, you will need to fix them. Take note of any "
"upcoming highly critical security releases that may impact your site."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的 管理 下面, 导航到 报告 "
"> @status_link， "
"查看站点运行状况和状态的总结报告. "
"如果有任何警告或错误，您将需要修复它们. "
"请注意任何即将发布的可能影响您网站的高危紧急安全更新."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"@themes_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, "
"导航到@themes_link."
msgid ""
"Click the Uninstall link to uninstall the theme. If there is "
"not an Uninstall link, the theme cannot be uninstalled "
"because it is either being used as the site default theme, being used "
"as the Administration theme, or is the base theme for another "
"installed theme."
msgstr ""
"点击 卸载 "
"链接，以卸载主题.如果没有卸载 "
"链接,这意味着该主题无法卸载， "
"可能是因为它是站点的默认主题, 或者正被用作 "
"管理主题, 或者它是其它已安装主题的基主题."
msgid ""
"Taxonomy reference fields can be added to any entity, such as user "
"accounts, content blocks, or regular content items. If you use them to "
"classify regular content items, your site will automatically be set up "
"with taxonomy listing pages for each term; each of these pages lists "
"all of the content items that are classified with that term."
msgstr "分类引用字段可以添加到任何实体，例如用户帐号、内容区块或常规内容条目。如果您使用它们对常规内容条目进行分类，您的网站将自动为每个术语设立一个分类列表页面；对于每一个这样的页面，它列出了归类到该术语下的所有内容条目。"
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"@people_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, "
"导航到@people_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"People > @roles_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到用户 > "
"@roles_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"People > @permissions_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到 用户 "
"> @permissions_link."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Configuration > People > "
"@account_settings_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到配置 > "
"用户 > @account_settings_link."
msgid ""
"Views using a table display format can include a bulk operations form, "
"which allows users with sufficient permission to select one or more "
"items from the view and apply an administrative action to them. The "
"bulk actions available are specific to the base data type of the view; "
"for example, a view of content items could support bulk publishing and "
"unpublishing actions. If you have the core Actions UI module "
"installed, see the related topic \"Configuring actions\" for more "
"about actions."
msgstr "使用表格显示格式的视图可以包含一个批量操作表单，该表单允许具有足够权限的用户从视图中选择一个或多个条目，并对其应用管理动作。可用的批量动作特定于视图的基本数据类型；例如，内容条目的视图可以支持批量发布和取消发布动作。如果已安装核心动作UI模块，请参阅相关主题“配置动作”以了解有关动作的更多信息。"
msgid ""
"If you are not already editing your view, in the Manage "
"administrative menu, navigate to Structure > "
"@views_link. Find the view you want to edit, and click its "
"Edit link."
msgstr ""
"如果你还没有准备好编辑你的视图, "
"那么在管理菜单的 管理 下面,导航到 "
"结构 > @views_link. "
"查找你想要编辑的视图, 并点击它的 编辑 "
"链接."
msgid ""
"Add one or more existing actions as bulk operations to an existing "
"table-style view. If you have the core Actions UI module installed, "
"see the related topic \"Configuring actions\" for more information "
"about actions."
msgstr ""
"在一个表格样式的视图中，添加一个或多个已有动作，用于批量操作. "
"如果安装了核心的动作 UI模块, "
"关于动作的更多信息，参看相关主题\"配置动作\"."
msgid ""
"In the Manage administrative menu, navigate to "
"Structure > @views_link."
msgstr ""
"在管理菜单的管理下面, 导航到结构 > "
"@views_link."
msgid ""
"Records which content users have viewed and marks it as new or "
"updated."
msgstr "记录用户已查看的内容，并将其标记为新内容或已更新。"
msgid ""
"Layout Builder allows you to use layouts to customize how content, "
"content blocks, and other content entities are "
"displayed."
msgstr ""
"布局构建器，允许你使用布局自定义内容实体的显示，包括 "
"节点内容、内容区块、和其它 内容实体 ."
msgid "Create and edit content blocks"
msgstr "创建和编辑内容区块"
msgid "Add a new content block"
msgstr "添加一个新的内容区块"
msgid "Provides a field type for internal and external URLs."
msgstr "提供一个字段类型，用于内部和外部URLs."
msgid "Updated default configuration to %langcode"
msgstr "将默认配置更新为 %langcode"
msgid ""
"Allows users to translate interface text and to switch between "
"interface languages."
msgstr "允许用户翻译界面文本并切换界面语言."
msgid "oEmbed loading settings"
msgstr "oEmbed 加载设置"
msgid "oEmbed loading"
msgstr "oEmbed 加载"
msgid ""
"Lazy render oEmbed with native loading attribute "
"(loading=\"lazy\"). This improves performance by allowing "
"browsers to lazily load assets."
msgstr ""
"使用原生的loading属性延迟呈现oEmbed(loading=\"lazy\"). "
"它通过允许浏览器延迟加载资产来提高性能."
msgid "oEmbed loading attribute"
msgstr "oEmbed 加载属性"
msgid ""
"Select the loading attribute for oEmbed. Learn more "
"about the loading attribute for oEmbed."
msgstr ""
"为oEmbed选在加载属性. 了解有关oEmbed加载属性的详细信息."
msgid ""
"Delays loading the resource until that section of the page is visible "
"in the browser. When in doubt, lazy loading is recommended."
msgstr "延迟加载资源，直到页面的该部分在浏览器中可见为止。如果有疑问，建议延迟加载。"
msgid ""
"Force browsers to download a resource as soon as possible. This is the "
"browser default for legacy reasons. Only use this option when the "
"resource is always expected to render."
msgstr "强制浏览器尽快下载资源。由于传统原因，这是浏览器的默认设置。只有当总是期望呈现资源时才使用此选项。"
msgid "Loading attribute: @attribute"
msgstr "加载属性: @attribute"
msgid "Content of this type can be placed in the selected menus."
msgstr "这个类型的内容，可被放置在选中的菜单上."
msgid "Provides a user interface for managing menus."
msgstr "提供一个用户界面，用以管理菜单."
msgid "Provides a framework for migrating data to Drupal."
msgstr "提供了一个框架，用以将数据迁移到 Drupal."
msgid ""
"Provides a framework to migrate data from previous versions of Drupal "
"into the site."
msgstr "提供了一个框架，用以将早期Drupal版本的网站数据迁移到本站点."
msgid "This is not supported by Drupal."
msgstr "这是 Drupal 不支持的."
msgid "The recommended level for Drupal is \"READ COMMITTED\"."
msgstr "Drupal 推荐的级别是 \"READ COMMITTED\"."
msgid ""
"For this to work correctly, all tables must have a primary key. The "
"following table(s) do not have a primary key: @tables."
msgstr ""
"要使其正常工作，所有表都必须有一个主键. "
"下表没有主键: @tables."
msgid ""
"See the setting MySQL transaction "
"isolation level page for more information."
msgstr ""
"更多信息，参看 设置MySQL事务隔离级别页面."
msgid "Transaction isolation level"
msgstr "事务隔离级别"
msgid "Provides the MySQL database driver."
msgstr "提供MySQL数据库驱动."
msgid "READ COMMITTED"
msgstr "READ COMMITTED(提交读)"
msgid "REPEATABLE READ"
msgstr "REPEATABLE READ(可重复读)"
msgid "Use database default"
msgstr "使用默认数据库"
msgid ""
"The recommended database transaction level for Drupal is \"READ "
"COMMITTED\". For more information, see the setting MySQL transaction isolation "
"level page."
msgstr ""
"为Drupal推荐的数据库事务级别为\"READ COMMITTED\". "
"更多信息, 参看 设置MySQL事务隔离级别页面."
msgid ""
"Manages the creation, configuration, and display of the main site "
"content."
msgstr "管理主站点内容的创建、配置、和显示."
msgid ""
"Defines field types with select lists, checkboxes, and radio buttons "
"to select values from fixed lists of options."
msgstr ""
"定义了字段类型, "
"可以使用选择列表、复选框和单选按钮，以便从固定的选项列表中选择值."
msgid "Allows users to create custom URLs for existing paths on the site."
msgstr "允许用户为站点的已有路径创建自定义URLs."
msgid "Provides the PostgreSQL database driver."
msgstr "提供PostgreSQL数据库驱动."
msgid "Password Compatibility"
msgstr "密码兼容性"
msgid ""
"The breakpoint group typically only needs a single breakpoint with an "
"empty media query in order to do viewport sizing. Multiple "
"breakpoints are used for changing the crop or aspect ratio of images "
"at different viewport sizes, which is often referred to as art "
"direction. A new breakpoint group should be created for each "
"aspect ratio to avoid content shift. Once you select a breakpoint "
"group, you can choose which breakpoints to use for the responsive "
"image style. By default, the option do not use this "
"breakpoint is selected for each breakpoint. See the help page of the Breakpoint module for "
"more information."
msgstr ""
"断点组通常只需要一个带有空媒体查询的断点，就可以调整视口大小。多个断点用于更改不同视口大小下图片的裁剪或纵横比，这通常被称为艺术方向。应该为每个纵横比创建一个新的断点组，以避免内容偏移。一旦选择了断点组，就可以选择用于响应式图片样式的断点。默认情况下，为每个断点选择不使用此断点选项。更多信息，请参看断点模块的帮助页面。"
msgid ""
"While you have the option to provide only one image style per "
"breakpoint, the sizes attribute allows you to provide more options to "
"browsers as to which image file it can display. If using sizes field "
"and art direction, all selected image styles should use the same "
"aspect ratio to avoid content shifting. Breakpoints are defined in the "
"configuration files of the theme."
msgstr "虽然您可以选择一个断点只提供一个图片样式，但sizes属性允许您向浏览器提供更多选项，以确定它可以显示哪个图片文件。如果使用sizes字段和art方向，则所有选定的图片样式都应使用相同的纵横比，以避免出现内容变动。断点是在主题的配置文件中定义的。"
msgid ""
"The sizes attribute paired with the srcset attribute provides "
"information on how much space these images take up within the viewport "
"at different browser breakpoints, but the aspect ratios should remain "
"the same across those breakpoints. Once the sizes option is selected, "
"you can let the browser know the size of this image in relation to the "
"site layout, using the Sizes field. For a hero image that "
"always fills the entire screen, you could simply enter 100vw, which "
"means 100% of the viewport width. For an image that fills 90% of the "
"screen for small viewports, but only fills 40% of the screen when the "
"viewport is larger than 40em (typically 640px), you could enter "
"\"(min-width: 40em) 40vw, 90vw\" in the Sizes field. The last item in "
"the comma-separated list is the smallest viewport size: other items in "
"the comma-separated list should have a media condition paired with an "
"image width. Media conditions are similar to a media query, "
"often a min-width paired with a viewport width using em or px units: "
"e.g. (min-width: 640px) or (min-width: 40em). This is paired with the "
"image width at that viewport size using px, em or vw units. "
"The vw unit is viewport width and is used instead of a percentage "
"because the percentage always refers to the width of the entire "
"viewport."
msgstr ""
"sizes "
"属性结合srcset属性，在不同浏览器断点的视口中，提供了有关这些图片占用空间的信息，但这些断点的纵横比应保持不变。选择了sizes选项后，您可以使用Sizes(尺寸)字段，让浏览器知道此图片相对于网站布局的尺寸。对于总是填充整个屏幕的英雄图片，您可以简单地输入100vw，这意味着视口宽度的100%。对于小视口中填充90%屏幕的图片，但当视口大于40em（通常为640px）时仅填充40%屏幕，可以在尺寸字段中输入“(min-width: "
"40em) 40vw, "
"90vw”。逗号分隔列表中的最后一项是最小的视口大小：逗号分隔列表的其它项应具有与图片宽度成对的媒体条件。媒体条件类似于媒体查询，通常是最小宽度与使用em或px单位的视口宽度配对：例如（min-width: "
"640px）或（min-width: "
"40em）。这与使用px、em或vw单位的视口大小下的图像宽度成对出现。vw单位是视口宽度，而不是百分比，因为百分比总是指整个视口的宽度。"
msgid ""
"Provides functionality to output responsive images using the HTML5 "
"picture tag."
msgstr "提供了使用HTML5 picture标签输出响应式图片的功能."
msgid ""
"Select the image style you wish to use as the style when a browser "
"does not support responsive images."
msgstr "当浏览器不支持响应图片时，选择要用的图片样式."
msgid ""
"Lazy render images with native image loading attribute "
"(loading=\"lazy\"). This improves performance by allowing "
"browsers to lazily load images. See Lazy loading."
msgstr ""
"延迟呈现图片，使用了图片的原生加载属性(loading=\"lazy\").这通过允许浏览器延迟加载图片来提高性能. "
"参看 懒加载."
msgid "Lazy"
msgstr "懒惰"
msgid "Eager"
msgstr "急切"
msgid "Lazy loading attribute"
msgstr "懒加载属性"
msgid ""
"Select the lazy loading attribute for images. Learn "
"more."
msgstr "为图片选择懒加载属性. 更多信息."
msgid ""
"In order to use REST on a website, you need to install modules that "
"provide serialization and authentication services. You can use the "
"Core module serialization for "
"serialization and HTTP Basic "
"Authentication for authentication, or install a contributed or "
"custom module."
msgstr ""
"为了在你的站点使用REST, "
"你需要安装提供序列化和身份验证服务的模块. "
"你可以使用核心的 serialization "
"用于序列化, HTTP 基本认证 "
"用于身份验证, 或者安装第三方或者自定义模块."
msgid "Provides a framework for exposing REST resources."
msgstr "提供了用来暴露 REST 资源的框架."
msgid "Allows discovery and rendering of self-contained UI components."
msgstr "允许发现和呈现自包含的UI组件."
msgid "All Components"
msgstr "所有组件"
msgid ""
"Provides a service for converting data to and from formats such as "
"JSON and XML."
msgstr "提供一种将数据转换为JSON和XML等格式的服务."
msgid "Allows users to create sets of shortcuts within the site."
msgstr "允许用户在站点内创建快捷方式集合."
msgid "Provides the SQLite database driver."
msgstr "提供SQLite数据库驱动."
msgid "Logs events to the web server's system log."
msgstr "将事件记录到web服务器的系统日志中."
msgid "The base URL of the site, currently: @base_url"
msgstr "站点的基URL, 当前: @base_url"
msgid "The base path of the site, currently: @base_path"
msgstr "站点的基路径, 当前: @base_path"
msgid ""
"The URL of the site's front page with the language prefix, if it "
"exists."
msgstr "带有语言前缀的网站首页的URL，如果存在的话."
msgid ""
"Obsolete extensions found: %extensions. Obsolete extensions are "
"provided only so that they can be uninstalled cleanly. You should "
"immediately uninstall these extensions "
"since they may be removed in a future release."
msgstr ""
"找到了过时的扩展: "
"%extensions.这里提供过时的扩展，只是为了将其卸载干净. "
"你应该立即 卸载这些扩展， "
"因为它们会在后续的版本中被移除."
msgid "PHP APCu available caching"
msgstr "PHP APCu可用缓存"
msgid ""
"APCu is using over 90% of its allotted memory (@apcu_actual_size). To "
"improve APCu performance, consider increasing this limit."
msgstr ""
"APCu使用的内存，超过了为其分配的 90% "
"(@apcu_actual_size).要提高APCu性能，请考虑提高此限制."
msgid ""
"APCu is using over 75% of its allotted memory (@apcu_actual_size). To "
"improve APCu performance, consider increasing this limit."
msgstr ""
"APCu使用的内存，超过了为其分配的 75% "
"(@apcu_actual_size). 要提高APCu性能，请考虑提高此限制."
msgid "SameSite cookie attribute"
msgstr "SameSite cookie 属性"
msgid ""
"This attribute should be explicitly set to Lax, Strict or None. If set "
"to None then the request must be made via HTTPS. See PHP documentation"
msgstr ""
"这个属性必须明确设置为Lax(宽松), "
"Strict(严格)或者None(无). "
"如果设置为None，那么请求必须使用HTTPS. 参看 PHP 文档"
msgid "Provides user interfaces for core systems."
msgstr "为核心系统提供用户界面."
msgid "Region and language"
msgstr "区域和语言"
msgid "Menu Linkset Settings"
msgstr "菜单链接集设置"
msgid "Enable or disable the menu linkset endpoint"
msgstr "启用或禁用菜单链接集端点"
msgid "System Feature Flags"
msgstr "系统特性标记"
msgid "Enable the menu linkset endpoint"
msgstr "启用菜单链接集端点"
msgid ""
"Use this utility to update your database whenever a module, theme, or "
"the core software is updated."
msgstr "每当模块、主题或核心软件更新时，使用此实用程序即可更新你的数据库."
msgid "Update your files (as described in the handbook page linked above)."
msgstr "更新你的文件(按照上面链接的手册页面描述那样)."
msgid "Optimized assets file system path"
msgstr "优化的资产文件系统路径"
msgid ""
"A local file system path where optimized assets files will be stored. "
"This directory must exist and be writable by Drupal. This directory "
"must be relative to the Drupal installation directory and be "
"accessible over the web. This must be changed in settings.php"
msgstr "本地文件系统路径，用于存储优化的资产文件。此目录必须存在并且Drupal可写。该目录必须相对于Drupal的安装目录，并且可以通过web访问。这必须在settings.php中更改"
msgid ""
"See the decoupled menus documentation for "
"more information."
msgstr "更多信息，参看 解耦菜单文档 ."
msgid ""
"Set up the optimized "
"assets file system path to make these optimizations "
"available."
msgstr ""
"设置 优化的资产文件系统路径，使得这些优化可用."
msgid "Specify a relative URL to display as the front page."
msgstr "指定一个用作首页显示的相对URL."
msgid ""
"The path %path requires a leading forward slash when used with the "
"Pages setting."
msgstr "路径 %path在用于页面设置时，需要前面以/开头."
msgid "The image toolkit '@toolkit' can not process image '@image'."
msgstr "图片工具集 '@toolkit' 无法处理图片 '@image'."
msgid ""
"The image toolkit '@toolkit' failed loading image '@image'. Reported "
"error: @class - @message"
msgstr ""
"图片工具集'@toolkit' 加载图片 '@image'失败. 错误报告: "
"@class - @message"
msgid ""
"The image toolkit '@toolkit' failed saving image '@image'. Reported "
"error: @class - @message"
msgstr ""
"图片工具集'@toolkit' 保存图片'@image'失败. 错误报告: "
"@class - @message"
msgid "The raw vocabulary ID."
msgstr "原始词汇表ID."
msgid "Defines field types for short and long text with optional summaries."
msgstr "定义了短文本和长文本字段类型，对于长文本，带了一个可选的摘要."
msgid "Allowed text formats"
msgstr "允许的文本格式"
msgid "The selected text format is not allowed."
msgstr "选中的文本格式不被允许."
msgid ""
"Select the allowed text formats. If no formats are selected, all "
"available text formats will be displayed to the user."
msgstr ""
"选择允许的文本格式. "
"如果没有格式被选择，那么所有可用的 "
"文本格式都将显示给用户."
msgid "Text editors may override this setting."
msgstr "文本编辑器可以覆写这个设置."
msgid ""
"Provides an administration toolbar to display links provided by "
"modules."
msgstr "提供一个管理工具栏，用来显示模块提供的链接."
msgid ""
"Regularly review available updates and update "
"as required to maintain a secure and current site. Always run the update script each time you update software."
msgstr ""
"定期查看 可用更新，并根据需要进行更新，以维护当前网站的安全. "
"每次更新软件时, 一定要运行更新脚本 ."
msgid ""
"Permissions let you control what users can do and see on your site. "
"You can define a specific set of permissions for each role. (See the "
"Roles page to create a role.) Any permissions "
"granted to the Authenticated user role will be given to any user who "
"is logged in to your site. On the Role "
"settings page, you can make any role into an Administrator role "
"for the site, meaning that role will be granted all permissions. You "
"should be careful to ensure that only trusted users are given this "
"access and level of control of your site."
msgstr ""
"权限使您可以控制用户在您的网站上可以执行的操作和查看的内容. "
"您可以为每个角色定义一组特定的权限. (参看 角色页面，以创建一个新的角色.) "
"授予登录用户角色的任何权限都将授予登录到您的网站的任何用户. "
"在 角色设置页面, "
"您可以将任何角色设置为网站的管理员角色, "
"这意味着该角色将被授予所有权限. "
"您应该小心确保只有受信任的用户才能获得对您网站的访问权限和控制级别."
msgid ""
"Allows users to register and log in, and manages user roles and "
"permissions."
msgstr "允许用户注册和登录, 并管理用户角色和权限."
msgid "This role will be automatically granted all permissions."
msgstr "这个角色将被自动授予所有权限 ."
msgid ""
"Provides a framework to fetch information from the database and to "
"display it in different formats."
msgstr "提供一个框架，用以从数据库获取信息，并用不同格式显示它."
msgid "Use the administration theme when rendering the view page"
msgstr "当呈现这个视图页面时，使用管理主题."
msgid "Yes (admin path)"
msgstr "是（管理路径）"
msgid "Use the administration theme when rendering this display."
msgstr "当呈现这个显示时，使用管理主题."
msgid "Use the administration theme"
msgstr "使用管理主题"
msgid "Paths starting with \"@admin\" always use the administration theme."
msgstr "以\"@admin\"开头的路径，总是使用管理主题."
msgid "No %title option selected."
msgstr "未选择%title选项."
msgid ""
"The view %id failed to load an entity of type %entity_type at row "
"%index for field %field"
msgstr ""
"视图 %id 在加载实体类型 %entity_type、行 "
"%index、字段%field时出错."
msgid "Perform actions on the selected items in the %view_title view"
msgstr "对%view_title视图选中的条目执行动作"
msgid ""
"Field %field_name exists but is missing a corresponding field "
"definition and may be misconfigured."
msgstr ""
"字段 "
"%field_name存在，但是缺少相关的字段定义，也可能是配置错误."
msgid "Enter 0 to show all comments."
msgstr "输入0来显示所有评论."
msgid "Viewing Drupal announcements"
msgstr "查看Drupal 公告"
msgid "What are Drupal announcements?"
msgstr "什么是Drupal公告?"
msgid ""
"A feed of announcements about the Drupal project and Drupal "
"Association programs."
msgstr "关于Drupal项目和Drupal协会项目的公告种子."
msgid ""
"The purpose of this feed is to provide a channel for outreach directly "
"to Drupal site owners. This content must be highly relevant to site "
"owners interests, serve the strategic goals of the project, and/or "
"promote the sustainability of the project and the Drupal Association."
msgstr "这个种子的目的是提供一个渠道，用来直接联系Drupal网站所有者。这些内容必须与网站所有者的利益高度相关，为项目的战略目标服务，和/或促进项目和Drupal协会的可持续发展。"
msgid ""
"The module sources its content from a JSON feed generated from here. The "
"governance policy for the content is documented here."
msgstr ""
"The module sources its content from a JSON feed generated from here. The "
"governance policy for the content is documented here."
msgid "How can I see the Announcements in my site?"
msgstr "如何在我的网站中查看该公告?"
msgid ""
"If you have the toolbar module enabled, you will see a direct link to "
"them in the toolbar. If the toolbar module is not enabled, the content "
"can always be accessed in the @actions_link page."
msgstr ""
"如果启用了工具栏模块, "
"那么你可以在工具栏里面看到一个直接指向它们的链接. "
"如果没有启用工具栏模块, 那么可在 @actions_link "
"页面访问相关内容."
msgid "Who can see the Announcements?"
msgstr "谁能看到公告?"
msgid ""
"Users with the @permissions_link permission can view Drupal "
"announcements."
msgstr ""
"具有@permissions_link 权限的用户可以查看 Drupal "
"公告."
msgid "Announcement module overview"
msgstr "公告模块概览"
msgid "Twig development mode"
msgstr "Twig开发模式"
msgid ""
"Twig development mode settings are turned on. Go to @link to disable "
"them."
msgstr ""
"Twig 开发模式设置已被启用.导航到 "
"@link页面去禁用它们."
msgid "Markup caching disabled"
msgstr "标记缓存已禁用"
msgid ""
"Render cache, dynamic page cache, and page cache are bypassed. Go to "
"@link to enable them."
msgstr ""
"呈现缓存、动态页面缓存、页面缓存被绕过. 访问@link "
"页面来启用它们."
msgid "Configure theme development settings"
msgstr "配置主题开发设置"
msgid ""
"These settings should only be enabled on development environments and "
"never on production."
msgstr ""
"这些设置只能在开发环境中启用, "
"而不能在生产环境中启用."
msgid "Exposes Twig development settings."
msgstr "暴露Twig开发设置."
msgid ""
"Provides Twig's dump() function for debugging, outputs "
"template suggestions to HTML comments, and automatically recompile "
"Twig templates after changes."
msgstr ""
"提供了用于调试的 Twig的 dump() 函数, "
"它可将模板建议输出为HTML注释, "
"一旦有了变更，自动重新编译Twig 模板."
msgid "Disable Twig cache"
msgstr "禁用Twig缓存"
msgid "Twig templates are not cached and are always compiled when rendered."
msgstr "Twig 模板不被缓存，并且始终在渲染时进行编译."
msgid "Do not cache markup"
msgstr "不缓存标记(markup)"
msgid "Disables render cache, dynamic page cache, and page cache."
msgstr "禁用呈现缓存、动态页面缓存、和页面缓存."
msgid ""
"The Password Compatibility module provides the password checking "
"algorithm for user accounts created with Drupal prior to version "
"10.1.0. For more information, see the online "
"documentation for the Password Compatibility module."
msgstr ""
"密码兼容模块，提供了 Drupal "
"10.1.0以前版本用户创建时的密码检查算法. 更多信息, "
"参看 密码兼容模块的在线文档."
msgid ""
"Drupal 10.1.0 and later use a different algorithm to compute the "
"hashed password. This provides better security against brute-force "
"attacks. The hashed passwords are different from the ones computed "
"with Drupal versions before 10.1.0."
msgstr ""
"Drupal "
"10.1.0和后续版本使用不同的算法来计算哈希密码。这为抵御暴力攻击提供了更好的安全性。新的哈希密码与10.1.0之前的Drupal版本计算出来的不同。"
msgid ""
"When the Password Compatibility module is installed, a user can log in "
"with a username and password created before Drupal 10.1.0. The first "
"time these credentials are used, a new hash is computed and saved. "
"From then on, the user will be able to log in with the same username "
"and password whether or not this module is installed."
msgstr ""
"当密码兼容模块安装后, 用户可以使用 Drupal "
"10.1.0以前版本创建的用户名和密码登录。第一次使用这些凭据时，将计算并保存一个新的哈希。从那时起，无论是否安装了此模块，用户都可以使用相同的用户名和密码登录。"
msgid ""
"Passwords created before Drupal 10.1.0 will not work "
"unless they are used at least once while this module is installed. "
"Make sure that you can log in before uninstalling this module."
msgstr ""
"Drupal "
"10.1.0之前创建的密码将无法工作，除非安装此模块，同时密码至少使用一次。请确保在卸载此模块之前，您可以成功登录。"
msgid ""
"Make sure that you can log in before uninstalling the Password "
"Compatibility module. For more information, see the online documentation for the Password Compatibility "
"module."
msgstr ""
"请确保在卸载密码兼容模块之前，可以登录. "
"更多信息，参看 密码兼容模块的在线文档."
msgid ""
"Provides the password checking algorithm for user accounts created "
"with Drupal prior to version 10.1.0."
msgstr "为在Drupal10.1.0版本之前，为用户帐户创建提供密码检查算法。"
msgid ""
"Users with the \"View drupal.org announcements\" permission may click "
"on the \"Announcements\" item in the administration toolbar, or access "
"@link, to see all announcements relevant to the Drupal version of your "
"site."
msgstr ""
"具有 \"查看 drupal.org "
"公告\"权限的用户，可以点击管理工具栏的\"公告\"条目,或者访问 "
"@link, 以查看与你站点Drupal版本相关的所有公告."
msgid ""
"Unable to send password reset email for blocked or not yet activated "
"user %identifier."
msgstr ""
"无法向被阻止或尚未激活的用户 %identifier "
"发送密码重置电子邮件。"
msgid ""
"Unable to send password reset email for unrecognized username or email "
"address %identifier."
msgstr ""
"无法对无法识别的用户名或电子邮件地址 %identifier "
"发送密码重置电子邮件。"